Home

Sierra M122 User Manual

1. eeeseeeeeee eere eene n ener 338 4 11 r nninj Scenarl S ui icio is 341 4 12 Saving a Log le tL 342 Option to Save Output Window Log File ooccooccooccoccconccnnconccncncnnccnnnnnncnnronaronnrnnronarennrnanennrs 342 Option to Save Device Output Window Log File ooccocccocnocccoccccnconaconccnnnonaronnnnnncnnronnnnnnnnnrs 343 Automatically Save Log FIIG unan A AAA AA ARA EDO 343 COPY Or CODY Alan ana a da 346 413 Scenaro Batch Fleitas 347 A13 Eno le 1d WOIKSDACO3 uua In 347 A132 EN Or CHECKING Nai dido 349 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 11 Teledyne LeCroy Contents r Ra E E A IE oY o et M ER 350 4134 Eelrir lp incree ERR 350 HIS DLO PD DOG Mee eee Se 350 GOO LADGh etc T 351 A w 352 SOD PE 353 MV ANU OLS LOD ESO RENTE DTI 353 SN cece A E astute EE ME MM ae Susan sous atleast MM oe a deine M Ci aw ee com MCI hae MEI MU 354 ECO EEUU NER 354 Chapter 5 Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation eee 357 5 T Sierra Trainer MenlS areas 358 Lille Melissa ara ida 358 5 1 2 CUM its 359 9 1 3 GOnerato Mena ci 359 9 1 4 Sare MMe or 360 SLO VIEW Me nU cr aa a a aa ey aa aaa a a ea Cut crc a DU 361 5 1 6 Tools MENU aa aia ads 362 91 7 WVINGOW Men e a 362 A A o q O 362 5 2 sierra Tramer Main TOOlD ico 362 5 3 Setting Up for Gene
2. Figure 4 58 Output Window Options 342 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Saving a Log File Teledyne LeCroy Option to Save Device Output Window Log File File Setup View Configuration Tools Help DAS HS Hoe e Qe Q Trainer ub 5g nc B Hu 4 10 Meter Traffic bx DEJO EDXRE Scenarios Scenarios Scenario Name IO Meter Traffic Direction for traffic changes From Target seb Sues eid tik Cee O08 Setting Normal Spec Value Pot func Library Scenario san Global Rules O Y WainLirar 10 Meter Traffic lt Click here to add an event 3 A V Maintibrary IOMeter Traffic J Sequence E V Mainlibrary 10 Meter Traffic State O a v M Lit e IOM Trafic Wait for ATA Command N60 READ FPOMA QUEUEZD From Initiator Click here to bdd combined event then Branch to State 1 Click here to 44 another action Click here to add another event State 1 Wait for ATA Command h l WRITE F OMA QUIVED From Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to State 2 after 20th occurrence Click here to add another actica gt lt Click here to add another event State J Wait for FIS Frame OxAl Set Device Bits FO FIS Type Value 8 Bits OMAL Set Device Bits Mask OxIT From Target Click here to add combined event then Inject Cac Error every 10th occurrence Click here to add another action Click here to add anoth
3. Note The limitation for adding markers to a trace is 10 000 Note Jammer Markers do not propagate across cascaded analyzers see Expandability on page 22 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 317 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules v Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 0 j WERE File Setup View Configuration Tools Help i D D gt E e HOE P O Analyzer 4 Trainer BL BE i Record B i 4 New Scenario 0 f P ee ee o MM e e Scenario Name New Scenario 0 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Smart Hold Yes OOB Setting Normal Spec Value Global Rules Click here to add an event Sequence O0 State 0 Wait fo nita r Click here to add combined event gt th n Hammer Marker 7 c ick here to add another action Click here to add another event Click here to add another state Click here to add another sequence Figure 4 32 Sequence 0 Event Wait for CRC Error Action Add Jammer Marker 7 4 8 7 Summary of Scenario Creation The suggested process of creating and executing a scenario is as follows 1 Create a scenario in the main library 2 Save all scenarios in the main library to a InFusion device or a device of your choice 3 Select the scenario in the main library that you want to run on the device 4 To run the scenario click the Start Scenario button from the M
4. SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for capture or exclusion from capture and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to capture or exclude 00 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this pattern as 03 02 01 OO Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 67 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors to open the Protocol Errors selection dialog Protocol Errors Protocol Errors Code Violation Disparity Error ALIGN Error STP Signaling Latency Error STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout Frame Type Error Frame Length Error Frame Direction Error CAC Error ACK NAK Timeout Delimiter Error Cancel Check All Uncheck All All SSP SMP STP vi Mie Mi vi Mn MT vjr3 MT4 Check Al Uncheck Al Figure 2 24 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA dialog does not show ACK NAK Timeout and has FIS signal latency and state transition errors not STP ones SATA dialog does not show ALL SSP and SMP radio buttons Check protocol error s to omit or not capture
5. elsewhen WF OPEN REJECT do cee a On ELIMEQUE 3X a Example wait for 100000 WF OPEN ACCEPT WF TIMEOUT 100 ms Note Nested wait should not exceed 2 deep Use a procedure call to extend wait logic sequence Wait Wait_For ok Using Variable Values in Creating Patterns on Bus In creating patterns to send on bus trainer script allows using variables In these cases because the created pattern is dynamic it is not possible to do scrambling and calculating in software code These tasks are done in the hardware engine To activate set Auto scramble mode in on state The following examples show uses of variables in creating patterns Use variable for field value SendOpenAddressFramessP mi eCo rore sk InitiatorConnectionTag variableNamel The constraints are Q Field Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported a Field StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Use LRF directly for field value SendSSPFrameCommand Initiator Data LRE startBitOffset endBitOoOffset Tag Ox101 j The constraints are Q Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported a Offsets StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 SendSSPFrameCommand Data 00112233 variableNamel v
6. Foward CO Backward Search From i Start C Trig Pointer 2 Pointer C Y Painter 2 Last Found ATAPI SCS Command Figure 3 129 Filter Training Sequence TTIU Fields Show Reserved andd betlete Field PATTERN TYPE x COEFFICIENT 1 REQUEST x COEFFICIENT 2 REQUEST x COEFFICIENT 3 REQUEST O BALANCE TXINIt O TRAIN COMP x COEFFICIENT 1 STATUS x COEFFICIENT 2 STATUS x COEFFICIENT 3 STATUS Length P3 M 2 PP nm 03 Search Items Value 0x0 HOLD 00 HOLD Ds increment Oe decrement 7 03 Reserved 0x0 ready 0x0 ready Ox0 ready Cancel Figure 3 130 Select Field and Values to Filter Search Sub Items Search Logic O AND Selected Items OR Selected Items Operator Lefelefelefolejel 4 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Use Pair SAS Addresses You can use all available pair SAS addresses Source gt Destination instead of using SAS source and destination addresses To enable the pair SAS address filter option check Use Pair SAS Addresses check box in the Filter dialog see Figure 3 131 on page 217 Filter Filter Filter Options Filter Options Bus Condition j0 5000E 85000000001 Bus Condition Q 50060560000003C5 05000626 000001 074 Primitive j0 50060560000003C5 incomplete Frames g Primitive 0x50060560000003C4 gt 0x5000
7. Start Start 293 ns Report manufacturer information Smp function accepted 1 Source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H Initiator Connection Tag H 5000E0C42FB5D004 NEIN FFFF 0 SOAF 186 ns 320 ns 333 ns 200 ns Arbitration Wait Time H n ETE Start Start SMP Request Request Length H 38 693 us Reportgeneral o Start Start Source SAS Address H Initiator Connection Tag H Arbitration Wait Time H wmecerspo sexe o m o o w ORC Xto Y Ons XtoT Ons YtoT Ons E Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Stop 228 Figure 3 140 CATC Navigation View 3 9 2 Spec View Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View from the CATC View left click to display a popup menu then select the View Fields option see Figure 3 141 on page 229 To obtain the Spec View from the Catalyst View right click to display a popup menu then select the View Fields option Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy iew Fields for Link 1 Ea Hexadecimal Binary Address Frame Type Device Type Reserved 000 0x0 0x1 O Reason Reserved 040 040 pon Restrict S MP Ini 5TP Ini 55P Init Reserved 002 o 1 1 M Restrict SMP T STF Ta 5S
8. 419 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Setting COMWAKE Settings COMWAKE_NegLen COMWAKE IdleLen COMWAKE BurstLen COMWAKE NumBursts COMSAS Settings COMSAS Neglen COMSAS IdleLen COMSAS BurstLen COMSAS NumbBursts SATA Link Init Settings OOB SATA D102 Time OOB SATA Align Time Default Value 280 160 160 2400 1440 160 100000 100000 Description The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric i
9. 427080 1 16 EE TEST CA9S0S 0 Num of FA Bytes M Tag M Target Port Transfer Tag H Data Offset M gt gt t o o Le o o A 84 BC 5117 CF 510723 0058 gt E 1 LNK E 424 y 50010860007 A c 03555 BE GE Link Data H Relative Time Xto Y Ons For Help press F1 Figure 3 21 Typical Goto Command Trace Clicking on Goto Response will take you to the Response Packet 35 See Figure 3 22 on page 135 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help G E O Traine Viamme B recor m n Bl sis IM PAY OX RIA Pd iwi ARA Ue Eo PEF 08 es rv d E Transport p I ssPFrameType HashedDestSASAdar H HashedSreSASAddr H Changing Data Pointer H ReTransm M Retry Data Frames H TLR CONTROL H EE a F PES n a 1 n 0 l a j 35 0x07 Response 427080 CA9505 0 Num of Fi Bytes M Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H Data Offset H gt gt into Unt H H caco Handshake st Relative Tine i ry NORMAL 59 ns intiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H cos 00106860007 000A OCCANZE 477 Address Frame Type Protocol intistor Port H Connection Rate Features H Source Zone Group M Pathway Blocked Count M Arbitration Wat Time H More Compatible Features H CRC M Link Data H Relative Time BC i _ TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Targe Figure 3 22 Goto Response Tra
10. All Samples From T Cursor To T Cursor C From Link Mo f To Link No 1 C Bookmark From To E Save Filtered Trace Apply Show Hide Link Setting m Figure 2 7 Save As Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save QO All Samples O Range between selected cursors Q Range between selected Idle link commands O Range between bookmarks The Save Filtered Sample checkbox saves a trace file without filtered data The Apply Show Hide Link Setting checkbox filters the saved data further by also applying the current status of the port buttons of the toolbar 2 2 9 Exporting From the File menu you can Export to Text Excel Export Read Write Command Report or Export Paired SAS Address Report Note Export to Text Excel is available from the Spreadsheet View Packet View or Text View as of S W version 5 60 or later Export to Text Excel is not available from Column View as of S W version 5 60 or later Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 53 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Export to Text Excel From the File menu you can export to Text Excel using the Export to Text Excel The Save as Text dialog displays En Sawe As Text mim Save in Je User T El ar E s Mame Date modified Type rie Ej E LogFileSync txt 3 5 2013 11 15 AM Text Docu Recent Places Desktop Libraries Computer File name Mew bd Save as typ
11. As a general rule it is not possible to apply AND on two packet types frames commands primitives training sequences or bus conditions It only works when you apply AND on one packet type with other items such as source Destination Addresses TAG Task attribute Search For Choose a category to search in the Search For window Each of the search categories offers additional choices in the Search Items window to refine the search Check items for the selected category Data Pattern Search for Data Pattern allows you to search for a specific Data Type Pattern and Length see Figure 3 132 on page 219 Q Data Pattern Only Q Data Payload Length Only QO Data Pattern and Data Payload Length Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 221 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Advanced options Some of the Search For categories offer advanced options for search To set these options highlight the search item in a category and click the Advanced button to open the Advanced options dialog x Field Length Value E O PM Pot O ON C Status Lo Status Hi C Error C SActive 31 0 32 ow WwW de ph tae Figure 3 134 Advanced Options Dialog Example Set Device Bits Set the options and click OK Search Domain Click the Domain button and choose a search domain from all ports or a specific port Protocol Error You can refine the search to locate packets with an error or without an error
12. LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High LBA Native Max Address Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Head Number Command RegHum Reserved Portum Number of sectors to bi na obs m k Field Setting Format Hexadecimal M Visible Byte Order Fight Align Field Header Setting C Mame Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns in Aow 16 Column Bytes in Column Byte Input Viewer Setting e wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin C Absolute Trigger C User Define C Based On System Time I Same color for start time and port Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 162 ATA Command Fields Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration Teledyne LeCroy Field Header Setting You can use the Name or Abbreviation To change the color of the text in a packet field header select a field from the packet field tree and click the Foreground button Basic colors e Define Custom Colors gt gt Cancel Figure 3 163 Color Choose an appropriate color and click OK Viewer Setting Check the Wrap Packet box to enable the wrapping of packets in the display Check the Enable Tooltip box to enable tool tips for packet fields Data Payload You can format the Data Payload display F
13. Yahoo News L PSG Intranet amp Google News ASA TELEDYNE LECROY fy Everywhereyoulook Baas SAS SATA Protocol Suite Version 5 92 Trace Expert Analysis Report for the SAS 12G scs trace This report contains a comprehensive analysis of performance errors and event statistics of the trace It is a stand alone HTML file that you may save print and share with no dependency on SAS SATA Protocol Performance Analysis Error Reports Trace Analysis Statistics Trace Information File Information File Name SAS 12G scs Software version 5 92 Build 1061 Sample file version Version 67 Addig ZAC to ATA commands b Grouping Type Wide Hardware bin file version 1 33 30 Analyzer armed at 10 50 00 AM Tue Mar 19 2013 Analyzer triggered at 10 51 00 AM Tue Mar 19 2013 Sample saved at 10 51 00 AM Tue Mar 19 2013 T Trig time stamp 0 ns Number of Bookmarks 0 Number of Packets 391227 EE M Figure 3 107 Trace Expert Trace File Information 3 5 Power Tracker View SATA only Click the El Power Tracker View button on the Viewer toolbar or select Analysis gt Power Tracker View The Power Tracker View displays all the power current and voltage information captured while recording a trace as well as the sample time See Power Management Setting on page 105 for more information The power voltage and current is displayed on the vertical axis and time
14. 353 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 7 Label Fun S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Click here to add another scnot command pes Wait For S N 12871 Port 1 Until Stop Chick here ta add another senpt command Label2 Run S N 12871 Port 3 4 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Click here to add another script command gt Batch Script is valid 3 o al TP 7 ox 3 Label Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Click here to add another scnpt command Labell Wait For S N 12871 Port 1 to Stop Just 10 ms Click here to add another script command Label2 Run S N 12871 Port 3 4 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Click here ta add another script command Sleep Used to sleep for a few seconds Format Sleep Duration Parameters Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds Example Sleep 100 zChck here to add another achon gt Sleep 10 ms Lable 0 Eun S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER f zClick here to add another action Beep If specified condition is satisfied the system beep for specified duration Format Beep Duration Frequency Parameters a Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds Q Frequency Frequency in hertz 354 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy Example IflsStopped 0x834560 Beep 2 20 RBun 0x92450 Ildentrzry Disparity error 4 then Sierra M122
15. Link source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H SSP Frame T D qa 5 Pe 5DOS0SB ODSOAAE70 AFE3DO01 E 0506 Comm Figure 3 29 primitives Shown in Seane and Packet Views 140 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Export As Text Excel Select File gt Export gt Export to Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files Select options from With comma delimiter Export Duration and Save in a Single CSV File For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note When Spreadsheet View is exported to text the XFER Length field is always in hexadecimal format Note Export to Text Excel is available from the Spreadsheet View Packet View or Text View as of S W version 5 60 or later Export to Text Excel is not available from Column View as of S W version 5 60 or later Change Format of Logical Block Address LBA You can set different LBA formats in Packet View and Spreadsheet View To change the LBA format right click the LBA column to display the popup menu select Format and change the format to Decimal Hexadecimal or Binary In Spreadsheet View you can also Right click on a column heading to go to Preferences click the Trace Viewer and then the Configuration icon to display the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog Expand the Frame List Spread Sheet View select
16. Note When searching for Protocol Errors in Column View you cannot search for a specific Protocol Error type Search returns any protocol error Search Sub Items When searching SCSI Command Status you can refine the search by selecting from a list of Sub Items Note Some of the search categories allow you to refine the search by specifying specific SAS addresses and STP ports to search 222 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy SSP Frames 1 SMP Frames Figure 3 135 Search Sub Items When you check the SCSI Command Status the Check Condition item appears in the Search Items Window if a check condition has occurred Clicking this enables Search Sub Items allowing you to refine the search by specifying Sense Key ASC and ASCQ Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 223 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Search by Tag Number To search by Tag Number check the Tags box in the Search For window and then check the Tag s for which to search in the Search Items window Pu Pi W138 Vuh 26 13 JATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Figure 3 136 Search by Tag Number Search TTIU Events See Filter TTIU Events on page 215 for details 224 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Search by Speed To search by Speed check the Speed box in the Searc
17. This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration cannot be executed by the hardware Note If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel 5 11 13 Generation Rules Page How It Works You can think of the Generation Rules page as a workspace for creating rules rules that determine how the analyzer generates traces Rules are combinations of events and actions An event and the action or actions associated with it form a rule state Briefly creating a rule involves the following steps 1 Creating Event buttons in the Available Events area 2 Drag and drop of Event buttons to the appropriate areas cells in the Main Display area 3 Assigning an action or actions to each Event button Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 11 14 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events area You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons 1 Click the New Event button at the left side of the toolbar to display the New Event pop up menu a New event mi 5 co Primitives Frames SCSI Commands SCSI Status SAT FIS SSP Frame Header SSP Information Unit SMP Request Response ATA Commands ATAPI Commands 5474 Data Patte
18. TxRxVout amp Pre emphasis see TxRxVout Preemphasis on page 244 User Defined Decoding see User Defined Decoding on page 264 External Trig Setting see External Trig Setting on page 260 Update Device see Update Device on page 261 All Connected Devices see Select Device on page 24 Find DUT finds the Device Under Test see Find DUT on page 269 Power Source Control turns the Device Under Test on and off Manage Setup Licenses see Floating License on page 260 Preferences see Preferences on page 250 Set Port Alias see Set Port Alias on page 242 Set SAS Address Alias see SAS Address Alias SAS only on page 243 O UODODODDOLDO O Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 37 Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars Setup Session Analysis Mas TxRxVout amp Preemphasis User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting All Connected Devices cel Find DUT Power Source Control Preferences Self Test Data Block Set Port Alias Set SAS Address Alias Figure 1 21 Setup Menu Option 1 18 3 Session The Session menu has the following options Q Start Capture Record Start capture or record a trace Pause Capture Record Aborts the capture without saving Stop Capture Record Stops the hardware Start Target Emulator Starts the target emulator SAS Stop Target Emulator Stops the target emulator SAS Start Device Em
19. di Options Preview 3 MB around segment trigger position TC O j PU E 15 gges sa Show Traffic Summary Preview Select All Deselect All Figure 2 2 Upload Manager Dialog The dialog displays the segments in the format Segment1 Segment2 and so on Select segments by clicking the checkbox You can also Select All or Deselect All segments You can Upload segments for display Save segments as sample files and Delete segments The Preview radio button allows a preview of an integer number of megabytes around the trigger position You can set the trigger position as a percentage and select the segment number Click the radio button to Show Traffic Summary with the preview To show the preview click the Preview button Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout The Primitive Response Timeout parameter specifies the number of DWORDs between two pair primitives after which the analyzer detects a protocol error Default value is 65000 When host or device sends a primitive such as X RDY HOLD or WTRM it expects device or host to reply with a primitive such as R RDY HOLDA or R OK This parameter detects FIS Signaling Latency error between HOLD and HOLDA and FIS State Transition error between X RDY and R_RDY between SOF and EOF or between WTRM and R OK or R ERR You can set a trigger on these protocol errors Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus a
20. y Aw S PLD 1 08147 write DMA Ext ATA Command Move X Cursor General Primitive FIS ATA Command Perfomance Pending IO Others Command PM Port Port Number of FIS Payload Size Status Time out Duration Count i rro All ur Al vw All F Al v All w All gt All l 0 H1 4 40 Normal Output N A 32 333 86612 ms 147 34 43 Custom 0 H2 5 4096 Normal Output Yes 471 253 326 42 us 8 1 87 Write DMA Ext 0 H2 5 4096 Normal Output No 2 691 44011 ms 68 15 93 Read FPDMA Queued 0 H2 6 4096 Normal Output Yes 18 074 480 06 ms 81 18 97 Write FPDMA Queued 0 H1 3 4096 Normal Output N A 5 600 320 34 ms 122 28 57 Read DMA Ext 0 H2 5 4096 Incomplete No 218 960 006 71 us 1 0 23 59 390 319 82 ms 427 100 00 Figure 3 61 Statistical Reports ATA Command Report from Three Different Traces Time out of ATA Command Report The Time out shows the NCQ time out It is applicable for only NCQ commands A threshold can be set in the NCQ commands Timeout Threshold the default value is 1000 usec the user can change it to any value The statistical report provides a Time out report based on this threshold Any NCQ command that takes more than the given threshold is flagged as yes which means that a timeout occurred for that command Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 163 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Queue Command Report To display the Queue Command Report click the Queue Command tab
21. 3 24 Find DUT Saving device information allows you to import the specific device information into the Target Device emulator The Find DUT utility obtains all vendor specific information and detailed device parameters This feature only works in SAS address mode It finds SAS addresses only and works up to one expander level Find device finds any devices that are attached to any port Note Software only finds SAS devices and SATA devices not ATAPI devices Select Setup on the main menu bar and choose Find DUT El File Session Analysis Navi E L TxVout amp Preemphasis User Defined Decoding x oj External Trig Setting rs All Connected Devices 41 Find DUT enaburce Control Preferences Self Test Data Block Set Port Alias Set SAS Address Alias Figure 3 194 Find DUT The Find DUT dialog displays see Figure 3 195 on page 270 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 269 Teledyne LeCroy Find DUT Ens Find Device in VW oi fw oF Iw os Ds Device List Parameters Description General Device Type Spec Version Serial Number Find Device Export Save Load _ cese Figure 3 195 Find DUT Dialog Click the Find Device button to search for connected devices After a brief period the dialog displays all device information Device Identifier Find f Allinfa SAS Address EEE T1 50060560000003c5 Pro
22. Beep T WaitForStop Ston Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 351 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files Disabled E abel Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Click here to add another script command Run S N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR L Click here to add another senpt command 7 Enabled bx Label IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Chck here to add another scnpt command Goto Label 2 Chick here to add another script command Labeli ELSE Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Chck here to add another script command Goto Label 0 Check here ta add another script command END IF Label Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST z lhckhere to add another scaptconunahd gt Run Runs the scenario on hardware on specified ports If you call this command for the first time and the scenario was not assigned to the hardware and ports before the scenario is assigned to specified hardware and ports and then scenario runs on the hardware Format Run Serial Number Scenario Name Target Port Parameters O Serial Number Serial number of hardware O Scenario Name Name of scenario Q Target Port Port number in port map Example Run 0x841200 Substitute address frame 4 Beep 800 400 Run 0x841200 CRC Inject Play CD 8 WartForsStop 0xos465 Ly 150 Run oxs41200 Remove Send Cue Sheet 2 Goto Label6 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER
23. Capture Memory Space 200 KB T Primitive Response Timeout 20 DWORD Run Pattern Generator Off 1 Enable 10 8 Decoding Enable de scrambling t A H Es S Figure 2 69 Triggering Order 100 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Pre Trigger 2 2 17 You can set the amount of data to capture before and after the trigger as a percentage of pre trigger between 1 and 99 Position the pre trigger slider to a percentage This feature allows the evaluation of bus activity leading up to and after the triggering event Figure 2 70 illustrates the operation of pre trigger in data memory Pre trigger data is capture of the specified percentage of data prior to the triggering event It cannot be guaranteed and may be O This can occur when the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event DATA MEMORY PRE TRIGGER ALL PRE TRIGGER PARTIAL DATA PRE TRIGGER DATA TRIGGERING EVENT ALL SPECIFIED ALL SPECIFIED POST TRIGGER DATA POST TRIGGER DATA Figure 2 70 Pre Trigger Example 20 Pre Trigger Project Settings To set project options click the Settings tab see Figure 2 71 on page 102 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 101 Teledyne LeCroy S
24. Color Time Stamp Format Goto Figure 3 20 Goto Command Goto Response Menu 134 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Clicking on Goto Command will take you to the Command Packet 1 See Figure 3 21 on page 135 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help sn Bis5is s9 R PRROKXR a OUR ORS suk es eu O Traine Y lamme I O y re Be PERF SB ve 9 S wid ams xj Transport f q 559 Frame Type Mashed Dest SAS Addr M Mashed Src SAS Addr H Changing Data Pointer M ReTransmi H Retry Data Frames H TLR CONTROL M G oy gt CA9505 s Dine ra AER r RTI 1 LS gt 8 1 0x06 Command l 427080 4 0 merretrwe oo cem pareret nem ous omaron gt gt TIT oscuro Tensa rr Emart 0 05CB FFFI 00000000 l 0000000000000000000000002A00000739 A2 gt 0000000000000000 0x0 Simple 0 0 l Addi CDB Len H Durati 00 2400000739A200001000000000000000 A67CD003 0x0 ACK s TLR CONTROL M EE ssPrrame type Hashes Dest SASAcar H MashedsrcSASAd r M Changmg Data Pointer H ReTransmt M Retry Data Frames H f B f 0 l 0 ie 0x05 XFER_ROY 0 7 Num of Fil Bytes H Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H 427080 CA9505 0 1 CRC M Handsnate Ox ACK 94748136 info Unt M Do 00900000000 200000000000 Data Offset H gt 7 e t Transport A 126 l
25. Device Sleep Rising Edge Falling Edge Cancel Figure 2 44 Device Sleep Dialog Bus Condition Double click Bus Condition in the Patterns window of the Capture Project dialog to open the Bus Conditions dialog x Conditions ERE Electrical Idle Electrical Burst Cancel COMINIT COMRESET COMWAKE COMSAS Uncheck All Port ID Vi lia MRB wa Iivr1 lvwT2 fm T3 fv TS Check All Uncheck All Count E xpected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 45 SAS Bus Condition Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog separates the COMINIT and COMRESET check boxes and replaces COMWAKE with Host COMWAKE and COMSAS with Device COMWAKE Check the Conditions to trigger on and click OK Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 83 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Note You can define triggering for specific ports by checking or unchecking Port IDs Symbol Double click Symbol in the Patterns window of the Capture Project dialog to open the Symbol dialog K Symbol C D Symbol Canes Vi wi MRB mi MTI MT MT Ww T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 46 SAS Symbol Dialog Choose a symbol type by checking either the K Symbol or D Symbol option then click the down arrow in the Symbol dropdown list choose a symbol to trigger on and click OK Note t
26. Frame Length Error Reported frame length is different than actual frame length Frame Direction Error Wrong frame direction For example Register Device to Host coming from the Host CRC Error CRC error detected ACK NAK Timeout SAS only ACK or NAK primitive missing or encountered unexpectedly Delimiter Error Detects two SOF primitives without an EOF between them Also detects two EOF primitives without an SOF between them Radio Buttons All SSP SMP and STP By selecting one of these radio boxes you can specify that you want to trigger or filter on a specific protocol error on a specified frame type If you check CRC error and select the SSP radio button and if a CRC error occurs on a SMP frame the analyzer does not trigger on it Hashed Destination SAS Address SSP trigger only Specify the destination address for the analyzer to locate specific protocol errors Hashed Source SAS Address SSP trigger only Specify the source address for the analyzer to locate specific protocol errors Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 69 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 70 STP Frame Double click STP Frame to open the FIS Type dialog STP Frame Type FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 Y Binary Format O Hexadecimal snas Show Reserved and Obsolete FIS Type PM Port C Command Features LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device Parameter Value LBA Low ex
27. Incamplete Frames IL amp ddress Frames SSF Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCS Commands I SMP Commands Task Management Functions MATA Commands SCS Command Status Source 545 Address IL Destination 5 amp 5 Address I Fair 555 Address Protocol Error ATAPI SCS Command IL Miscellaneous Filter Type Hide Show Filter dle Forts wi i2 la fF W T1 M T2 lv T3 v T4 Reset All Check All Save Load m Filter Options Bus Condition Primitize I Incamplete Frames amp ddress Frames 85P Frames 5MFP Frames ISTP Frames SCS Commands E SMP Commands Task Management Functions IL amp T Commands SCSI Command Status Source 555 Address Destination 545 Address Par 545 Address Frotacal Error Iw S TP Port ETag IL J amp TAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Filler Type 4 ie 5 Wo F Filter dle Ports wn iz wif 11 MTI I T2 13 l9 r4 Reset All Check All Save Load lingui Read 110 Read Capacity 10 Iw write 110 I Made Select E Ma Mode Sense B Filter Logic C AMD Related Items DR w Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Pe Multi Level Filtering Use ParSAS Addresses Hest gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 124 Second Level of Multilevel Filtering I Good Check Condition Incomple
28. Note If more than one port of Trainer is licensed you can assign scripts to one or more ports See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 376 To launch the Script Editor click the Script Editor button on the toolbar or right click in the trace window and choose Edit as Text Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Starting the Script Editor Teledyne LeCroy 5 8 1 Generation Script Editor AA Base KK SS MA D wR ta gt lt E l HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 2 Copyright C 2004 Computer Access Technology Corporation 3 4 This SiSTrainer TM generation file contains sample code for SH 5i wait sessions and conditional branching It is assumed sample HH 6 code is to be modified before being generated to a real SiS device 7 BHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHBHHHBHHEHHHHHHHHSHEHHHEBHHBHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHSHHSHSHSH O g Include necessary definition files supplied by CATC 10 The path for include files is considered to start 11 in the SiSTracer Trainer program directory 12 13 include Generation Include Settings inc 14 sinclude Generation Include PrimitivesDecl inc 15 sinclude Generation Include SMPFramesDecl inc 16 include Generationi Include WaitCommands inc 17 18 Set GenerationMode GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR 19 set Speed LINK SPEED 3G 20 21 Each generation file must have this main block 22 Generati
29. Note If the selected ports are busy scenario cannot run and the command will be skipped The result will be written in Log area 352 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy Stop Stops running scenario by hardware and port name Format Stop Serial Number Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware Q Target Port Port number in port map Example Run 0xDO0S20 Ingect CBCODO 2 Beep 700 500 Stop DXUDSZ0 2 Goto Label3 Label3 Run ox005007 Detect DATA 8 Sleep 40 WaitForStop Used to wait for occurrence of specified condition Format WaitForStop SerialNumber Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware Q Target Port Port number in port map Duration Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds In the Command Parame ters Window WaitForStop duration has three options a Infinite Wait until Stop command Random Stop after a random time L a Finite time Stop after specified time in milliseconds Example Run ox001267 Detect AddressFrame Open WaitForStop 0x348790 2 Forever Run ox005007 Detect DATA 4 WaitForStop ox005007 4 100 Stop 0x0012067 2 2 Command Parameters Commands Parameters Run Serial Number S N 12871 IflsStap Part I br Ts 4 Beep Duration Infinite GoTo Stop Sleep Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
30. O New scenario Save selected scenario Save library Save a copy of the library as View edit a selected item Insert a copy Delete a selected scenario Copy Paste LDLIDLDLULDLDL 4 2 5 Device Ports If a device is connected the software displays the Device Ports Device Ports SN 12550008 p pb 2 pa Set Scenario by Drag Drop or Click on Grid Columns Library Scenario Vo 2 Figure 4 4 Device Ports Using the first row of icons you can Run Stop All Ports or Run Stop individual ports The columns display the Port Function Configuration Library and Scenario You can Float Dock Auto Hide or Hide the window Note A port row is grayed out when that port has not been configured to be a Jammer in the Port Configuration dialog see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 289 Using the Device Ports Dialog After you have finished Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 289 you use the Device Ports dialog to assign specific scenarios to ports so that different scenarios can run on different ports To assign a scenario to a port drag and drop the scenario from any library window to the port The Device Ports dialog then displays the Library and Scenario on the row for that Port Configuration 288 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Configuration for InFusion Teledyne LeCroy Device Ports SM 61656 1 2 gt Scena
31. Open Opens a file Close Closes the current window Launch Analyzer Displays Analyzer Window Launch Analyzer Displays Jammer Infusion Window Save As Saves the current file with a new name Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file Print Preview Produces an on screen preview before printing Print Setup Sets the options for the current or new printer Edit Comment Allows you to enter a comment in a dialog Export Saves trace as text file in Packet View Format Convert Converts an SATrainer Generation File stg file to a Generation File ssg file Setup Generate Searct New GenFile Ctr N Open Ctri 0 Close Launch Analyzer Launch Jammer Save As Print Ctrl F Print Preview Print Setup Edit Comment Export Convert Recent Trace Files Recent Project Files Exit Figure 5 2 Trainer File Menu Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Menus Teledyne LeCroy 5 1 2 Setup Menu O Update Sierra Device See Update Device on page 261 a Port Configuration You can select different combinations of Trainer with Analyzer and Jammer When running two different applications on the ports you must set the same port configuration in both of them See Port Configuration on page 108 The following describes possible configurations m Analyzer and Trainer on same port You can generate initiator target traffic
32. Rearrange Columns You can rearrange columns by left clicking in the column title and then dragging the drag and drop icon _ to a new position Viewing Check Condition Sense Data When a Check Condition error occurs you can view decode data from it When an event is viewed from Packet View it also becomes visible in column view TO i ioy O status 0x02 Check Condition Sense Key ASC ASCU Ux4 Hardware Error 0x1800 DEFECT LIST 3T E Figure 3 33 Check Condition in Column view Note Export to Text Excel is available from the Spreadsheet View Packet View or Text View as of S W version 5 60 or later Export to Text Excel is not available from Column View as of S W version 5 60 or later 3 3 8 Text View Text View displays the captured data interpreted as transaction frames grouped in columns by port To display Text View see Figure 3 34 on page 144 select Analysis gt Text View or click the la button on the toolbar H Time Stamp T All Lanes Ti I2 T2 3 J Co GO J HW j Ak 101 hm wPAM D d O T8 M9 COMNMT E no eee il n COMINIT COMINIT E COMINIT COMINIT T4 COMINIT 33 mir T3 COMMIT 93 mir T2 N COMINIT COMINIT 66 min Ti COMINIT COMIMIT 124 990 916 026 min T4 COMMIT 1 24 8691 299 613 min T3 COMIMIT k l Figure 3 34 SAS Text View 144 Sierra M122 SAS SA
33. Register Host to Device 0x27 es Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal Chal Register Device to Host 0x34 0x41 0x39 0x41 Value 0x58 t to Device Ox5F 0x46 Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp 3 38 3 38 3 3 3 3 Cyl Low exp wn Me wi vM lv MT MT Ww T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 57 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the FIS type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an FIS type on which to trigger and click OK 92 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog x Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type OX C Binary Function Any SMP Frame Type X Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved arto Parameter Value E SMP Frame Type X Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function z NM NMR via vM WT MR MT Ts po Check All Uncheck All Count 7 Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 58 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Types dropdown list and scroll the list to ch
34. SATA Main Toolbar on page 49 Navigation View Toolbar For additional information see Navigation View Toolbar on page 202 Show Analysis Toolbar For additional information see Show Analysis Toolbar on page 124 Packets View Toolbar For additional information see Packet View Toolbar on page 226 Column View For additional information see Column View on page 143 Cursor Position For additional information see Using the Cursors and Book marks on page 237 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Status Teledyne LeCroy 1 19 1 20 1 21 Record Capture Toolbar si Mavigation View Toolbar Ed gt la PE RR paje Show Analysis Toolbar 83 b Et gt Packet View Toolbar E e Ee 8 see Be sc ev Figure 1 25 SAS SATA Protocol Suite Toolbars Port Status You can display an overview of the active ports by clicking the buttons at the bottom right of the main window see Port Status on page 235 InFusion The Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool for traffic passing through the Jammer It allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems Click on the Jammer icon Y Jammer to invoke the Teledyne LeCroy SAS or SATA InFusion see InFusion Overview on page 283 You can toggle between the InFusi
35. Teledyne LeCroy Wait Command Name WE_OPEN REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPOR TED Description primitive WF OPEN REJECT RETRY primitive WF OPEN REJECT STP RESOURCES BUSY primitive WF OPEN REJECT WRONG DESTINATION primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON O primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 1 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE O primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 WF ALIGN O primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive WF ALIGN 1 primitive WF ALIGN 2 primitive WF ALIGN 3 WF NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP WF NOTIFY RESERVED O primitive primitive primitive WF NOTIFY RESERVED 1 primitive WF NOTIFY RESERVED 2 primitive WF BROADCAST CHANGE primitive WF BROADCAST RESERVED O0 primitive WF BROADCAST RESERVED 1 primitive WF BROADCAST RESERVED 2 primitive WF BROADCAST RESERVED 3 primitive WF BROADCAST RESERVED 4 primitive WF BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE O WF BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 1 WF BLOCK2 MISC RESERVED O WF BLOCK2 MISC RESERVED 1 WF TRAIN primitive primitive reserved reserved primitive WF TRAIN DONE primitive WF BREAK REPLY primitive
36. Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars QO Insert Delays inserts the exact delays as they appear in the original exported trace This may result in the closest match in terms of timing to the original trace but may not work with other DUTs See Figure 2 13 AT CONFIGURATION AutoOOB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS Optical DC oc _ DC Optical Generation Script Editor ia 3 X a o o E KK EMOS SendIdentifyAddressFrame DeviceType 0x1 PhyIdentifier 0x0 SSPInitiatorPort d STPInitiatorPort 0 SMPInitiatorPort 1 SSPTargetPort A STPTargetPort SMPTargetPort EA SAS simulation trace with delay ssg l For Help press F1 Figure 2 13 SAS Trainer Script with Delays This option is selected by default but can be unselected by the user and no delays will be added to the Exported Trainer script See Figure 2 14 4 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Trainer C Program Files x86 LeC SAS simulation trace without delay sso Generation Script Edito BM LBRO oo kk ko MAE S o xl 18 0 id ig 20 SendIdentifyAddressFrame E 218 22i DeviceType 0x1 23 PhyIdentifier 0x0 24 SSPInitiatorPort 1 25 STPInitiatorPort 0 26 SMPInitiatorPort 1 27i SSPTargetPort 0 28 STPTargetPort 0 29 SMPTargetPort 0 No Delay Added 30 F A 32 SendOpenAddressFrameSSP o 338 d s ENTM gt lic SAS simulation trace withou
37. Timer 1 Timer unit C Continue SetTimer O Mili Seconds V mai micro Timet 2 a Timer unit C Continue SetTime 0 Mili Seconds fF m i micro ees Timer unit C Continue Set Timer lo Mil Seconds mak micro V Set Timer is selected al a state the timer is reset each lime entenng that state By selecting Continue the mer wil continue the count from previous stabe s unii timer elapses Timer may be set at any state as part of either If or Else If statements Figure 2 86 Set Timers Dialog Note Three timers are available You have to set and start each timer in order to continue the next timer For example you have to start Timer 1 continue it then set Timer 2 in order to continue it It will not allow you to continue Timer 2 until you first set it 2 2 23 Timeout In the Timeout Pattern dialog see Figure 2 87 on page 116 you can do the following Set a Timeout DOOCDLD Select a Trigger Mode Select a Pattern for the Start Event Start Event resets the timer Select a Pattern for the End Event Enter the Timeout Value in milliseconds or microseconds m lf End Event occurs before timer expires m lf timer expires before End Event occurs Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 115 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Timeout Pattern Start Events External Trigger Primitive Add gt gt Suid Remove lt lt
38. Value 0 Value 0 Value 16 Value 0 Value 0 Value 0 Value 16 Value 0 Value 0 Value 0 Value 16 Value 0 Value 0 Value 0 345 Teledyne LeCroy Saving a Log File Copy or Copy All Another method to capture and save the log file is to simply perform a right click in the log Output Window or Device Window Then select a portion of the log file to Copy or Copy All See Figure 4 65 File Setup View Configuration Tools Help Ds BS HOE O Oase Q irais m ecoa m 4 10 Meter Traffic X en re LE Status Not sa D Bod Bd D eB Scenarios Scenario Name IO Meter Traffic abo en ay Scenarios Direction for traffic changes From Target Smart Hold Yes O08 Setting Normal Spec Value Pot func Library Scenano a 009 New Scenario 0 3 Global Rules O VY WainLibar OMeter Traffic Click here to ad an event z a v Main Library 10 Meter Trafic Sequence 9 E Y Mainlibrary 10 Meter Traffic State O Main Lit M Traf M Wait for ATA Command h60 READ FPOMA QUZEUZD From Initiator Click here to add combined event d v 10 F then Branch to State 1 Click here to add another action gt Click here to add another event 9 State 1 e Wait for ATA Command h l WRITE FROMA QUIVED From Initiator Click here to add combined event F then Branch to State 2 after 20th occurrence Click here to add another actica gt F lt Click here to add another even
39. e ordena eu eren grae erRY EXE ences eee a ae ee 292 44 2 Global RUIGS choreas etw olas Decr kong Menus A iius e xta fx E crux Mei M I EI FEbu tcI DIE EE i MEER E 293 BGS DCOUCIICES mee EN 294 4 5 Scelhiatio LID MOS ina a 294 41 Wali LID aae LEUTE 295 A A A O O 295 4 6 5cenario Properties iaa 297 10 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 4 6 1 Scenario Generalloll ui eere buc vseo aub eva rw sucio iii p Oboe aa La vede E Uode za EVER uode 298 SCENO NaMe ad 298 Direction Of TAME od 299 SM HOla E AE E a E eee 299 OOB DENIA di 300 AT Scenario EVelts nudi aca 302 A TA DWORD Matehe tt a A iia 305 41 2 Address rfalie ooo x UR tr greRvEp EE Kt EP EAS FEED ii 305 4 6 9 SAS Data Palco ias 305 4f 49ATAData Pato Mota 306 A123 AMAlyZer TO P Ice 306 4 7 6 Adding NOT Property to SAS and SATA Primitives oocccocccocncocococccococconanonanonanonnnnonnnenanonnnnenarennrnnanennns 307 4 0 Scenario PAC COINS iia 307 2 0 1 AVaiaDle ReSOUFC S Aiaia he SexP oa a 310 4 8 2 Using Counters in Events and Actions eeeeeeeeeeeeieenieeeie eene nnn n nnne nn nnn nnn n nhanh nnn 311 4 0 3 Capturing a Data DWORD usada A A QuRAV EU Id Sw nx Fd EE E og Ru cun 312 4 9 4 Using Captured Data DWORDJS 15 iae isse opaco a aaa e ds 312 4 8 5 Generating an Internal Trigger ote teevucsvece yuan o CE FER rka Tu Fue kk Tue e eu epo TA Ge su eb yEEL Ex CE y XE SwEns said YE edes Feu nnnm nnmnnn
40. each state individually to a Trigger on a different event or trigger unconditionally Q Capture Everything Nothing or a user defined pattern QO Include up to three ELSE IF statements allowing a jump to any other state based on a user definition a Use up to three timers which you can set to a maximum value of 42949 ms You can set a timer in the state or continue the timer set in the previous state A Output an external trigger High or Low Note In Advanced Mode events on each link are counted independently A condition is met if the number of events on a link equals the defined occurrence Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Working in Advanced Mode To start working in the Advanced Mode click the Easy Switch to Advanced Mode button in an open Analyzer window Easy switch to Advanced mode You can O Display the state definition Set Output Trigger level Select up to three timers Define the If condition and up to three Else If conditions Set number of occurrences before trigger Set captured data Set excluded data Go to next state Add state Choose link for Sequencer setup O UODO0ODODDO O Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 SO Start State 0 Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo Nochange No Jump No change No Jump State 1 S1 Else If Mo change el No Jump Capture Everythin
41. logical expression2 logical expressionl logical expression2 Complex expressions combination of different operators with prioritizing supported GvarNamel varName2 gt varName3 If While in Logical Expressions Like programming languages scripts allow conditional statements The if while syntaxes are If expression then While VarName Example for if then else HT RxFISType LRF 0 7 LRF SATA FIS TYPE START BIT LRF SATA FIS TYPE END BIT if HT RxFISType SATA FIS TYPE DMA ACTIVATE then else if QHT RxFISType SATA FIS TYPE DATA then s else if HT RxFISType SATA FIS TYPE RD2H then Example for while while NCQ TempO0 NCQ Templ NCQ Templ gt gt 1 LE NCO Temp e 0 thien hoe J NCQ TempO NCQ Tempi amp 0x00000001 Note In this release while condition is limited to simple variable values only Combining operators is not allowed in while expressions You should move such expressions inside while block Note Nested while and if are supported Wait When Do in Logical Expressions Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 397 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 398 The wait when do syntaxes are wait time when exp do elsewhen exp do on timeout a Example wait no timeout use global WaitTimeout value default 1000 useconds 1 ms when WF OPEN ACCEPT do
42. rames SMP Fram ll Find Next F3 dicun Primitives Search Direction Backward Errors Data Lengths Speed Mum Bursts SOMINIT SATA FIS Type AA SATA FIS Port JMWAKE Figure 5 6 Trainer Search Menu Hash Address k View Menu Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements Toolbars Displays list of available toolbars Standard Frequently Used Generator Analyzer Ports or Customize See Resetting the Toolbar on page 447 Status Bar Toggles the Sierra Trainer Status Bar at the bottom of the window which shows help messages and the search direction The right most segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search menu or double click the Search Status segment Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window Compact Displays each row on one line only with no wrapping View Tools Window 4H a oom In a Zoom Qut Toolbars d Status Bar Compact Ctri Q Figure 5 7 Trainer View Menu Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 361 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar 362 9 1 6 9 2 Tools Menu Hash Address Utility Opens a dialog that allows you to enter an eight byte SAS Address to display a Hashed Address LeCroy SAS Ads Hash Utility xi Type in the 545 Address to get its Hashed
43. 4 Include Payload of Data Frame E SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type 4 SMP Frame Type Any SMP Frame Type Y Function Any Function Direction I1 T1 amp P SSP Frame Any Type 4 SSP Frame Type Any Type Y Destination SAS Address 2909000000000009 Y Reserved XX Y Source SAS Address 59090000000000009 C Don t care Snapshot C Manual Trig Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command Y Reserved 90 ATAPI Changing Data Pointer ReTransmit Address Frame Y Retry Data Frames Y Reserved X Number of Fill Bytes Y Reserved 7X Y Reserved XX Y Reserved Xxx O Tag XXXX y B Easy switch to Advanced mode 9 Collapse All Expand All Define Sequential Triager Mode Figure 2 17 SAS Sample Protocol Analysis Project SAS vs SATA For Pattern Parameters SATA Dialog adds FIS FIS Pattern and ATA Command Pattern and does not have STP Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame and Address Frame 4 Click the Record button to execute the pre defined example 5 After the project runs you see an analyzer trace capture display similar to the one shown in Figure 2 18 on page 63 62 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy l Address Frane Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted H SMP initiator Port H M SSP Inttor Port 09 Restr
44. DATA 1210AB DataPattera BATIEBN 2 90000000 LITPIILELE 22222222 392299999 ARRABEBE 55556666 FEFEFEFE CDCDCDCD 9999BBBB 12343434 6767676B 56BBFF DataPatternm PATTERN 3 PATIERN 1 EEEEFEEE BEEEEEEEE SOME HEX DATA DataPattern SOME PATTERN BBBBBBBB DDDDDDDD Primitives can be defined using the following QO Byte values k indicates control symbol The 10b codes are calculated based on the current running disparity a Primitives are completely interchangeable with SymChains Declaring Raw Data Definitions Primitive primitive name byte data byte data byte data is Decimal Hex 10b K type or D type format SynChain raw data name byte data byte data byte data is Decimal Hex 10b K type or D type format RawData param data param data amp param data is byte data primitive or variables Example Prrimrtave CHAIN ONEJ c TBC ILE LE LER KBC IACOE oymchaurm Charn vo 320455 D12 3 DIO0 2 Dll SymChain ChainThree k28 3 3EA 25 k18 IFA Primitive SOF kBC 18 E4 67 Primitive EOF kBC 18 FO 9B oymchsunn raw data 1 9 A29 1D25 5 DII4 DIAG oym Charm raw data 2 342 160 029 KI5 2 K29 L D235 9 DLI4 DIAO 4 Some RD errors will occur raw data 1 1000 send defined above pattern raw data 1 1000 times raw data 2 10 send defined above pattern raw data 2 I0 times raw data 2 195 ud send defined above pattern raw data 2 195 times RawData 217 2E1 351 362 send RawData pattern som
45. Export to Initiator Emulator SATA Dialog Export to Host Emulator E x Hange All Trace C From Cursor To v Cursor C Frm r amp Cmd y No fi Tof TA Cmd v Ma Import terns v Command FIS Port i H1 D1 TH2D2 H303 Haba Project Mame En Stop cos Figure 2 10 Export to Host Emulator SATA Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 55 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 56 2 2 10 You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Trace O Range between selected cursors O Range between SCSI Commands or Transport You can export SCSI Commands Task Management FIS ATA Commands Device Sleep SSP Frames SMP Frames SMP Commands or STP Frames You can select the Port In the Project Name enter a valid file name Export to Trainer The Export to Trainer dialog accessible from the File menu allows exporting data to a file in a format supported by the Trainer See Figure 2 11 and Figure 2 12 on page 57 New SLESEAUCIESIE BL IE Pw ux zd Wet Caer Ree CQ em 108 88 ose Y Launch Jammer 0x0 Identify EZE End Device Q9 Launch Trainer A MP Target Port H STPTi rt H PT Launch CrossSync Control Panel NC RATEN argetPort H SSPTe Save WorkSpace Inside ZPSDS Persistent H lel Save Ctrl S Save As Trace Properties Edit Comment Export Read Writ
46. Function ResuR 0x00 Smp function acce 706 08 das 321243 2206 us HE 5 75 125 us Ez Connection Rate 0xB 12 0 Gbps Handshake OPEN ACCEPT 3 E 162 05 E T4 Destination SAS Address rw MERECE E v6 rl ERN 84 ns SMP Reque 0x0 Peport G lus 0x0 Smp function accepted Function 0x00 Report c EET 240 us TEIM MENNEULELTTTET on 0x00 Report ge ral Function Reau Ox00 Smp function accat OSE NORMAL x3 p Field List View XtoY 817 686 209 ms Xto T 656 678 us Y toT 818 342 887 ms For Help press F1 TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator inact Simulation Stop D K No 2 A e un 3 31 Field List View The Field List View contains information about the selected Packet 142 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 3 3 Column View Column View displays the captured data grouped in columns by port see Figure 3 32 on page 143 Each row shows captured DWORDS on different ports related to the timestamp It also shows different speed 1 5G 3G 6G 12G DWORDs Different DWORD cell height shows the duration of the DWORD To display Column View of the current capture click Analysis Column View or click the B button on the toolbar You can click the sign to expand the packet and sign to collapse the packet Hovering over the signs displays a tooltip showing the contents of the packet R
47. In Online mode you can only enter an existing Serial Number 5 To add another command click Click here to add another script command 348 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12371 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Click here to add another script command Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST Click here to add another script command Click here to add else body gt END IF To copy a script command right click on the command and select Copy Right click Click here to add another script command and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected script command 6 To edit batch commands click the command or right click the command and select Edit from popup menu Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Chick here to add another scnpt command Eun S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST 5 Chick here to add another script command Click here to add else body gt END IF 7 To delete a command right click and select Delete from popup menu or select command and press Delete key on keyboard After finishing if everything is correct push the Run Batch button to execute scenario and save result in the log file Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box 4 13 2 Error Ch
48. LBA Sector and change the Format If you cannot change the format there select the Link Fields Transport Fields ATA Cmd Fields or SCSI Cmd Fields node select the field such as LBA High and then change the Format Spreadsheet View Context Menu In Spreadsheet View a Context Menu is available by performing a right click on an Frame packet See Figure 3 30 on page 142 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 141 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 18 Ban suk Mae lite of Id Summary y 90 ns 1 CUNTAS i 2520 Discover list ction accepted Function 0x20 Discover list 140 043 us 12 20 Function 0x20 0 over list Function Result 0x00 Smp function 934 ns 2 596 us rz T4 Goto Response 42 421 j P Connection Rate30xB 12 0 Gbps HandshakezOPEN ACCEPT a Set Time Stamp Origin BEL us Awe Spreadsheet View CO 13 20 Discover list 20 Discover list 124 562 us Go Previous 20 Function 0x20 Discover list Function Result 0x00 Smp function accepted Ph 934 ns AU MI D ERA Hide SMP Request eras Show SMP Request Connection Rate 0xB 12 0 Gbps H ACCEPT 1 587 us t x SSE HH Qa Hide 0x20 Discover list ud Sas Gna aaa ocean 777 Show 0x20 Discover list 20 Function 0x20 Discover list Function Result 0x00 Smp function accepted Ph Filter by Range Connection Rate 0xB 12 0 Gbps Handshake OPEN PT
49. O000ns 00 000 000 000 Frame Idle Time Stamp Frame ze Data IEA EOF 11 i oxoooo 112 bytes 12 bytes 0xC486DB10 OTST Frame EE r UNKNOWN Tag Data aa EOF Time Stamp 12 pit 0x0000 O bytes O bytes e 00 000 001 120 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual E f COMMAND Tag Data CRG EOF Idle Time Stamp g erac 0x0000 a 0 000ns 00 000 000 320 Frame zs EE PONSE Tag Data CRG EOF Idle Time Stamp 10 P ox0000 mm 0 000ns 00 000 000 560 0 000ns 00 000 000 800 The easiest way to generate traffic is to start with one of the example generation files and edit the settings to see how the script file behaves As you make and save changes the trace view of the generation file is automatically updated The following screen captures show an example file as it appears in the script editor and trace window In the screen capture global settings make up the eight bars at the top of the window Below that are five frames If you look at the script itself there are six frame commands five active and one commented out The following sections describe how to open and edit traffic generation files 365 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Traffic Generation File 5 5 3 Converting an SATrainer Traffic Generation File If you have old 2500 based SATrainer Generator stg files you can convert them to Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator ssg files using the legacy Convert function
50. Primitive sl File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Count All 5 3730 0 46 2962 0 37 2159 0 27 1295 0 16 394 0 05 301 0 04 299 0 04 210 0 03 1705 0 21 1196 0 15 1874 0 23 32 396e 3 1200 0 15 2481 0 31 1366 0 17 2388 0 30 680 0 08 788 0 10 683 0 08 686 0 08 788 0 10 670 0 08 394 0 05 301 0 04 299 0 04 1110 0 14 602 0 07 323 0 04 Eno nn Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Bus Condition Report To display the Bus Condition Report click the Bus Condition tab The Bus Condition Report displays information in the following columns Q Bus Condition See Figure 3 57 All Custom Activity On COMINIT COMRESET COMWAKE COMSAS Q Port See Figure 3 55 on page 157 All Custom I1 T1 I2 T2 13 T3 I4 T4 Q Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Q 96 Percentage of total count File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help ee ITE x aj E En ex g T JL gt 1 of 2 Activity On Bus Conditior ity COMINIT COMRESET COMWAKE COMSAS B 0 47 T3 0 70 Figure 3 57 Statistical Reports Bus Condition Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 159 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 160 SSP Transport Report To display the SSP Transport Report click the SSP Transport tab The SSP Transport Report displays information in the following columns O Type See Figure 3 58 on page
51. QO AutoAlignSATA is assumed to be ON Q AutoAlignSAS is assumed to be OFF For SAS emulation the assumptions are opposite QO AutoAlignSATA is assumed to be OFF QO AutoAlignSAS is assumed to be ON For STP QO AutoAlignSAS and AutoAlignSATA are assumed to be ON Placing Global Settings in the Generation Block Some global settings such as AutoAlign On Off can be set and reset in the generation block For example you might want to set SASAutoAlign ON prior to traffic generation and then change to OFF halfway through the generation session Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 369 Teledyne LeCroy Primitive and Frame Definitions include Ceneration nclude settings inc oinclude Cteneration ncludeissPFPramesDeclinc Generation SendssPFrameLData 8 1 Data 21223344 55667788 S9A ABBCC 8 sendssPFrameXEferE dy Data 51223344 55667788 9S8AABBGCC Generation Set Auto AlignSAS OFF Global Setting added Block to generation block sendssPFramecCommand sendsoPFrameResponse sendssPFrameT ask i Data 51223344 55667788 S8AABBCC sendsSsPFrameVendor When placed within the generation block and then viewed in the trace window global settings appear as colored bars interspersed amidst the traffic Frame m ice S Tag Data i Idle Time Stamp 8 y UAE ox0000 0x74258E55 0 000 ns 00 000 000 320 CONFIGURATION AutoOOB Frame px E Tag Data qu Idle Time Stamp 11 rin Eug
52. Replaces handshaking and flow control primitives to help validate robustness of a design Q Traffic Monitoring Operates as a traffic monitor collecting statistical data on user specified parameters In this mode data passes unchanged in both direc tions a Menu Driven Interface Allows easy set up of test scenarios QO API based on C Allows development of custom test applications Q Scenario Batch Files Allows scenario scripts With respect to traffic modification in the Link Layer you can modify primitives CRC scrambled traffic and SSP SMP and STP connection events You cannot modify clock skew management OOB and power management and signal integrity Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface Teledyne LeCroy 4 2 4 2 1 InFusion consists of a hardware device that connects to the line under test and a Windows based software application used to create and download test scripts to the device You also can use the software application to configure and control the device across an Ethernet link InFusion test scripts are called scenarios Scenarios determine how the hardware device monitors and modifies line traffic You must use the application to create and download scenarios For the InFusion connections the device is connected between the SAS SATA host and the PHY of the test target DUT Link training is not performed transparently because the FPGA cannot manipulate the required physical p
53. SOF 96 Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 36 5 Prolog SOF Epilog EOF Frame Some Frame 1 Some Frame Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 383 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Field32 Some Hex Data Data MELEE 22222222 33305500 44444444 55555555 lt Opcode E UZ Oy O 20200225 LBA 64 Primitive Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 24 48 Prolog CHAIN ONE Epilog CHAIN ONE 5 11 3 Generation Block Sierra Trainer generates the stream that is defined in this block Generation Chain Chain Chain Frame Frame Frame Field Definition Definition Definition Definition Definition Definit Lon Definition Data Definition Repeat N 5 11 4 Definitions Chain Definition Repeat N Idle M N M RunningDisp ON OFF Idle M RunningDisp ON OFF a Without any parameters the chain is sent once OQ With Repeat and Idle parameters the chain is sent N times and then noth ing is sent idle M times Repeat and Idle are optional Frame Definition Q Without any parameters send the frame based in default values a With RunningDisp ON send the frames based on default values and insert a running disparity error a With parameters overriding or adding to a template frame with or without injection of an overriding or adding to a template frame with or without injec tion of running disparity error Field Variab
54. Set Speed LINK SPEED 12G Set RKX Speed LINK SPEED XXG DevSlp 402 Generator will go through SATA D10 2 stage of SATA SpeedNeg process using current SATA D10 2 settings Generator will go through SPEED NEG RCDT stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED NEG RCDT settings Generator will go through SPEED NEG ALIGNO stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED NEG ALIGNO settings Generator will go through SPEED NEG ALIGN1 stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED NEG ALIGN1 settings Generator will change speed to 1 5G if MultiSpeed is enabled This setting is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 3G if MultiSpeed is enabled This settings is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 6G if MultiSpeed is enabled This setting is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 12G if MultiSpeed is enabled This setting is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Allows user to set the specific speed for the receivers XX 1 5 3 6 12 LINK SPEED 1 5G LINK SPEED 3G LINK SPEED 6G LINK SPEED 12G Makes the device sleep signal high Trainer doesn t go to Electric idle mode automatically after Devslp command We can force trainer to go to DC Idle mode using the disconnect command after Devslp command This command works when Generation mode is GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR or GEN MODE S
55. Spreadsheet View 39 spreadsheet view 139 SSP Frame 72 SSP Initiator field 447 SSP Target field 447 SSP Transport Report 160 161 164 SSPFrames inc 372 Start Analyzer button 363 Start Generation 359 Start Generation button 363 State 293 statements 350 statistical report column setting 174 content SATA 155 options 156 save as text 173 Statistical Report toolbar 172 Statistical Report View 175 statistical reports 39 Statistics button 187 Status bar 237 Status Bar command 361 Stop Analyzer button 363 Stop Batch Script 286 Stop Generation 359 Stop Generation button 363 Stop Hardware button 79 Stop statement 353 STP Initiator field 447 STP Target field 447 STPFrames inc 372 subnet 34 support 455 Switch to CATC Navigation 254 464 Synchronize with Trace View 183 T tabs file 375 Target Emulation 363 Task Command Report 166 Technical Support 455 telephone number 455 Temperature 20 Template Files 251 Text View 39 text view 144 Tile Views 203 time relative display 50 Time Stamp Origin 207 Timeout Pattern dialog 82 timer 81 setup advanced mode 114 Timer definition dialog 99 Timer dialog 81 timers 327 timing cursors 150 measurement 150 tool bar 236 Toolbar command 448 Recording Rules 428 resetting 447 tab 448 Toolbar command 236 Toolbars 361 Tools Menu 362 Tools menu InFusion 286 tooltips 376 Trace Capture 52 Trace Memory Status section 102 Traffic Generation 43 357 Traffic Generation ssg Files
56. Sumbil Remove zz Primitive Pattern STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI End Events Bus Condition Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame TASTE Mote Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 346 milliseconds 2 microseconds Trigger mode 5 Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s accur s Mote Start Event s reset s the timer unconditionally Figure 2 87 Timeout Dialog WARNING In Advanced Mode Short State Jump Intervals Can Cause Hardware Queue Overflow and Corrupt Frames When using Advanced Mode if too many state jumps occur in a short time the hardware queue can overflow which may corrupt frames For example an infinite loop can cause many state jumps in a short time Hardware overflow can occur if interval between state jumps is less than 60 DWORDs In Advanced Mode infinite loops are usually used to check if an event occurs before a timeout In this case you can use the Timeout dialog to avoid hardware queue overflow 116 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Advance Mode Settings Notes State 1 r3 State 0 50 Start Capture Everything Exclude tems Idle Motif Bus Condition then Ga To State 2 Pattern Primitive HAAD RESET Else lf Bus Condition No change A Ma Jump N
57. Time Stamp Y Status nc dic iR dM Date modified Y Relative Time y neo No items match your search V Delta Time V Sense F V Port IV Error OL Y Sre SAS Address V Dest SAS Address Y LBA Sector Y XFER Length Sector Count Uncheck All File name Save as type Text Files txt With comma delimiter _ Export Dur Seal gees mum I ext Files Version ZU bd Save As Range Excel File Version 2 0 csv E Text Files Version 1 0 bd All Packets Excel File Version 1 0 csv eon To Figure 3 209 Select Text Files Version 1 0 2 0 or Excel File Version 1 0 2 0 LBA Sector XFER Length Sector Count and Tag will bring up a option to save the data in hexadecimal decimal or binary format See Figure 3 210 on page 282 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 281 Teledyne LeCroy Exporting LBA XFER Length and Tag from Spreadsheet View vi Status Date modified No items match your search Recent Places Desktop Libraries pu Computer 4 File name Save as type With comma delimiter Export Duration Save As Range O All Packets Figure 3 210 Save Data as Hex Decimal or Binary 282 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Overview The LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS an
58. To specify a color for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 441 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options Select a data type such as Data Length in the Group then select a color in the Color section using Standard or Custom colors Use a bright color for each important field Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Datas External Data Format Group and Color E Data Eit Order MSB to L5B SB to MSE Hexadecimal C Decimal C Binary Hidina C B Hidden Color ge Lata Hex MSE to LSB B Data Length Dec eee rpm Display Units CRAC Time Other Protocols standard Custom Address Frame Primitives SSP Frame SMF Frame Hut OF Band Signals STPF SATA STF FIS Channels ATA Command Tracker Fields TCG Packet Colors Expand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load caca Ao Figure 5 28 Display Options Dialog Color To customize colors use the Custom tab Color Standard Custom Colors m1 Sal Greer 20 a Blue 133 Figure 5 29 Custom Colors Note You cannot change the color of an Invalid Data packet error field It is permanently set to red 442 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manu
59. You can think of the Global Rules and each sequence as a separate test routine or program operating within the scenario Each operates independently and in parallel with the others The purpose of each is to detect events and then respond with the appropriate action or set of actions In essence you can operate up to three test states simultaneously within InFusion Sequence Portion of a scenario that can define multiple InFusion test states More flexible than the Global Rules a sequence allows more powerful scenarios that include branching and looping between test states Global Rules can define only a single test state so there is no branching State Behavior of the Global Rules or a sequence at any point in time In terms of InFusion testing behavior is waiting for a set of events and responding with a set of actions Global Rules Global Rules are a portion of the scenario that can define only one test state To create the Global Rules you use the menu driven interface to enter an event or combined event and the corresponding action or set of actions the response of InFusion hardware to the event In the case of a combined event the action is taken upon occurrence of any of the events stated for the event combination It is a logical OR association meaning any of the events can trigger the action After you enter the event or combined event the interface prompts you for actions An action might be for example injec
60. click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run Note For the NACA test both ports of the SAS device must be connected to two Host Emulation ports I1 and I2 using two SATA cables Note When you are running SAS Verification you cannot work with Trainer and Emulator while device is connected to D connector and HBA is connected to H connector 272 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Discover List Descriptor Lists Decode Teledyne LeCroy Note You must use a Power Expansion Card ACC EXP 004 x or ACC EXP 005 X for SAS Verification See Using the Power Expansion Card on page 28 Note Connecting to an HBA while running in Emulation Trainer mode will impact test results 3 26 Discover List Descriptor Lists Decode In a Trace that has Discover List Descriptor Lists Click on the Discover List descriptor list File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Relative Time 50 ns Source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H Fune Starting phy identifier M Maximum number of discover ist dgscriptors D Expander Chg Count D Number of discover ist descriptors H l Transport o SMP Frame Type Func Alloc Resp Len H Req Length H Starting phy identifier H 9 F l 0x40 Request 0x20 Discover fist FF 06 00 Maximum number of discover list descriptors H Phy filter H ex zone group H Descriptor Type Vendor Spec H CRC H
61. d Sequercer exa Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Error Detected Wait for Any DPword from Initiator tClick here to add combined event gt then Beep 500 ms and Branch to Wait for Alignb Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Click here to add another state gt File Libr File Libr For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 55 Example 8 Bottom Half of Scenario 4 10 3 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 In this example a five state sequence not only detects if a group of primitives is received out of order but it fixes any incorrect order The logic is similar to that of example 8 with a few small changes The following table summarizes each state 338 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy TABLE 4 11 Example 9 Logic of Sequence 0 State Wait for Align 0 Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 2 Wait for Align 3 Indicate Error Description When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise replace primitive with Align 1 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise replace primitive with Align 2 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise replace primitive with Ali
62. j LRT Last received TTIU This instruction is for accessing the last received TTIU The user can access the received TTIU and reuse it as required Example ttiu_mask 0x0006000 ttiu LRT ttiu_temp ttiu and ttiu mask If ttiu temp 0006000 Send ttiu 0x0006000 j Training ERROR COUNT This instruction is for accessing the error count of the received Dwords This gives flexibility to the user to change the remote tx parameters to get the optimal link with minimal errors Example Vato Gerroer count Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 error count Training ERROR COUNT If Gerror count lt 2 pend BELO X00x0000A000 0x36 OxXA j j Reset Training ERROR COUNT During manual Tx Training resetting error count can be done using this command Example Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Vars2 error Count Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 O0xA Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 error count Training ERROR COUNT Lf error counts2 Send ttiu 0x0000A000 0x36 XA Rest Training BSror count Change_Local_tx_parameter 16 b data variable This instruction is to change the Local tx parameters It takes either 16 bit data or 16 bit variable which represents the control word of the TTIU When this command is given the 32 bit data or 16 bit vari
63. ms Avg Write Response Time Total Write Response Time Total Write Commands IO Per Second Write NA 61 906197 cmd s Write IO Total Write Commands Whole Trace Time IO Per Second Total NA 187 242432 cmd s Total IO Total Write Commands Total Read Commands Whole Trace Time Avg Byte Per SSP Frame NA 1445 Total Read Size Total Write Size Number of SSP Data Frame Avg Byte Per FIS Frame NA 6644 Total Read Size Total Write Size Number of Data FIS Init Bus Util NA 4 655706 ms Total Bus Active Time in Initiator Target Bus Util NA 10 937826 ms Total Bus Active Time in Target Efficiency NA 43 607051 Efficiency Total Read Size Total Write Size Total Read Duration Total Write Duration 100 Speed FIS Diff Max NA 66 173986 ms Maximum FIS Difference Time for Two Subsequent FIS in the same Link ms FIS Diff Min NA 0 001333 ms Minimum FIS Difference Time for Two Subsequent FIS in the same Link ms FIS Diff Avg NA 10 438453 ms Average FIS Difference Total FIS Difference Time Total FIS Count Figure 3 70 Statistical Reports Performance Items 170 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Lanes Report To display the Lanes Report click the Lanes tab see Figure 3 71 on page 171 The Lanes Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Port All H1 11 H2 I2 H3 I3 H4 14 or Custom Open Accept All Custom or Number Open
64. pattern Pattern is assigned to Data e Data count value A pattern of count times value is assigned to Data e Data count start value step A pattern of values starting with start value with steps of step and a length of count is assigned to Data Primitive definition Primitives are inserted into the frame payload Primitive definitions are inherited by descended frame templates QO Assigning clears all previous settings maybe from parent frame template a Offset specifies the DWORD offset where this primitive is inserted in the Frame Q Count specifies how many times to repeat the primitive Examples Primitive Primitive SOF 48 where 48 offset Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 36 5 where 5 repeat Prolog and Epilog define Primitive chains to be used at the beginning and end of the frame Examples Prolog SOF For this frame primitive SOF is a Prolog Epilog EOF For this frame primitive EOF is an Epilog Frames can be derived from other Frames therefore inheriting the layout of the parent Frame In this case the user may a Change Prolog and Epilog a Change default field values A Add new fields Frame Examples Frame some Frame Field32 32 OxAABBFFEE FrameType 2 009 se L2 HashedDest 24 HEX DATA Reservedl oO DXDA Fieldl6 16 OxAAAA Reserved2 i n9 URAD Data PATTERN 1 CRG S Primitive 2 Primitive SOR 48 Primitive
65. primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Request Frame SMP Response Frame Advanced Wait Condition A This command causes generation to wait for Event A to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition B This command causes generation to wait for Event B to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition C This command causes generation to wait for Event C to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition D This command causes generation to wait for Event D to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition E This command causes generation to wait for Event E to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition F This command causes generation to wait for Event F to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter 411 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 412 Wait Command Name wf trainer interconnect signal 1 wf trainer interconnect signal 2 wf trainer interconnect signal 3 wf trainer interconnect signal 4 WF OOB C
66. sheet View Waveform Display Shows waveform display for all active ports on which you can perform timing measurements Statistical Report generate statistics for all transports commands primitives bus conditions addresses lanes and errors Histogram View Shows frame type transfers Bus Utilization Displays the utilization of the bus Data Reports Displays data payloads Compare 2 Data Payloads Compare two data payloads VSE Perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verifi cation script over the trace Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 39 Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars 1 18 6 Navigation The Navigation menu has the following options to navigate through the application see the following screen capture El Fie Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help gt gp Trainer Y DEM uo Trigger Reson Search Ctrl F 2 Position C Lak Tee fee i FE Search Mexk F3 Y Position x Search Previous F4 Packet Mo B a Time Stamp 3 Bookmark Begin Source Zone Group HI Pathwveay Blo End Figure 1 23 Navigation Menu Option a Goto Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet No Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End QO Search Q Search Next QO Search Previous 1 18 7 View The View menu options see Figure 1 24 on page 41 allows the user to zoom in and out enable disable filtering and toolbars among other actions It has the
67. 0388 00000001 4910BF 12 ME Relativa Time Durat s o p E i 33 ns gt 6G 2 Ox2A Write 1 4 SED os e Qw2A Wrta rm Y dl db P deb iI dtd dsl TI o gal Y to T 498 360 us Figure 3 24 Workspace with Four Views Packet Spreadsheet Column Bus Utilization 3 Now you can save this set of Views to be called up later or as the Default Workspace per Changing the Default View on page 135 4 Ifyou Save the Workspace with four views as the Default the next Trace you open will have all the views you want to see See Figure 3 25 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 137 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis amp 59 u EE n i te BOPA OLB Bex wv ss lt gt na CN 39 eys 1 1 ml pO ee o gt WS aa STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H Device Name A Phy Kenbtier H I 0 1 BEEN so00 Dreak Reply Capable H Requestedinside ZPSOS H Inside ZPSOS Persistent H PARTIAL CAPABLE 000000001 7 SLUMBER CAPABLE H CRC Link Data H al STRE RS 64 026 us 50 ns MUN 30 0 41551331 0 ns ns E Address Frame Type Ox0 Mentir Edge Expander Device 7 Y HEM Vv Unkno wTr cas Restricted H SUP intiatoe Port H STP indiator Port H SSP intiator Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port H y 0 0 0 0 0 i TITEL Td dul d d delet 11 lal Elo x 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 2
68. 08 0 0 NEZ 0x0 Discover 000000000000000000000000 5705EE0D T4 Transport m SMP Frame Type Func Result Resp SEE D Expander peste RM Count D aL identifier H 10 0x41 Response _ Response 0x20 Discover ist 0x20 Discover list 0x00 Smp function accepted Smp function accepted SPS 74 Number of discover list descriptors H Descriptor Type Descrplorieng D Extemaly configurable route table H Config H Zoning enabled H O A O E A Se M TN Last self configuartion status descriptor index H Last phy event ist descriptor index H Vendor Spec H DISCOVER LIST descriptor list H a eco E 0000 0000 00000000000000000000000000000000 _ 411000100038000000000000000000005006 gt 00005006 gt gt f 62 1B3EE AA Deemasen SAS Agareso QD SUP Frome Type a Func Result Link Data H i Relative Time x00 Smp function accepted 103 368 us Figure 3 198 Discover List Descriptor Lists This will bring up the Discover List descriptor list See Figure 3 199 on page 274 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 273 Teledyne LeCroy Discover List Descriptor Lists Decode DISCOVER LIST descriptor list Sox 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 30 00 00 2A 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0
69. 1 8 33 Discover List SMP Function Accepted B 890 625 000 00 ns 1 8 33 Discover List SMP Function Accepted 14 3 556 25010 us 4 33 33 6 300 000 19 us 12 100 00 Figure 3 65 Statistical Reports SMP Command Task Command Report To display the Task Command Report click the Task Command tab see Figure 3 66 The Task Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a OUCUO O 166 Function All Custom Abort Task Status Good Port All H1 11 H2 12 H3 13 H4 14 or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Percentage of total count Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help T a gm i ilge e Lok Tp App v CQ 65 B 108 SB SC PV o or APPO x nj E en amp g PLD 1 of 1 Abort Task Task Command Move X Cursor General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command ud SMP Command Task Command 426 666 687 01 ns Figure 3 66 Statistical Reports Task Commands Read Write Command Report To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab see Figure 3 67 on page 167 The Read Write Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Time Stamp All Custom Number Source SAS Address All Custom Numb
70. 106654 0 604338 1 82 951 698 ms 5000628000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Read DMA Ext Ox8E28F6 Ont 2048 Normal Output 27097839 ms 0 072077 0 063723 1 110 115250 ms 5000628000001074 50060560000003 C4 STP Read DMA Ext 0x4530CE9 0x4 2048 Normal Output 33 748 718 ms 0 057873 0 077928 1 143 928 009 ms 5000628000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Write DMA Ext 0x55C325 Ont 2048 Normal Output 141 386 673 us 13 814068 13 103076 1 144114807 ms 5000628000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Read DMA Ext OxDFC287 0x4 2048 Normal Output 27002346 ms 0 072332 0 063468 1 171 221 039 ms 5000628000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Read DMA Ext Ox9B1FE2 0x4 2048 Normal Output 8 108067 ms 0 240887 0 105087 1 179 383 240 ms 5000628000001074 5006056000000 3C4 STP Read DMA Ext 0x2895A3 0x4 2048 Normal Output 10 202867 ms 0 191429 0 055629 1 189 639 252 ms 50006 28000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Write DMA Ext OxE6BA4F 0x4 2048 Normal Output 103973 335 us 18 784865 18 073873 1 189 787155 ms 5000628000001074 5006056000000 3C4 STP Read DMA Ext 0x4628901 0x4 2048 Normal Output 33 297 653 ms 0 058657 0 077144 1 223139648 ms 5000628000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Write OMA Ext 0x2115C7B 0x4 2048 Normal Output 10 885680 ms 0 179422 0 531570 1 Figure 3 67 Statistical Reports Read Write Command Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 167 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis SAS Address Command Report To display the SAS Address Command Report click the SAS Address tab see Figure 3 68 on page 168
71. 160 All Custom Data XFR_RDY Command Response and Task Port See Figure 3 55 on page 157 All Custom I1 T1 I2 T2 I3 T3 I4 T4 Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences 96 Percentage of total count LDLDLDL D File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help E o tore ome e es m n IIT IL g UBA f P DL 1 or Date SSP Transpor General Primitive 933 333 37402 ns Custom 772 079 956 05 us Data T2 754 413 33008 us 454 15 02 XFER_RDY T3 759 706 665 04 us 464 15 35 Command T2 7 199 999 81 us 112 3 70 Response T3 10 239 999 77 us 117 3 87 Task n 1 279 999 97 us 6 0 20 Command Dp 78 000 000 00 us 700 2316 Command B 239 999 984 74 ns 1 0 03 Response T1 1 346 666 69 us 6 0 20 Response T2 37 266 666 41 us 357 11 81 Response T3 31 880 001 07 us 344 11 38 Task nu 213 333 343 51 ns 1 0 03 Data B 7 079 999 92 us 2 0 07 2 461 87997 ms 3023 100 00 Figure 3 58 Statistical Reports SSP Transport Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy SMP Transport Report To display the SMP Transport Report click the SMP Transport tab The SMP Transport Report displays information in the following columns O Types See Figure 3 59 All Custom Request Response Port See Figure 3 55 on page 157 All Custom I1 T1 I2 T2 13 T3 I4 T4 Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a n
72. 2 210 Trigger SOU e 78 SITS IN OU IVI OCC eer ies 78 Manual Tigger MOON usce iiec i exa een aE oe 79 Any Irigger in Pattern MOOG 8 iu iia a 79 BUS CONAM er 83 SD VIM ON eee 84 PINO etd 84 ATA COMMAND incio 86 Data o DM E TE 87 raning Sequence miis LET SULLO 89 PrOLOCOLE NOIS e cer 90 A TAPER Mei i ee E Lex eae LIN uad III LUN DIM LIII 91 Address Frame SAS only cire auivv veu oe ous Todo beue lE on ri 91 andar 92 SMP Frame SAS Oll EecEP Len UE eI AE EUR EE ER adi 93 DOP Frame SAS Only iucssceucos ees ra to sucus cea D v EHr edd Cokwi vean cesse Ek gu Cu dU Ue vv cde EOD eo arcu v E Loos va Tess cEd DEM EE PERO E 93 SCcSI Gomm nd SAS OMY ugcscsdapttem dcus cebn vesasa a a i eT EE REDE 94 A E Eaa A E a a EE ED 95 ATA Command Pattern SATA only c esset s eure sk retur a eau ka aa ia A AAA 96 PIS ASA TAC ONIY a a E Ea E E E 96 FIS Pattern SA TA Oli a ea a a a a 97 Sed ental TIGGER MOOG ruris r 99 TIMO asaan a E E E E EE E a iA 99 Derining Patterls iii il aa 99 IVIGG SLING OFGG ccr e E iRiao 100 Pr TIMO a la ia 101 2 211 Project gt clinic NES 101 Memory Seting Srima a E a a a EA 102 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 3 Teledyne LeCroy Contents Trace Fille Nader T UTR 103 AUR a EAEE EEE 103 Memory ec r4 een PRU N 103 Partial MGMON
73. 23 9 4 COLUMN VIEW aa 143 Viewing Check Condition Sense Data ooccccnconnciccciccccccnconncenaconnanonanennronnronnnnnnarnnnronnrrnnnrnnnrenarennnnnns 144 SA EP VICW cece cag E 144 Identity DEVICE Frame wssiccsiutescerseactasescaanizonfeanmennsntuananetenscesaatatuleeniaatedaneveatessneretanheaineareenicieineen 145 Text VIEW Cohtext VICI cues a A AAA 147 3 3 9 Frame INSPector VIEW E TOT TOI TT IO ITI 148 SPEC VIE Winrar oe 148 FICA VIEW 148 Field View Display ManipulatiON ccoccoccocccccccnconcoccnnccnconacnncnanoncnncnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnnrnnrnnrnnnrnnrnnrnnrnnrnnnnanon 148 3 9 10 VV AVETONIN DISDIGV Mrs AA AAA iS 150 Making a Timing Measurement anirai anaa Ea EEA AAR T EEEE EEEE 150 Expanded Waveform Vie Wii nennen ennnen 151 Performance Reference Definitions cia dia riadas 151 33 la eo 1d En lors Mod 0 Lo y dicm 152 Generating Statistical Read Write Report ooocconcconncocococccococnocanonanonanonnnnonanenanennncnnnrnnnrnnnnenanennncnnanos 152 I eport Between CUIESO Sonata did 153 Report Between Events see Figure 3 57 occocccconoccconccococooconcocnnoncnncnnnronnnrrnnn nena rrnnnrrrnnrrnanrrnaarenanenns 154 SLatiStical Report COM ds 155 Performance Reference DefINiOAS acia AA 155 REDON ODIOAS E 156 General Repo dani ic 156 Primitive RODO unreal odds cedida a a a oct data 158 Bus COMGILION ROO aa 159 DOP ITA DO RADO adds 160 SMP Transport REDON ica 161 FIS Command RED 162 ATA COMMANA R
74. 3 72 The Pending IO Report displays the report data in columns with the following information QO Pending lO All Custom SCSI or ATA O Max Pending IO All Custom or Number U Ave Pending IO All Custom or Number m File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help S O Te Y sones 0 0 5 mon ci mi psies s aP PY C RIA Pic lor a amp geuoetoo ns Move X Cursor General Primitive ssP Transport SMP Transport FIS ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Pending IO Pending IO Max Pending IO Avg Pending IO 1 03 2 Custom 2 1 80 SCSI 0x500062B000001074 gt 0x5000C500001047B5 1 1 00 SCSI 0x5000E85000000001 gt 0x5000C50000103D91 1 1 00 ATA 0x500062B000001074 gt 0x50060560000003C4 1 1 00 SCSI 0x5000E85000000001 OXE9AESE SCSI 0x500062B000001074 0x5000C50000103D91 Figure 3 72 Statistical Reports Pending IO Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 171 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Others Report To display the Others Report see Figure 3 73 on page 172 click the Others tab The Others Report displays information in the following columns O Items m idle No Number of idle packets Payload Size Total number of payloads in trace files SCSI ATA commands Sample Time Sample time Idle Initiator Host idle time Idle Target Device idle time total SSP Bus U
75. 30259 SBC3 SPC4 x92E 72A SBC3 SPC4 ATAPI MMC6 SPC4 Remove All ance Figure 3 6 Decoding Assignments In the Decoding Assignments window the hashed address for all SCSI devices detected in the trace will appear in the Hash Destination SAS Address list The supported specifications appear in the window on the right labeled SCSI Specs The Assigned SCSI Specs scroll list displays the current assignment for each hashed address detected in the trace This scroll list allows users to manually change the decoding assignment post capture This may be necessary if the trace contains SAS traffic that is not SCSI Block Command 3 SBC3 based such as SAS tape or multimedia devices rare If for any reason the Assigned SCSI Specs list is displaying an incorrect spec for an individual device select the Hash Address within this list and click the Remove button To assign a different specification to the same device reselect the device hashed address in the upper Hash Destination SAS Address window Then select the correct specification in the SCSI Spec s window Click the Add to Assigned List button to assign the individual decode It s only possible to assign one SCSI Spec to a given hash address Decoding changes should appear immediately but It s necessary to save the trace to keep any decoding changes In general SATA devices do not require manual decode assignment Most SATA based HDD SSD devices use the ATA ATAPI command set and are auto
76. 363 366 367 Traffic Generation window 357 Traffic Monitoring 284 Trainer toolbar 362 tree 375 trigger condition 113 manually 79 multi link 114 on address frame 91 on ATA command 86 on ATA command pattern 96 98 on ATAPI 91 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Teledyne LeCroy on bus condition 83 on data pattern 87 on FIS 96 on FIS pattern 97 on pattern 79 on primitive 84 on protocol errors 90 on SCSI Command 94 on SMP Frame 93 on soft reset 98 on SSP Frame 93 on STP frame 92 on symbol 84 on timer 81 position in memory 102 setting advanced 113 setup 78 snapshot 78 Trigger tab 78 triggering on timer sequential 99 order 100 triggers setting 428 Tx Vout 244 Tx Vout amp Preemphasis command 245 247 TxRx Vout 244 TxRxVout amp Preemphasis 244 U Union search 439 unpacking 18 Update License 266 Update Sierra Device 286 359 Update Sierra Device command 261 Upload Manager dialog 104 USB port 19 user defined decoding 264 User Defined Decoding dialog 264 User Path 251 User Defined Find Events screen 438 using the cursors 237 Using the Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X 28 Using the Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X 28 V Value Replacement 234 VENDOR FIS 77 Verification script command 198 Verification Script Engine Reference Manual 198 View Field option 228 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual View Menu 361 Vie
77. 366 713 oo SET 5 472 106 ms AS min 94 520 us i 706 nin a o 36 n 1 253 us i 29100 os 0 30 5 307 520 ms 31 077 800 ms 72 240 us X to Y 0 ns XtoT Set e Y toT e Rm For elp press F1 di TXVoutDisat Initiator Emulator Stop Targ et Emulator inact MUSB TCP S Figure 3 203 Trace Showing Trusted Command Group data in Spreadsheet View If you click on the TCG icon in the trace a window with detailed data about the TCG packet will pop up The different Fields shown include Com Packet Packet Data Sub Packet Data Payload and Data See Figure 3 204 on page 277 Field N c 1 1 IT 73 T Name ize Value Data Sub Packet mee AA AAA ee 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
78. AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Any ALIGN ae Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 48 SAS Primitive Selection Choices SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different choices Primitive Traffic Speed Option SATA only You can change the speed for triggering as well as search by speed for Primitives Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 85 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Primitive x Primitive Type AIFP NORMAL l NOT AP NORMAL o e Mot Specific To Type Of Connections 3 Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections CO Used Inside STP Connections Traffic Speed 1 5 gbp 3 0 abps 6 0 abps 12 0 abps sr 11 I2 wis ila T1 vjr2 vw T3 lta Check All Uncheck All Count E spected number of occurences on each link 1 Figure 2 49 Primitive Dialog ATA Command Double click ATA Command in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the ATA Command dialog ATA Command Pattern Format C Binary Hexadecimal Command Ary Command write Lincorectable E t 45 Write hultiple C 3 C3 d Add LBA s ta NV Cache Finned Set 066 10 Flush HY Cache I4B b 14 NY Cache Disable I4BB 15 Command MN Cache Enable 0xBB 15 uero AY Cache Misses U B 5 13 Quen AY Cache Pinned Set OxBE 12 sector Hu Remove LBAls From NV Cache Pinned 0486 11 Cylinder La Return From Mv Cache Power
79. ALIGN il lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 56 Example 9 Top Half of Scenario 340 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy D x File Library c 2 X 4 Fix Aligns Test ET 7 ee EE di Sequencers ex El Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiator Click here to add combined event d Align Test then Branch to Wait for Align3 lt Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN il from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 2 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Wait for Aliqns Wait for ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for AligqgnO Click here to add another action El Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected E and Substitute with ALIGN 3 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Error Detected E Wait for Any DPword from Initiator zClick here to add combined event gt then Beep 500 ms E and Branch to Wait for AligqgnO Click here to add another
80. Action Properties dialog box when creating a sequence Availab le Resources You can specify Events Combined Events and Actions and additional Events The application automatically checks for the maximum number of terms Events Actions When you exceed the limit an error is flagged prompting you to jump to the place that caused the error The list of available resources is given below O LDLDLDL LDLDLDLDLDLDLDUDLUDLZCLDSZCLD6o LDoL External Trigger X 1 Analyzer Trigger X 1 Training Detector x 4 only M12x Primitive Detector each has its own Embedded counter in M12x X 8 Pattern Detector each has its own Embedded counter in M12x X 8 a total of 12 DWORD detectors are shared between all pattern detectors Frame Type Detector X 24 Counter X 12 Timer X 8 OOBX1 ComWakeDetected X 1 ComWakeCompleted X 1 ComlnitDetected X 1 ComlnitCompleted X 1 ComSasDetected X 1 ComSasCompleted X 1 Snw1X1 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy O ODODDODODDODODODoOoDO ooo o O Snw2 X 1 Snw3 X 1 SnwFinal X 1 SnwTrain X 1 DisparityError X 1 10B Error X 1 CrcError X 1 Both Links Up X 1 Link Speed 3G X 1 Link Speed 6G X1 Link Speed 12G X 1 Primitive Substitute X 12 Insert Frame1 Up To 1024 Dword X 1 Insert Dword8 Up To 16 Dword X 8 SNW Manipulation X 16 Global Action Register X 8 State per sequencer X 256 Action Register per state X 8 Usag
81. And Related Items to apply AND logic on related selected options for example SCSI commands and SAS Addresses or OR to apply OR logic on all selected options Filter only applies to entities in a trace When you choose SCSI command AND SSP frame for instance Filter affects all entities in the trace that are SCSI commands AND are SSP frames Any SCSI commands that are NOT SSP frames will not in this case be filtered If you choose OR Filter affects all entities that are SCSI commands as well as all SSP frames The AND operator is only applicable for some cases such as a ASCSI command AND a Tag Q ASCSI command AND a source destination address For example when you choose a SCSI command AND a tag Ox1 you will filter all entities on a trace that are SCSI commands that have tags equal to 0x1 in that SCSI command As a general rule it is not possible to apply AND to two packet types frames commands primitives training sequences or bus conditions It only works when you apply AND to one packet type with other items such as source Destination Addresses TAG Task attribute Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 209 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Multilevel Filtering in SAS 210 You can set up a filter in a sequential steps by Multi level filtering In each level you can select specific items to AND to the previous level The results of all levels show in views see the fol
82. Any Trigger Mode limits the time that the analyzer looks for selected triggering conditions before triggering The timer activates when the Project runs If none of the selected triggering conditions occurs during the timer s active time the Analyzer triggers at the end of the time set for the timer You can set a timer independently of any other trigger selection to cause an unconditional trigger after a set time To set the timer value double click Timer in the Pattern window to open the Timer dialog x Timer Value Mili Seconds Time Unit l E Cancel milliseconds C microseconds Figure 2 41 Timer Dialog Check a Time Unit enter the Timer Value and click OK Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 81 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Timeout Selecting Timeout for the pattern opens the Timeout Pattern dialog Timeout Pattern E X Pattem External Trigger Add gt gt Bus Condition TEREMED Symbol Remove lt lt Primitive STP Frame ee E omana ATAPI Add gt gt Address Frame Remove lt lt SMP Frame SSP Frame Creel Carers aa a Mote Logical DR operator applied on added events Timeout value milliseconds C microseconds Trigger mode Trigger if the End Event s accur s before the timer expires C Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s accur s Note Start Events start the timer and repetitions of the S
83. Change Background Color 128 ACCE a T Change Foreground Color 90 ns gt 2 20 Discover list Status 0x0 Smp function accepted Function 0x20 Discover list TE T2 Preferences i 20 Function 0x20 Discover list Function Result 0x00 Smp function accepted Ph 634 ns 29 4 Time Stamp Format Connection Rate 0xB 12 0 Gbps Handshake OPEN ACCEPT Enable Field List View ae Er WI CER ee E RN M lus 0x0 Smp function accepted Function 0x00 Report ge eet ctio Ox00 Repor s era Fenai Reeuitic00 Sien kadin cceptec CLOSE NORMAL x3 Application CLOSE NORMAL x ection Rate 0xB 12 0 Gbps Handshake OPEN ACCEPT X to T 656 678 us Y to T 818 342 887 ms M oa TXVoutDisat Initiator Emulator Stop Targ t Emulator Inactig Simulatior Stop Figure 3 30 Spreadsheet View Context Menu From this window you can select the Enable Field List View and the Field List View will pop up see Figure 3 31 a Ud File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 81 x SS ote viene Se o me ee a LE Lt d icd iL Ml LIE Egg usta T b Hi Dela Ti e ort 1 Speed Frame s r Frame E M Command Summary e T 32 NE E CLOSE NORMAL x3 kx Connection Rate 0xB 12 0 Gbps Handshake OPEN ACCEPT 159 ns 10 325 us y E 87 ns Repc rt Genera Status 0x0 Smp function ed Function 0x00 121 668 us Repdrt General Function 0x00 Report general
84. Colis aio 177 2 9 14 HiStogrami VIO Wii 178 Hide FAMOSA VU DNE EO UU CER ERR VETERE VER T UR 2C LEE D NDE i 178 Ide Error FAMOSA A EIER 178 User IG TNS e te ERE 179 Hi e 179 LOMA E a E E 180 2319 BUS U lzatioh VIEW ds 180 Performance Reference Definitions 11 eceeeeeeeeeeeenieen ihnen enne nnn n nnn hun n sans nnn h naa 185 Bus Utilization BULtOLIS iiio oii oes bes somes nin Saa ecu eua Sou Un asa bL E REP NE ARIS UE NE RU NUuMK ERN VE Rr ERE 186 20 OAD ALA REDON cer et 186 23 9 17 Gompare Two Data Payloads srice r O e E SEE Y vapor aladdin 190 34 brace IXDOD n etit xiet eut i asas Deua ds 191 34 1 POMORMANCE ANALYSIS m 193 3AL ENO A E 194 34 3 Trace Analysis lala 195 344A brace Ele Informalloli ito 196 3 9 Power Tracker View SATA ONIY c dssuscsao coe cuu ots ias 196 3 6 Using the Power Expansion Card 1 eeceeeeeeeeeeieee nennen nnn nnn nana nnn 198 3 7 Running Verification Script Engine VSE 11 eeeeeeeeeeeeeniee nennen nnn 198 3 90 Navigation VIEW TOOIDAL decise cvexeterveusecosknsExvEs es Feasvenz veoviees ut vastuuu caa Vusu sura For vEUn ua a nena Ux cux 202 259 TGO TO Nela eem N aN 203 Locate CUES O Sinai 203 6 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy Goto TIME SAMD rinra la 204 o END TT TETTE ESTE E E E 204 Editing a BOOK Ma Kin
85. Command Type Ary Command x CDE Type Any CDB Type y Sry CDB Type 6 Byte Command Show Reserved 10 Byte Command 12 Byte Command Par 16 Byte Command Operation Code Long LBA 16 Byte Command PM Port Mi Me mi vM wn MTR MT MT Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 55 SAS ATAPI Patterns Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Click the down arrow next to the CDB dropdown list scroll the list to choose a CDB Type and click OK Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog x Format C Binary Hexadecimal C ancel Value iz Address Frame Type X Any Address Frame Type wn MR MRB mi MI MT MT M T4 Check All Uncheck All L Count Expected number of occurences on each link Figure 2 56 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 91 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an address frame type on which to trigger and click OK STP Frame Double click STP Frame in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the FIS Type dialog x FIS Type
86. Condition until the Timeout occurs the State Machine in Figure 2 89 on page 117 jumps to State O 2 2 24 Useful Key Sequences The following key sequences are active to assist you in navigating a defined state machine Ctri a Add State Insert Insert State Del Delete State Ctrl c Ctrl Ins Copy Ctrl v Shift Ins Paste Up Down arrow keys Moves selection between states Page Up Page Down Page Up and Page Down states Home Go to first page End Go to end page 118 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Settings Teledyne LeCroy 2 3 Project Settings Prior to running the Advanced mode project click the Settings tab The options in the Settings dialog are the same as for the Easy Mode described starting on page 101 SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H4 D4 and does not show 11 T1 to 14 TA SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button 2 3 1 Notes To include some descriptive information about the project click the Notes tab and enter a brief descriptive note see Add a Project Note on page 109 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 119 Teledyne LeCroy Project Settings 120 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Manipulation 3 1 Viewer Display After data is captured Recorded the Viewer displays a sample file scs for SAS and s
87. Cursor z General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport FIS ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read wiite Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Pending IO Others Performance Item Port Value Description All v All Total Read Size 1329680 Bytes Total number of Bytes Read in the trace Total Read Duration NA 10 382093 ms Total time spent reading Total Read Commands NA 658 Total Read Commands Read Throughput Min MB S NA 0 014801 MB S Read Throughput Read Payload Size Read Response Time Read Throughput Max MB S NA 1 051968 MB S Read Throughput Read Payload Size Read Response Time Read Throughput Avg MB S NA 0 135800 MB S Avg Read Throughput Sum of the Read Payloads Sum of the Read Response Times Read Latency Time Min NA 0 368880 ms Latency Time from Command transmission to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Read Latency Time Max NA 50 260133 ms Latency Time from Command transmission to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Read Latency Time Avg NA 14 164080 ms Avg Read Latency Time Sum of all Read Latency times Total Read Commands Read Response Time Min NA 0 411826 ms Response Time Time to transmit a Command from beginning of the first Frame to end of the last Frame Read Response Time Max NA 50 291066 ms Response Time Time to transmit a Command from beginning of the first Frame to end of the last Fra
88. Dword O Type Custom D word bs Invalid 10bit code Error Diword O Value Custom Cord Links Speed 3G Dodd 0 Mask Captured Dword 0 Links Speed 6G Daada OF Captured Dwvord 1 OB Signal dicus c Captured D word 2 er Condition 1 Captured Diword 3 Primitives ZEN AA Dword 1 Type Custom O word MR P Dword 1 alue OxO00000000 3 SAS Primitive SATA Primitive word 1 Mask Ox00000000 Running Disparity Error Dword 1 Ottset 0 5A5 Data Pattern Condition 2 SATA Data Pattern Dword 2 Type Custom D word H SCSI D ward 2 Value 000000000 SMP Frame D waord 2 Mask 000000000 SSP Frame Dword 2 Offset O 7 Timer Trigger Input Dword 0 Type r OK Cancel Figure 4 26 Using a Captured DWORD in a SAS Data Pattern Captured data DWORDs may also be used in the Substitute Data DWORD test state action From the Action Properties screen choose Substitute Data DWORD and then select the Substitute for property A drop down menu is provided see Figure 4 27 on page 314 that allows the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORD registers Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 313 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions gt Type Properties Type Action Capture Data Dword Description Inject Random Ma H Link Every Mth occurence Monitor Count Monitor Count Mat monitored Remove Custom Dward Stop Scenario Pattern Field Name Custom Dward E substitute Pattern Field Value E die E D
89. Figure 3 10 Packet View Metrics Expanded 130 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Copying Packets from a Trace to a Host Emulator Script This check mark in the illustration below shows packet s selected to copy You can copy packet s from a trace and paste it into a host emulator script That is why you can only mark packets that we support in emulator and host side packets You can also mark multiple packets by left clicking and moving the mouse over multiple packets and then right click to select them and paste them in an emulator script Transfer Length M Control Payicad Dala 10756096 Bytes Figure 3 11 Packets Selected to Copy This is applicable only when using M6 4 or M6 2 as only they support emulation Device Sleep DevSIp The Device Sleep status is displayed throughout the trace by right clicking and selecting Device Sleep in Packet View Add Bookmark Show Field External Signals Hide Field State Add to Trigger Date Device Sleep Format Byte Order Copy Data Set Time Stamp Origin Color Time Stamp Format Goto b Figure 3 12 Right click Device Sleep Menu The trace now displays the Device Sleep fields of all the packets see Figure 3 13 on page 132 Current measurement accuracy is 10mA for 5V and lower signals and Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 131 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 100mA for 12V Voltage measurement
90. H I NN bd oros CASS0S 427080 Hide Field 0 i Num of FA Port Transfer Ta Data Offset Data 1024 E Bytes H M Target g M H Bytes i View Fields 0 NEM 0000 00000400 EF DAAG BAAD F3 FO F277 935107 gt Transport Mj sSPFrame Type Hashed Dest SASAd r H Hashed Src SAS Addr Add to Trigger rames H TLR CONTROL H 120 s 19 Ox01 Date CAD50S 427080 rl b l 0 Numot F Sytes H Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag M Data Offset M gt gt Data 1024 Bytes Byte Order 0 osca 0000 00000600 97 FD B9 31 2c 62 06 SFAD 1A50 13 gt i Expand All Transport Packets Transport SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest SAS Addr H Hashed Src SAS Addr rames H TLR CONTROL H 126 7 f Expand All 20 001 Data CA9505 427080 l o Numof FA Bytes 4 Tag M Target Port Transfer Tag M Data Oftset H gt gt Data 1024 Bytes Open as data view 0 0SCB 000 00000C00 5D F7 GAEF 92 58 CF 1A 4C C4 21 04 l a AS Set as Reference Data Payload Transport SSP Frame Type Hashed Des SAS Addr H Hashed Sre SAS Adde Set as Second Data Payload rames H EE r d 21 ENT TED CA9505 427080 Num of FW Bytes M Teg H TargetPortTraaster Tag H Dota Offset H gt gt Data 1024 Bytes Copy Data j o aca EN 0000 00001000 AD2974D9FD947ADACSCDE0 56 Copy Frame XtoT One P Y toT One v9 7 Goto Command TxVout Disat Initiator EmMlator Goto Response Goto Previous Tag Shift F5 Set Time Stamp Origin
91. Hiding tab then select the data types to hide Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Event Groups ll Packet Types Packet Types Primitives Source Addresses Destination Addresses Primitive DOB Signal All OOE Signal Undetermined OOE Signal COMWAKE OOE Signal COMRESET OOE Signal COMSAS Open Address Frame Identify Address Frame one Broadcast Address Frame Short one Broadcast Address Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame ELECTRIC IDLE OFF ELECTRIC IDLE ON STP SATA Frame Haw Data Hide selected items Show selected items Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load cod tom Figure 5 31 Level Hiding Tab You can select to Hide selected items or Show selected items Headers Options You can choose the appearance of header fields Select the Header tab then select the header see Figure 5 32 on page 445 444 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Teledyne LeCroy Display Options 3 E E xi Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Header Fields amp ppearance Select Header Frame Type Hashed Source Address Hashed Destination Address Retry Data Frmz Restore Defaults For SSP Frame Header Move Up Move Down Restore Defaults For All Headers Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load con to Figure 5 32 Level H
92. IMG Ple 372 2 4 5 SMPFrames Inc FIle A A A EEEE 372 Daf O STE Fraimes Inc NO nci easet a n adve eise eu obe M E Dk Ote pn oie eden neto v dU e ME DOR ie 372 12 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 5 8 Starting Me ScripE Edo siesta 372 9 01 SCHIDE EGILOl TODA 373 VIEW ODIIONS MON laa 375 POp UP MENU 375 FIS TADS et ERN 375 ENO rore riana PR 376 TOCINA AAA a a saai da eT Daraa 376 5 9 Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links eeesee ree eee 376 5 10 Generating Tartas 377 530 1 Stop Trame Generatio Nac 378 5 10 2 Resume Traffic Generation s uses qusirt E SEE FEN REESE Va ERE A 378 5 11 Sierra Trainer Generation Language 1 eeeeeeseenee nennen nenne nnne nnn anna nnns 378 wl UU CLUE acces O I E ET 378 511 2 LANGUAGE ciias AAA AAA A AAN AAA AA A AAA AAA DAA AA iiaeaa 379 COMMENT E 379 NVC OS aia id 379 SO qa plo A e E nr CEDE D OD II SL LIC LL 379 CONAM SA O A A M D MESES 379 Predetined CONS CAINGS cidad ca 379 Data Patterns innata 380 PIMES ses ida MEN 380 Packets Frames aiii 382 5 113 Generation BIOCK isa 384 SITAS aa 384 Field Variable DeclaratioNS iii anita rus LE EXE RARE NOD VE VEU KE ME 384 Changing Frame PFields ies eso deep Fita aceeae eo e2c ceno p eV eee a P Y pev reri iii 385 Preprocessor Integer Arithmetic Leleieeleeseeeeeeieer eene nnne nn
93. Performance Analyzer v Raa SAS Target Emulator D Launch Trainer Launch CrossSync Control Panel SATA Protocol Analyzer SATA Protocol Analyzer Host Emulator SATA Performance Analyzer SATA Device Emulator Print Setup Recent Trace Files gt Recent Project Files gt Exit Figure 1 18 File Menu To switch between protocols click Window and the select the trace or application to use Depending on the protocol in use the relevant functions and menu options are available and the others are greyed out see Figure 1 19 on page 36 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 35 Teledyne LeCroy Getting Started with the Protocol Analyzer 36 1 17 1 18 1 18 1 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Help i m 4 Trainer Y Jammer 41 Cascade Tile Horizontal Tile Vertical Arrange Icons Close All 1 NCQ and Mon NCO on two Ports sts wv 2 Enclosure Service scs 3 SASProtocolAnalyzerl 4 SATAProtocolAnalyzer2 5 SASProtocolAnalyzer3 6 5imulation scs J SATA Two Sides of Expander scs Figure 1 19 Window Dialog Getting Started with the Protocol Analyzer To use the software for protocol analysis first select File New Protocol Analyzer or File New SATA Protocol Analyzer for a new project or File Open an existing protocol analysis file sac for a SAS file or stc for a SATA file see Protocol Analysis on page 45 You can also open a scs SAS Sample file or sts SATA Sample fil
94. Ready to connect Unit 1 y 3 Disconnect Unit 2 y m Add Device BP Removed lt L IP Settings Sierra M6 2 SN 6491 Sierra_Mb 2 y Sierra MI2 2 SN 772 SieraSAS M12 Tea LI Selected Device Id 0x001 04C00F26E a Networks Refresh Device list Llose Figure 1 14 Select Device Dialog Displaying Unit 1 and Unit 2 Chained VPN Connections VPN solutions establish special network connections to primary networks and in some cases use special virtual network adapters as part of their solution For such VPN solutions sometimes it is necessary to select in the Select Adapter dialog a virtual adapter specifically created for a VPN connection in order to successfully discover and connect to devices over a VPN connection In most cases this special virtual adapter will have a special IP address different from the primary network address range and have a Point to Point Protocol PPP type There are also VPN solutions that may require selecting an Ethernet Wireless adapter that will be used for transferring VPN data So after a VPN connection to the primary network is established please ensure that the correct network adapter suitable for your VPN solution is selected in the Select Adapter dialog 1 10 3 Using the Power Expansion Card Two types of Power Expansion Cards are available and the type must be specified when ordering the unit Q Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X Q
95. SNW 3 In Automatic connection This value is also used for the time during which generator sends AlignO and Align1 in SNW1 and SNW2 The time in OOBI during which generator transmits COMWAKE or D C idle during SNW 3 The maximum time for transmitter training to complete during Train Tx SNW The initial coefficient setting values to be transmitted in the training TTIU The value can be one of these values Normal Reference 1 Reference 2 No equalization 421 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 422 Default Setting Value Phy Capabilities Settings OOB SpeedNeg Phy start OOB SpeedNeg Phy txSSCtype OOB SpeedNeg Phy RLLR OOB SpeedNeg Phy g1WithoutSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy g1WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy g2WithoutSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy g2WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy g3WithoutSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy g3WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy gAWithoutSSC Description The START bit shall be set to one The phy s receiver shall use this bit to establish the timing for the subsequent bits A TX SSC TYPE bit set to one indicates that the phy s transmitter uses center spreading SSC when SSC is enabled A TX SSC TYPE bit set to zero indicates that the phy s transmitter uses down spreading SSC when SSC is enabled or that the phy does not support SSC The REQUESTED LOGICAL LINK RATE field indicates if the phy supports multiplexing and if so the logical link rate that the phy is requesting A G1 WITHOUT SSC bit
96. Search Logic C AND Selected Items f OF Selected Items 219 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Search Sub Items LEA Range From LB Hex Search Items identity Device Read OMA Ext write DMA Est Search For Data Pattern Bus Condition Primitrze Incomplete Frames Hn iwi iis gu I T1 Iv T2 Iw T3 fe T4 JAddress Frames Tal BA Do 85P Frames Hex S8MP Frames Ta g STP Frames Check All UnCheck All 8C5I Commands Tag Penge Protocol Error SMP Commands Task Management Function 5ES Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Pratacol Error Tag 8E51 Task Attribute ATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Packet with Error Packet without Error From Tag Hex To Tag fa Hex TP Ports W Don t Care M STP Port 0 Search By C Hashed SAS Address SAS Address Search Directian Fonward Backward Search Fram i Advanced Start l Trig Pointer Szene Larje Pointer C AND Selected Items C Y Pointer OF Selected Items C Last Found Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain Figure 3 133 Search Parameter Definition Dialog You can continue to search the output file using Next Search F3 or Previous Search F4 for the same pattern until you red
97. Set Device Alias Name Dialog Disconnect Click Disconnect to disconnect a device Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 25 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability Add Device Click Add Device to add a device with a static IP address Note You must close and re open the application when changing to static IP mode through the front panel instead of the application Add Device with Static IP Device Type Device IP Address Th Figure 1 10 Add Device with Static IP Dialog Force Add Connect Attempt Use this option if the application s Ping function fails the button in the upper right corner but you are sure that the address is correct and you still want to attempt the connection This setting is stored in the device Remove Device Click Remove Device to remove a previously added device IP Settings Click IP Setting to reset IP settings of a device The following IP Setting dialog displays Subnet Mask Default Gateway I Figure 1 11 IP Setting Dialog Networks Click Networks to select a network adapter The following dialog displays 26 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy Select Adapter 1 Intell Wireless WiFi Link 4G55AGN Pac 169 254 40154 DOldel5cc38b 2 Intell 82566MM Gigabit Network Connec 172 16 192 128 001c2570494f Cancel Figure 1 12 Select Adapter Dialog Refresh Device List Click Refr
98. T I 266 9 23 9 VO E HEID LOPES A A 266 3 2394 Update LICENSE NOTE DEO TTD DEDE 266 2 29 9 Display License INTO MA ION nose Mediums EAE A EEEE 266 323 0 Check for UDOALES un edeummacainen ENEN EEEn 268 9294 A o Lo APP Ot ee RE age RI RT pe uM EE 269 324 LINC Banc T 269 AO inicie oon dodo nece Ice Lent bd opu eodd su Doe Diu a E Ea 271 EMU O Mc rU 271 3 29 DAS Verification SAD ins 271 3 26 Discover List Descriptor Lists Decode ee eeeeee eee eere een 273 3 27 Trusted Command Group Decodes in Spreadsheet View 276 3 28 Exporting LBA XFER Length and Tag from Spreadsheet View 279 Chapter 4 INFUSION Overview 1 eeeeee eene nennen nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn 283 4 1 RON Featulf6s as 284 12 WCU ACO M ETT TOS UTD LLENO TRE 285 421 BUHONS A A ed ete es tae bate Fas caneueeoee pa ean eae 285 A22 4 1 LY Soe E E A A A E A 286 PP 5 AA A E AE ET AA PN 286 SUI o go ETE 286 NW e 286 Contigua arias ie 286 TOO Sur A AOS 286 A A NT 286 42 3 Main LID eM 287 AZA PWG IDV TS 287 ALO DEVICE PONS nocan TNT E LI D m TU 288 Using tne Device Ports Dialog aria Aa 288 4 3 Port Configuration for INFUSION 11eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen seen n enn nnn nnn nnn nnns anni 289 4 4 INFUSION ScehatlOS siii pd Equi dU d olus enm E LV E du uM eR dat 290 S E OCCN ANOS ONE 290 InF sion Scenario Parameters
99. The directive include FileName inc includes the file FileName inc This lets you add common definitions and templates into new scripts The language parser makes sure the same file is not included more than once Example include Somelnc inc T ties cpeotove actusllyinebsudes tile Some ine Lurxno inline is the same as include but without the Language parser check Settings The Set Constant Name Value statement sets different constants modes using the following value types Q Predefined constants TRUE FALSE ON OFF INFINITE a Numbers Examples Set AutoAlignSATA ON Set WaitTimeOut 239 Constants Only unsigned integers can be defined as constants Some constants are predefined in Sierra Trainer Examples Const SOME HEX DATA OxAABBFFEE defines hexadecimal constant Const SOME DEC DATA 12 t defines decimal constant Const SOME DEC DATA 64 defines decimal constant Const Some Hex Data OxCDCDBEBE Predefined Constants O TRUE O FALSE Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 379 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 380 O ON O OFF A INFINITE Data Patterns Data patterns are streams of hexadecimal values Using lets the user include constants or predefined data pattern in another pattern Examples Primitives DataPattern PATTERN 1 AAAABBBB SOME HEX DATA EEEEFFFF 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 SOME DEC
100. To convert an stg file into an ssg file 1 In the Sierra Trainer window select File Convert Convert stg to ssg to display an Open dialog Use Files of Type SATrainer Generator Files stg 3 Select an SATrainer Generator stg file 4 Click Open The application creates a Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator file ssg 5 5 4 Opening a Traffic Generation File After the Traffic Generator file ssg file has been created you can open it in the application To open a Traffic Generator file 1 Select File Open on the Menu Bar or click gt on the Toolbar to display an Open dialog 2 Select a Generator text file ssg and click Open to display the file see Figure 5 11 on page 366 The install directory contains example files T Lecroy 545 Trainer C Program Files LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite Examples Samples generation ssg dE File Setup Generate Search View Tools Window Help ee ul aA d B fu 15 Em Be s WF jammer C analyzer 4 Record EN B fo HH B B CONFIGURATION AutaHOLD AutoDMAT AutoHndShk Autospdhleg AutoAlignS4TA AutoAl ContPrimllsage ScramblingMode OutputOfAfterDC amp ddSyncAfterAlign NONE GEM MODE IIl UNDEFINED Ill 7 2H Ws OOB Settings COMINIT 005 Settings COMWAKE E E ET ws 260 6 w 1440 2400 SATA Link Initialization Settings Align Time D10 2 Time 100000 100000 SAS Manual speed Neg Settings Align Time Align Time Interspeed 61920 61920 rsg0
101. Trigger button on the application toolbar creates a Trigger Event and uploads the trace with the specified trigger position Any Trigger in Pattern Mode In Pattern mode the Analyzer triggers whenever any of the patterns selected for triggering occurs an OR condition The procedure for selecting trigger parameters is identical to that for selecting capture parameters All items selected for triggering appear in the Project Tree To define patterns for triggering check the Pattern button in the Trigger dialog see Figure 2 40 on page 80 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 79 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help 8 x ua Q Trainer Y Jammer E Recor g ucsg EJE SA PPLROMR P2 e ala pur aman A e Cw ll e Tp App CQ E Y ize SB sc PV Project Tree c9 SASProtocolAnalyzerl Dont care Snapshot Capture Manual Trig 49 Include OX 9 Pattem Infusion Tre GP Include SYNC 49 Include CONT Parameters Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame a Trigger Non Sequential w P Device Sleep Rising Edge P Primitive AIP NORMAL Timeout d Settings Extemal Manual Trigger f v Trigger Position in Memory 50 Device Sleep as 0 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Bus Condition C EEERE A Speed Aut
102. User Manual Trace Viewer Configuration n CATC Pa ckek View Frame Fields Idle Fields Trans Fields ATA Lam Fields SCSI Op Fields Data Fields Queue Cmd Fields Phy Reset Fields Data Display Units CAC Time Others Protocol Address Frame Frimitives SSP Frame SMF Frame Out OF Band Signals STP FIS Channels ATA Command SCSI Com Task Mng Field Setting Format T visible Field Header Setting C Name C Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns in Aow 16 Column Bytes in Colum fi Bute Viewer Setting e wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin C Absolute C User Define Trigger C Based On System Time Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecro Format W Same color for start time and port Save Load Factor Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 161 Trace Viewer Configuration 239 Teledyne LeCroy Display Configuration 240 Field Settings To view a packet field select a field from the packet field tree and check the Visible box Uncheck it to hide the field To change the data format of a packet field select the field and choose a data format from the Format drop down list Trace Viewer Configuration E ATA Com Fields Protocol e Normal Output Error Output Features Logical sectors per lagi SectorCount SectorOffset Eror
103. Value SAS Address Ox Hashed Address Ox address must be 8 bytes lang Close Figure 5 8 Address Hash Utility Dialog Window Menu Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side by side arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Windows Displays a list of open windows Help Menu Help Topics Displays online help You can also select F1 Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the Teledyne LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup About Displays version information Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar The Sierra Trainer toolbar contains the following buttons p Led Ws R Aaa A El 3 e Ea Lo ip Ta WF Jammer C Analyzer Record E H P ip 11 E 13 Figure 5 9 Sierra Trainer Toolbar The buttons have the following functions Save As Opens a dialog in Open Document which you can save your edits in the appropriate file type Edit as Text Edit the text file for Setup Display Options Opens the document AE the Display Options window Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Y Setting Up for Generating Initiator Traffic Teledyne LeCroy 5 3 9 4 9 9 Find Next gt All Generation d fe Dis
104. Variables can keep the run time state of the bus Low level commands can manipulate variables and use variables to create patterns Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Trainer language can perform SATA compliance tests with fast SSD devices and provide a SSD performance test tool with limited output data patterns Trainer has sequential random LBA command generation and full NCQ support Trainer can be programmed to act as SAS Initiator SAS Target SATA Host or SATA Device SAS Initiator As an Initiator Trainer can send commands in all protocols SSP STP SMP and interact with its peer to complete the command in normal conditions and some popular error conditions Limitations are Q Uses only one command at a time Q Does not save Read data or reuse bulk read data for next commands a Sends only limited Write data patterns Q Has tight flow control due to limited RX frame processing SAS Target As a Target Trainer can receive commands in all protocols SSP STP SMP and respond to them in normal conditions or some popular error conditions Limitations are Q Uses only one command at a time Command queuing is not supported QO Does not save incoming write data Sends back data for all LBAs or generates counter random data Cannot be used as a real formatted partition Q Has tight flow control due to limited RX frame processing SATA Host As a Host Tra
105. a Primitive and Replace It with an Error In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive and replaces it with an ERROR primitive L 8 9 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box As you did in the previous example choose RRDY Normal as the type of primitive to monitor In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box In the Type column on the left choose Substitute with SAS Primitive as the action that you want when an RRDY Normal occurs In the middle column of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the action Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which to substitute for RRDY Normal see Figure 4 34 on page 320 Choose ERROR Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario In this example you set the substitution action to happen at every occurrence of an RRDY Normal as shown in the figure the action is set for every occurrence However you can set an act
106. accuracy is 100mV for 5V and lower and 150mV for 12V Link NENNEN 13 us Po Linke g 56 Link 10 Ti Link 15 11 962 266 us 1 pa mum gms E 76 026 us 15 _ ELE Figure 3 13 Device Sleep Fields Viewing Check Condition Sense Data Initiator ETT Initiator ALIGN 1 x258 Target ALIGN 1 253 Initiator ALIGN 1 258 Target Initiator Relative Time 1 306 us Relative Time 5 573 us Relative Time 1 306 us Relative Time 5 573 us Relative Time 1 306 us Relative Time 5 573 us Relative Time 1 306 us Relative Time 5 573 US Relative Time Duration amp B8 a0 us ES NETO When a Check Condition error occurs you can view decode data from it This info is shown in Packet View Under Transport layer expand Info Unit then expand Sense Data In Column View check the show Field View in Column View check box in SW settings then display Field View while column View is open TLR CONTROL H Tag H Sense Key ASC ASCO H 0x02 Check Co 0x4 Hardware Error 01900 DEFECT LIST ERROR Sense Key 04 Hardware Error ASC 0 19 ASCO Oxo arget Port Transfer Tag H Data Offset H Data Offset H Sense Data H Info Unit H gt 000000000000000000000000151000 gt Info Unit H TLR CONTROL H Num o Figure 3 14 Che
107. action Click here to add another event v MED JM File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 57 Example 9 Bottom Half of Scenario 4 11 Running Scenarios If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of executing a scenario is as follows 1 Select the scenario to run by clicking it 2 To run the scenario click the Run Scenario button on the Device Library toolbar second button from the right The InFusion device then begins its session Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 341 Teledyne LeCroy Saving a Log File 4 12 Saving aLog File To save a log file of aJammer or Device Output select the wrench from the toolbar below the Scenario window see Figure 4 58 or below the Device window see Figure 4 60 on page 343 Option to Save Output Window Log File t HM Setup View Configuration Tools Help Das OBS DORE Que Trainer Up BE o BM 4 10 Meter Traffic x EXTRAER ES ETA vax Status Not sa Daas BS x ha Scenario Name 10 Meter Traffic M EE Scenarios Direction for traffic changes From Target I 10 Meter Traffic Smart Hold Yes E New Scenario 0 008 Setting Normal Spec Value SV Global Rules Click here to add an event O Sequence 9 6 State O o Wait for ATA Command h60 READ FPOMA QUEUZD From Initiator Click here to bdd combined event F then Branch to State 1 lt Click here to a44 ano
108. also select F1 Update License A current license agreement with Teledyne LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the Teledyne LeCroy website When you obtain a license key from the Help menu select Update License to display the Select License Key File dialog box Enter the path and filename for the license key or browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file Click Open Display License Information Opens the license information dialog to display a list of named features supported by the current software version see Figure 3 192 on page 267 Named features that are not enabled on your system are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message To use the feature you must purchase a license Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Help Menu Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M12 4 Alias Name Sierra M124 5M 64922 OxFD9A License information for the product Serial Number Alias Name 64922 O xFDSA Sierra M12 4 Available Features System Memory Size 4GB No Enable operation with 4GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 8GB_ Mo Enable operation with 6GByte of internal memory System
109. assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the Generator ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button 1 Right click the Event button to display a pop up menu ad Newevent W C GG G ss Available Events Global State active at all times Primitive Specify Actionis k F Move Event To Copy Event To ix Delete This Event Properties Mo Action Figure 5 21 Action Menu 2 Select Specify Action and then choose an action from the submenu The menu closes and the action is assigned ad Newevent Mf OC G Available Events Global State active at all times Figure 5 22 Action in Main Display Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 433 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 11 17 Generation Rules Pop Up Menus The Generation Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you right click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options O New Event Displays the same menu tha
110. based on the default workspace file NCQ Commands Time out Threshold The software uses this setting in the statistical ATA command page for NCQ commands If the time out exceeds this setting the software reports an error Maximum Number of Uploader Threads If Quick View is not enabled during cascading specifies the number of concurrent processes for uploading a sample file ATAPI spec assignment Specifies the ATAPI default spec SCSI spec assignment SAS only Specifies the SCSI default spec Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm If the current attached board does not support the project file port configuration the software converts it to a supported port configuration without asking for confirmation If this setting is unchecked the software asks for confirmation Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project When you start to run a new project the software prompts you to close the current sample Found Device List Mode Reset clear the list of found devices Lists only the currently found devices Refresh append to the list of found devices Adds new devices to the list of devices found previously Browse Default Path Software default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the default user folder Windows default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the path selected when the Open dialog was last used Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protoco
111. box Create statistical report read write page see Figure 3 49 on page 153 152 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Preferences Open Trace File In As Previously Saved Switch to CATC Navigation Y Reverse Link Data V Pack Repeated Primitives 1 1 Scroll Horizontally to Show matched Column In Search Y Use new PHY capabilities decoding General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Packet View Optimization IZ Sampling memory usage optimization V Quick View Q9 More Info 7 Cancel button kills upload immediately Close previous trace file when new trace file opens V Create statistical report read write page Y Show Quick View Warning ATA decoding mode LBA mode CHS mode O According to LBA mode in ATA command Figure 3 49 Enabling Read Write Statistical Report Note This setting should be enabled before you capture the trace file If you have already captured a trace file and want to create a read write statistical report for the sample perform the following steps 1 Enable the read write settings as mentioned above Open the trace file Ero eh P9 Report Between Cursors Set the X pointer on the first packet in the viewer Set the Y pointer on last packet in the viewer Save as the trace file using the X to Y option Now the saved trace file will contain the read write statistical report Click th
112. captured sample is in the Sample Viewer the Data Report button is on the Viewer toolbar and Data Report is in the Report menu The data report displays all the data sent from the host to the device and from the device to the host All PIO In gt In commands are grouped as a data packet until the occurrence of a PIO Out gt Out command creating a new data packet To display a Data Report click the select Report gt Data Report Data Report button on the Viewer toolbar or 186 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy la bx 36 054 9 A to Y 136 880 293 ms For Help press F1 toc 136 880 293 ms For Help press F1 es Port H Command Direction Data 2048 Bytes Duration 73 ms pis 0x00 Out 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO OO 00 3 6 us m Port EUM Command Direction Data 4096 Bytes Duration 5000C500001047B5 0x00 Out 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 gt 580 us X to T 136 880 293 ms Y to T 0 ns Tx out Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 96 SAS Data Report oe num 7 Click the Down Arrow in a data field to display Data Report details see Figure 3 97 on page 187 a NER 0x00 Qut 00 00 aa OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 US aa pups 00 00 ag OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 zT 207 920 ms 1 Se v0 00 00 00 00000 e source Addr
113. er Organize J Downloads z 5 20 2015 4 31 PM Recent Places 5 20 2015 4 29 PM 5 20 2015 4 30 PM 5 20 2015 4 31 PM _ Test 20 05 2015 16 29 37 txt Test 20 05 2015 16 30 20 t t 3 Libraries Test 20 05 2015 16 31 Ol t t 5 Documents HE Desktop Date modified Type Bez di Text Document Text Document Text Document Text Document A Music Pictures A Product Manuals A Videos iM Computer amp Windows7 OS C MARKETING catc svr1 M CH Il ane Rarmant Ort File name Test 20 05 2015 16 29 37 txt v Path to Log File Location Teledyne LeCroy Infusion Log File txt Figure 4 63 User Defined Location of Device Output Window Log File 3 Test_20_05_2015__16 31 01 txt Notepad File Edit Format View Help 2 3 4 1 2 4 15 zz Se 4 j S Za Le 4 ij 2 3 4 16 29 53 283 16 29 53 329 16 29 53 367 16 29 53 368 16 29 53 423 16 29 53 469 16 29 53 507 16 29 53 508 16 29 53 543 16 29 53 589 16 29 53 647 16 29 53 648 16 29 53 683 16 29 53 729 16 29 53 787 16 29 53 788 16 29 53 823 16 29 53 869 16 29 53 907 Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Inject Figure 4 64 Sample Device Output Log File Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Value 0 Value 0 Value 0 Value 16 Value 0
114. following options 40 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy View Window Help E Zoom In PB Zoom Qut P Actual Size E Tile Views E Enable Filtering E Filtering IDE Filter Idles Lak Link Layer Trp Transport Layer App Application Layer Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives Wrap Packets ie Toolbar v Status Bar Figure 1 24 View Menu Option Zoom In refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 202 Zoom Out refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 202 Actual Size refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 202 Tile Views refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 202 Enable Filtering refer to Filter Setup on page 208 Filtering refer to Filter Setup on page 208 Filter Idles refer to Filter Setup on page 208 Link Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 226 Transport Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 226 Application Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 226 Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 226 LDLDLLDLDLDLDLDULDCLUSoCLD6oL a Physical Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 226 a FIS Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 226 Q Command Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 226 O Wrap Packets refer to refer to Packet Vie
115. for SATA The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second SCSI IO Latency Time for SAS The time measured from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation ATA IO Latency Time for SATA The time measured from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation SCSI IO Response Time for SAS The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the beginning of the first frame in the command to the end of the last frame in the command ATA IO Response Time for SATA The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the beginning of the first frame in the command to the end of the last frame in the command See figure below Figure 3 90 7 Pending SCSI IO Pending ATA IO SCSI IO Throughput ATA IO Throughput SCSI IO Latency Time ATA IO Latency Time SCSI IO Response Time ATA IO Response Time Figure 3 90 Graph Selected Functions SCSI Functions Selected This will bring up graphs for the Selected functions see Figure 3 91 on page 182 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 181 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis ei EH File Setup Se Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 1 18 xl 5 ll lt gt Traine Y lamme IT O ecoc W I 385 88 as se A PBR O E PR 2 Pow ch v JE TERN E zr s Pending IOs IOs 4 Y j pe ta hy Thr
116. frame in the command Pld Bytes Payload Bytes The number of payload bytes this operation transferred Latency Time The time measured from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 155 156 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Data Stat Time Data to Status Time The time between the end of data transmission for this command and the Status frame Thrpt MB s Data Throughput The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second Duration The time taken from the first DWord to the last DWord in a line Note Results are displayed only for items that have been captured in the sample Report Options Some report categories offer options which display only specific items The tabs shown in the examples below depend on the specific Trace loaded These report categories incorporate drop down list boxes offering pre defined and custom options For details see Formatting the Statistical Report View on page 175 General Report To display the General Report click the General tab The General Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Type of Frame Port Type Duration Count and see Figure 3 53 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help gt bel lt Tene Y Jammer el MS aS se M cj m eb TLS General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport FIS
117. har ror po Figure 3 148 Show Field kernal Signals State Gate Reserved O E NER PR T A O 1 AOAC OH HHHH Note Only the fields previously hidden appear in the restore list Related Frames Right click a Command frame for an SSP frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu see Figure 3 149 on page 232 then choose Goto Response to jump to the corresponding Response frame in the viewer Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 231 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 232 Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Byte Order Copy Data Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin P Color Goto k Figure 3 149 Goto Response Similarly right click a Response frame for an SSP Frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Command to jump to the corresponding Command frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin gt Color Figure 3 150 Goto Command In Column View you can right click a DWORD inside a frame to display the Goto Within Packet command You can jump to an SOF EOF HOLD or R IP Bookmark Goto within Packet Software Setting Goto ShiFE4 5 Goto SOF Goto EGF Goto MexkE HOLD F Goto Previous HOLD Shift F6 Goto Mext HALDA FR p Goto Previo
118. ie to open the Link Script Selection script assignment dialog Link Script Selection Set all links same as First link Link Script Selection SSPFrames ssq T Set all links same as First link Cancel After you select an open script you can assign or remove a link for that script by clicking Assign Active Script Remove Assigned Script for Link 5 10 Generating Traffic After the ssg file has been opened onscreen recording and traffic generation can begin at any time 1 optional Click Record to begin the recording Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 377 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 10 1 5 10 2 5 11 5 11 1 2 If the script does not have a connect block built into it connect the exerciser to the DUT by clicking the Connect Link button gt Clicking this button causes the generator to invoke the various settings in your script for example the global settings and then establish a connection 3 Click the Start Generation button on the Toolbar While generating traffic a bar appears on the right of the trace view indicating that traffic generation is taking place The green light on the Traffic signal button also blinks during traffic generation Stop Traffic Generation Normally traffic generation stops automatically when the application reaches the end of the Generator file To manually stop traffic generation click the St
119. lists supported actions Note that some of these actions only apply to creating sequences 308 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy TABLE 4 3 Test State Actions Action Analyzer Trigger Beep Capture Data DWORD CRC Error Invalid 10bit code Error Inject Running Disparity Error Insert Address Frame FIS Frame SAS Primitive SATA Primitive SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD Internal Trigger Link Disconnect Reconnect Marker Monitor Count Remove Frame Partially Whole Frame Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Description The Jammer sends a trigger to the Analyzer Emits audible sound of duration selectable via drop down list Captures a data DWORD into one of four registers Injects a CRC error into the line Injects invalid 10b code into the line Injects a Running Disparity RD error into traffic Inserts a frame or primitive Inserts DWORD Allows user to send a trigger notification to other ports See Generating an Internal Trigger on page 314 Puts both InFusion SAS ports at electrical idle immediately This action is only in effect while the scenario is running and the Jammer will reconnect the line when the scenario is stopped Starts traffic pass through immediately This action restarts traffic after a previous disconnect command Once traffic is passing through the initiator and target resume OOB si
120. locate the packet or data pattern To perform an initial search select Navigation gt Search or click the p Search button to open the Search setup dialog see Figure 3 132 on page 219 Note Only items captured in the sample file are enabled for search Search For Data Pattern Bus Condition Primitiee Incamplete Frames amp ddress Frames 8SP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames 5E5 Commands SMP Commands OlT ask Management Function QATA Commands 5E5 Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Pratacal Error Tag SCSI Task Attribute J amp TAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Search By C Hashed 5A5 Address SAS Address Search Direction Fonward Backward Search From Start C Trig Pointer C X Puinter C Y Pointer Last Found h Search Items Data Type Data pattern only Data payload length Data patternpayload length Data Pattern Hex C Binary And Or gu Date Payload Length fe fos Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain Figure 3 132 Search Data Pattern Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Is Search Sub Items Search Domain EE arts Hn i vi Mij e T1 Iv T2 Iv 73 I T4 only Check All UnCheck All Protocol Error Packet with Error IW Packet without Error C ASCII oO A o
121. n nm arget RD Relative Time Duration E META E hie ES Link Target RD Relative Time Dura on 6 Q s B RLRDY NORMAL 2 13 ns 6 ns Link Link Target RD Relative Time Duratic X to Y 438 360 us X to T 0 ms Y to T 498 360 us For Help press F1 TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inacti Figure 3 23 Default Workspace Trace View 2 Select the other views you d like to see In this case we have chosen Packet Spreadsheet Column and Bus Utilization See Figure 3 24 136 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Bd Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite BETA L5 3 0 amp 0sc P o l m gt Qe ES fe 2 PBR os RIP P ISI cn gt ft EE Ja a 7 WES ee e gt 0 k Tp App v CO G BB we ce lt py se sc Ep D PV E he I Spreadsheet View a L arget RO Relabye Tr p z 80 E pe SL NORMA LII 73 ins l Link Address Frame Type Protocol initiator Port H Conmecton x G s 81 Oxt Opan 0x1 SSP 1 m EH VA Ji Rate ops d 0x9 3 0 p H D Features H FFF y Iintiator Conmecton Tag H Desbnabon SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H 0 F S000C 50000104 T 3 500 dE 8500 3000001 00 f Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 00
122. not match their intended function You can reset the toolbar by performing the following steps 1 Select View Toolbars from the menu bar 2 Select Customize from the submenu to display the Customize dialog box X Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Categories Commands E dit Protocol Analyzer Vig Protocol Analyzer Initiator E mulat Configuration Project Setup Performance Analyzer Filtering o Report Performance Analyzer Initiator Em Tools Window Target Emulator Hel D hd gt Open Description Close Figure 5 34 Customize Commands 3 Select the Toolbars tab to display the Toolbars page of the Customize dialog box x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Toolbars e Analyzer Control P Reset Reset All Mew Rename Delete Show text labels Close Figure 5 35 Customize Toolbars 448 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Differences Between Sierra M12x Trainers and Sierra M6 x Trainers Teledyne LeCroy 9 13 5 13 1 5 13 2 5 13 3 5 13 4 4 Click the Reset All button QO The toolbar resets to the factory defaults Differences Between Sierra M12x Trainers and Sierra M6 x Trainers Auto Align Feature Auto align feature is changed according to the specification in 12 Gbps designs According to the new specification a 1Align primitive should be inserted with in every 128 DWORDS when the lin
123. oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 au oo ag 00 00 00 ao 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 au oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 au oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 au oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Copy Data Export data in file Figure 3 99 Data Payload View in Hex ASCH Columnsin Row 16 columns se Bytes in Columm 1 Byte 1 D ED EL D EL EIL EE EL BEL DE EE EI EI DI OI Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Note You can control the number of bytes per line Find Data Pattern To quickly locate a data pattern in the current frame enter the pattern in the Text Box and click the Find button Sierra M122
124. ox0000 0x5340ABD4 0 000 ns 00 000 000 560 Frame m Data m Idle Time Stamp 12 pn 0x0000 12 bytes Oxc486DB10 0 000 ns 00 000 000 800 Frame n UNKNOWN Tag Data m Time Stamp 13 he E 0000 OxBCF96B0F 00 000 001 120 While most global settings can be set in the generation block three will be ignored if placed within the generation block set Link Speed set GenerationMode set SSC These commands should be configured either in the Setting inc file or at the beginning of the traffic generation file as a global statement 5 7 Primitive and Frame Definitions Five other Include files are provided that define the most of the known templates for Primitives and Frames The five are a PrimitivesDecl inc 370 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Primitive and Frame Definitions Teledyne LeCroy 9 7 1 5 7 2 AddressFramesDecl inc SSPFramesDecl inc SMPFramesDecl inc a STPFramesDecl inc DLL Each of the Frame templates defines header and field structure The default value for all Frame fields is zero Special Conditions for Frames There are three conditions about Frames that need to be kept in mind when configuring Frame generation 1 Frame delimiters need to agree At the present time when defining a Frame make sure that the Frame Prologue and Frame Epilogue agree Do not mix types For example do not mix a SAS Start of Frame SOF with a SAS End of Address Frame EOAF A SAS SOF sho
125. replace ment for the existing Power Expansion Card cable QO SATA 15 pin power segment connector This plugs in to the power segment of the standard SATA connector allowing to control and monitor its power and DevSlp QO DevSlp cable This cable is used to monitor DevSlp levels when the Device is con nected directly to the Host It is up to the user to supply a copy of the DevSlp sig nal coming from the Host to connect to the DevSlp wire of this cable as well as to connect the adequate ground wire of this cable Activating the Power Expansion Cards Select Setup Power Source Control to display the Power Source Control dialog see Figure 1 17 on page 30 Depending on the Power Expansion Card s ordered the applicable device controls are enabled Make the appropriate selections and click Close Power Source Control No device is connected ACC EXP D04 X ACC EXP 005 X Figure 1 17 Power Source Control Dialog Removing Expansion Cards You can remove expansion cards using two tools Standard flat blade 3 16 screwdriver QO Teledyne LeCroy Extraction Tool part number 230 0160 00 30 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy Z7 TELEDYNE ON LECROY EXTRACTION TOOL To remove an expansion card follow these steps 1 Unplug the system from AC power and turn the system so the expansion port is facing you Note the two retaining screws and the holes for the extraction to
126. s Primitive ACK then Trig Ext Out Ac 2 Add State J Delete State Figure 2 82 SAS Advanced Trigger with Multiple Branches 112 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy State Number for Complex Trigger Sequences To follow the path of complex trigger sequences you can display state number To see state number in Packet View right click a link layer packet show field and select state number Setting Trigger Conditions To set the If and Else If trigger condition 1 Click the Add Pattern button for a Pattern field and choose a trigger condition from the drop down list Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 S0 Start State 0 9 Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo poo If 1 Nochange NoJump Else If Timeout No change No Jump y State 1 S1 Else If 1 No change FT No Jump 1 External Trigger Capture Everything Else If Nochange No Jump Exclude Items Idle Notify Bus Condition Symbol Capture Primitive Set capture settings of all states as state 0 C Eveyth STP Frame v Exclude Idle Exclude lt x C Nothing ATA Command Exclude OOB Signal Exel Patten ATAPI Exclude ALIGN v Exclude NOTIFY Exclude SATA_CONT Exclude SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s SMP Frame Include the following Patterns SSP Frame Exclude
127. see Figure 3 52 on page 155 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 8 x 5 E Trainer Y sammer QU SSS 8 08 P L 2 XRP p a c pz HBB Wu E 30 88 s diit Ge xj R oe y Aaka Tt Move X Cursor v e General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport FIS ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read Write Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Pending IO Others Type Port Duration Count All All E z FIS 2413 466 45 ms 394 5 33 FIS Custom 3 552 093 51 ms 301 4 07 FIS D 3474 373 34 ms 299 4 04 Open Address Frame T2 933 333 374 02 ns 7 0 09 Open Address Frame T3 1 200 000 05 us 9 0 12 Open Address Frame n 179 666 656 49 us 1347 18 22 Open Address Frame n 116 959 999 08 us 877 11 86 Open Address Frame B 116 800 003 05 us 876 11 85 Figure 3 52 Analysis Statistical Reports Showing Ports General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport FIS ATA Command Queue Command ATAPI Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read Write Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Pending IO Others DOODODDODDO DO oDoOoO oo o O O Performance Reference Definitions Trp No Number of Transports The total number of transports that compose this exchange Resp Time Response Time The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the beginning of the first frame in the command to the end of the last
128. select Setup External Trig Setting External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width Note The External TrigOut pulse width field supports increments of 16 ns starting from 64 ns and up to 1024 ns External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Note The nominal External Trigger voltage is 0 818 volts Trigger In can work with 1 volt to 5 volts input voltage 3 21 Update Device The Update Device command allows you to update a Sierra M122 Analyzer or CATC Sync expansion card whose current version is incorrect 1 Click Setup Update Device to display the Device Setup dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 261 Teledyne LeCroy Update Device Dev Hame Type EUT so Reg Status File Mame LIpdate Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Sierra Analzers 1310 1310 POE C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Update All Sierra Emulators 2310 23 10 QR C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Sierra Analyzer 3310 3310 POE C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Sierra Self Test 4312
129. set the generator will go through the stages of bringing up the link automatically including waiting for and responding to the device or host it is connected to When set the generator will respond automatically to Hold requests Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will respond automatically to DMAT requests Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will automatically go throughthe speed negotiation process for the speed set in the PINTERFACEC SERDES register for the Trainer When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream 2 Align O primitives every 254 DWORDS as specified in the SATA spec When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream Align primitives every 2048 DWORDS as specified in the SAS spec Two Align modes can be turned on simultaneously to support STP The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle
130. side The command can be assign to a 32 bit variable and use it Generator will copy the current phy capability value to the variable it is assigned to Example received phycapability RECEIVED PHY CAPABILITYBITS The following is a list of SAS and SATA primitives declared in Primitives Decl inc as Symbol Chains If you want to use these primitives in your script you must also include Primitives Decl inc in your script a SOF EOF SOAF EOAF ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 ALIGN 3 LLLDLDLDULD 404 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy LDLLDLLDDDDUDLUDUDLUDUDDDDUDUDUDUDULULUDLLDLDLUDD IccocoocoooogoovvUvuoocoocoococcocoocooL NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP NOTIFY RESERVED 0 NOTIFY RESERVED 1 NOTIFY RESERVED 2 ACK NAK CRC ERROR NAK RESERVED 0 NAK RESERVED 1 NAK RESERVED 2 CREDIT BLOCKED RRDY NORMAL RRDY RESERVED 0 RRDY RESERVED 1 SATA SOF SATA EOF SATA CONT SATA DMAT SATA HOLD SATA HOLDA SATA PMACK SATA PMNAK SATA PMREQ P SATA PMREQ S SATA R ERR SATA R IP SATA R OK SATA R RDY SATA SYNC SATA WTRM SATA X RDY SATA ERROR AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED 3 AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL BREAK BROADCAST CHANGE BROADCAST RESERVED 0 BROADCAST RESERVED 1 BROADCAST RESERVED 2 BROADCAST RES
131. the 1 5 3 0 6 0 Trace has been opened See Figure 3 23 on page 136 D File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 58 O Traine Yiamme B Oo 8 sio m APALA XRP taa ARA Au Oe i he Be EMEP 90 xj Au FIS Type PM Port H C H Command H Features H LBA Low H LBA Mid H LBA High H Device H ns hc 0x27 Register Host to Device 0 1 25 T 00 l 93 92 1 08 40 l E E E E E Z o i LBA Low exp H LBAMid exp M LBAHigh exp H Features exp H SectorCount H SectorCount exp H ICC H Control H Auxiery 7 0 H Auxiliary 15 8 H 08 00 00 00 04 00 00 00 EE Sy Auxikary 23 16 H j Auxikary 31 24 H CRC H Durati 00 00 cy 1786 us FIS Type ATA Command LBA H SecCount H Link Data 33 Relative Time Duratior H ce 0x25 Re 000008089293 004 Tom 1786 us 0x27 d DMA Ext 0004 0 ns RI Link 1 C G Register Host to Device arget RO Relative Time Duratior N x3 pa 73 ns 20 ns Address Frame Type Protocol initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H 0x1 Open 0x1 SSP 0x9 3 0 Gbps 0 FFFF 5000C500001047B5 i Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H ES Relative Time Duratio 5000 85000000001 00 00 l 00000000 7 an ine 03E8 4910BE12 40 ns
132. the commands at the bottom of the Display Options window a To save the current Display Options values in an options file for use in future ses sions click Save Enter a file name without a file name extension The program adds the opt extension The file must have an opt file name extension To load a previously saved opt file click Load and select a file name To save the current Display Options values in the default opt options file for use as the default display options click Save as Default Do not delete the default opt file To apply the current Display Options values click Apply The Display Options window remains open To apply the current Display Options values and close the Display Options win dow click OK To cancel unsaved changes to display values and exit the Display Options win dow click Cancel 5 12 2 Connection Parameters To display the connection parameters see Figure 5 33 on page 447 select Generate gt Connect Parameters 446 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Teledyne LeCroy x Identify frame parameter settings to keep link connected Device Type End Device SSP Initiator Present Z ssptarget NotPresent y STP Initiator Present Fl siPTager NotPresent y SMP Initiator Present Z smptarget NotPresert y 545 Address hes 00000000 00000000 FH r Identifier hex one Device Ma one Broadcast Method hex Iv Dont show this d
133. the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format k Byte Order k Open as data view Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Copy Data Copy Command Set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto Figure 3 155 Expand All To collapse all fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All You can expand or collapse all FIS s and commands To expand right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All FIS s or Expand All ATA Cmd s See Figure 3 156 Add Bookmark Show Field b Hide Field View Fields Add to Trigger Expand All FISs 88 Goto Next Tag F5 Goto Previous Tag Shift F5 Set Time Stamp Origin Color Time Stamp Format Goto r T rA or Sy IT Mr Figure 3 156 Expand All FIS s To collapse right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All FIS s or Collapse All ATA Cmd s You can expand or collapse specific packets and commands by clicking on the or buttons see Figure 3 158 on page 235 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Status Teledyne LeCroy 3 10 FIS FIS Typ 36 20 0x41 DMA FIS FIS Type 36 21 0x46 Data Figure 3 157 Expand Collapse Specific Layers Port Status You can get an overview of the active ports by clicking the Port Status button at the bottom right of the appli
134. the past Pressing the Reset button erases this history and the illuminated LEDs are removed from the dialog Toolbars Enabling Tool Bars To customize the Viewer Display workspace you can enable and reposition the available toolbars To display or hide toolbars select View gt Toolbar then check or uncheck toolbars File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help a gt fel Trainer Jammer c JP Zoom In B Zoom Que i Actual Size Full Screen Eh Tile Views PB Enable Filtering ER Filtering IU Filter Idles Phy Physical Layer ris FIS Layer femo Command Layer F wrap Packets Toolbar MANE m Status Bar m Record Capture m Analysis m Navigation yview m Packet View Column view m Cursor Position m D evice Emulator Toolbars are Q Main Q Record Capture Q Analysis Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Status Bar Teledyne LeCroy Q Navigation View Q Packet View a Column View a Cursor Position Once enabled the toolbars can dock at the Viewer Display window or float on the windows desktop 3 11 2 Cursor Position Status Bar To display the cursor position status bar select View Status Bar Ato Y Ons Ato T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 159 Cursor Position Toolbar See Using the Cursors and Bookmarks on page 237 3 12 Status Bar The Status bar is located at the bottom of the main display window 3 12 1 Search Status The right most segment displays the current search direc
135. then click OK Protocol Errors SMP Response Time Limit is outside the specification requirements Code Violation Wrong 10b symbol detected Disparity Error Wrong disparity detected ALIGN Error ALIGN primitive frequency is outside the specification requirements STP Signaling Latency Error SAS only or FIS Signaling Latency Error SATA only DWORD difference between HOLD and HOLDA is greater than entered value in the HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout field 68 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SATA only Second SATA_SOF is encountered before SATA_EOF and other unexpected primitives STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SATA only Timeout between two paired primitives is above entered value 65000 DWORDs is default For example it can occur between WTRM and R OK or X RDY and R RDY It expects device or host to send a response but response is not received after 65000 DWORDS You can configure Primitive Response Timeout and HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout in the Settings tab Analyzer Settings section Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 69000 DWORD _ Show XXXX HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 255 ee Pack training sequence Frame Type Error Wrong frame type
136. to 122 F a Non Operating 20 C to 80 C 4 F to 176 F The hardware should operate in the following humidity range O 10 to 90 RH non condensing Installing Your Analyzer Software Installation The SAS and SATA software works on systems using the Windows XP Windows 7 x86 x64 Windows 8 x86 x64 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 R2 operating systems 64 bit Windows OS is recommended because it allows using more RAM memory Other Operating Systems limit the RAM to 3GB 1 Insert the Installation DVD ROM into the DVD drive on the host machine 2 The installation automatically starts setup unless Auto Run is off In that case select the DVD ROM from My Computer and click Setup 3 After the warning to close all other programs and before starting the installation the Install component selection opens 4 Select components for installation 5 Click Next to complete the installation System restart You must restart your computer before you can use your Protocol Suite software Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Hardware Setup Teledyne LeCroy 1 8 2 Error Message If you get an error message during installation of the drivers for Window consult your system administrator Your system may allow only administrator level users to copy such driver files 1 9 Hardware Setup 1 91 Separate Systems When using the analyzer it is recommended to use a syst
137. to Indicate Error Wait for Align 2 If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 3 lf an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise go to Indicate Error Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario d Align Test b x File Library c X Scenario Name Align Test bn Description Detect incorrect order of Alis and beep when it happens Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Sequence a Wait for Aliqnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator zClick here to add combined event gt then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt a Wait for Aliqnl Wait for ALIGN l from Initiator Click here to add combined event E then Branch to Wait for A licgnz Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 21 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator lt Click here to add c
138. trace capture 53 54 55 56 59 trace capture 52 oave As Display Formats 54 Save as Text button 173 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Teledyne LeCroy Save As Text dialog 141 Save button 362 Save Filtered Sample 53 Save Output button 199 scenario 290 action 307 creation 318 event 302 running 341 Scenario Batch file 347 scramble unscramble payload data 227 228 scrambling disable 105 script Assignment dialog 377 Script Editor 372 buttons 362 374 pop up menu 375 toolbar 373 Script Workspace 347 SCSI Command 94 SCSI Command Report 165 SCSI commands address display 50 SCSI spec assignment 251 search 219 by tag 224 225 complex 437 Direction 439 direction 360 440 domain 222 Exclusion 439 for data pattern 220 221 Intersection 439 logic 221 Origin 439 SAS address 222 save setup 220 status 237 STP port 222 sub items 222 Union 439 Search Direction 360 search direction 220 search from 220 search items 221 Search Menu 360 select item for capture 66 Select Device 24 select Port Configuration dialog 108 selecting components for installation 20 separate systems 21 sequence 294 examples 329 sequential triggering 99 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual session 309 Set Alias Name 25 Set as Second Data Payload 190 set device bits FIS 75 Set Port Configuration dialog 108 Set the Anchor row as sync point 257 oet Time Stamp Origin 207 oet Time
139. two sequences co existing in a scenario in addition to the Global Rules Recall that both the Global Rules and any sequences are active at all times Each is a separate state machine having the behavior of a particular test state at any point in time Because the Global Rules has the capacity for only one state you can view it as a degenerative state machine Scenario Libraries You can create any number of scenarios which you then can archive on your PC hard drive You also can download up to ten scenarios to each InFusion device for test execution You can think of the libraries as windows that hold scenarios Recall that each library is a separate infdb file Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Libraries Teledyne LeCroy 4 5 4 Main Library When you launch the InFusion application it opens a window called the Main Library The main library is the default workspace for creating and storing new scenarios The main library corresponds with the following file in the InFusion folder on the PC hard drive default infdb 4 5 2 File Libraries You can save the main library with a name other than default while still using the infdb file extension The new file becomes a file library that is functionally equivalent to the main library with the following exception It does not open by default in the Main Library window You can navigate to other file libraries using the File Manager of the InFusion applic
140. unit is powered on 2 Connect the female end of the sync cable to the SYNC OUT port of the Sierra M122 3 Connect the male end of the sync cable to the SYNC IN port of the PCle Summit T3 16 AOHO31 A INAGIIAL S WY 7 Figure 1 6 An Example of Connecting a Sierra M122 and a Summit T3 16 You can cascade up to eight Sierra Analyzers if they all have a CATC SYNC expansion card Note If the Sierra M 122 has a CATC SYNC Expansion Card you can cascade with Sierra M6 4 M6 2 and M6 1 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 23 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability 1 10 2 Select Device 24 After starting the software click on Setup and select All Connected Devices Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 13 13 1 TxVout amp Preemphasis 1 O Gecod mon eS User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting 7 Teu Update Device 40 us All Connected Devices T1 41 Find DUT oO us Power Source Control I1 20 US Manage setup Licenses Preferences Self Test Data Block Set Port Alias 60 us Set SAS Address Alias l Figure 1 7 Connecting to All SAS SATA Devices The Select Device dialog allows connecting and disconnecting analyzers on the fly without restarting the application The new Device List introduced in version 4 10 mandates using updated firmware in order to detect the analyzer over Ethernet Thus the anal
141. window click the Expand Log button The Log window fills the whole window To see the Verification Scripts window again click the Collapse Log button To save output click the Save Output button 2 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the Settings dialog displays Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 199 Teledyne LeCroy Running Verification Script Engine VSE Choose Editor application and editing settings Notepad by default C Other Path to the editar Browse Edit all selected scripts in one process Open all included files Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script Je program fileslecray sas protocol suites 55 Browse Display settings vw Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start v Load last output from saved log files when possible v Activate dialog after script s stop running v Remember dialog layout Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Saving settings Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file path Path to the folder where ta save output lag files Je program files lecroy sas protocol suites 55 Browse Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running OF Cancel Figure 3 110 Run Verification Scripts Settings Dialog Choose the editor application Notepad or othe
142. you want to trigger on a pattern Frame FIS and change capture a dword s before the last offset of a detected pattern e g changing the Frame Type of a SAS Frame with Data Offset 11223344 you are limited to a maximum of 9 dword offset i e if you trigger on the 20th payload of a Data FIS you can change capture the 12th dword onwards 11th payload dword and preceding dwords are not accessible for change capture 292 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy 4 4 2 You can not change a state based on back to back events At 6G speed there should be at least one dword between the triggering event of two consecutive states At other speeds back to back dword state transitions might rarely be missed so best practice is to never assume back to back dword events As described later in this chapter you can create any number of scenarios and store them in libraries on the PC hard drive Scenario library files names are in the following format filename infdb Creating InFusion scenarios is easy but it requires an understanding of the following terms defined in Table 4 1 on page 293 TABLE 4 1 Key Scenario Terms Term Definition Action InFusion response to an event Event Condition that is detectable by InFusion Combined Event Logical OR association of events for example event A OR event B Global Rules Portion of a scenario that can define a single InFusion test state
143. yte Command LBA 16 Byte Command Tag Destination Address POCO OOO Source Address POOOOP OOOO LUN PA ACA AA AA AACA ACA ACA ASA Mi wee MB Mis VTi MT MT M T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 60 SAS SCSI Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the CDB dropdown list scroll the list to choose a CDB Type and click OK 94 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Timeout Choosing timeout as a trigger condition allows you to define a timer with a timeout value that is reset to O and starts by occurrence of any events that you add to the Start Events list You can then add one or more events to the End Events list and then choose a trigger to occur if an End event occurs before the timer expires or if the timer expires before the occurrence of an end event You add and define the Start and End events identically to the way that you define and add patterns to capture Timeout Pattern Pattern Start Events External anual Trigger Add gt Device Sleep Remove lt lt Bus Condition Symbol Frimitive End Events FIS Add gt gt STP Frame ae ATA Command eee ATA Command Pattern Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 1 milliseconds microseconds Trigger mode amp Trigger if the E
144. 0 153600 163040 S0000 Figure 5 11 Sierra Trainer Generator File 366 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Teledyne LeCroy 9 9 9 5 6 9 6 1 Layout The ssg file has several colored bars that represent global settings The bars show the current configuration of the generation file Example settings are a Configuration GenMode SAS or SATA SSC On or Off Link speed 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps 6 0 Gbps or 12 0 Gbps Type of device Initiator or Device COMINIT COMWAKE a Scrambling Mode OCOOO O As changes are made and saved to the traffic generation file the bars immediately update The traffic pattern to generate appears below the bars as a series of frames You can edit the traffic generation file to add edit or remove frames Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Example ssg files and Include files are in two directories called Samples and include that are typically installed in C Users Public Documents LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Generation Samples Traffic Generation ssg Files The ssg traffic generation files are text files consisting of include statements a generation block and optionally global statements The generation block is the code responsible for the actual traffic generation It is marked by the tag Generation The composition and format of the generation block is described later oinclude Grener
145. 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Figure 3 207 TCG showing Copy Text No Show First Field and Changing Format of Data 3 28 Exporting LBA XFER Length and Tag from Spreadsheet View From an open Trace in Spreadsheet display mode you can now Export and SaveAs LBA Transfer Length and Tag data in different formats Text 1 0 2 0 and Excel 1 0 2 0 as well as hexadecimal decimal or binary See Figure 3 208 on page 280 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 279 Teledyne LeCroy Exporting LBA XFER Length and Tag from Spreadsheet View 280 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help AT V 9 New gt n 25 18 les a9 s al PH Open Close Launch Jammer Launch Trainer Launch CrossSync Control Panel Save WorkSpace Save Ctrl S Save As Export Export to Text Excel Export to Initiator Emulator Export to Trainer Export Read Write Command Report Export Paired SAS Address Report Trace Properties Edit Comment Print Ctrl P Print Preview Print Setup Recent Trace Files gt Recent Project Files gt Exit Figure 3 208 Export gt Export Text Excel This will bring up a SaveAs menu See Figure 3 209 on page 281 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exporting LBA XFER Length and Tag from Spreadsheet View Teledyne LeCroy Savein Simulation 62 PrE Columns Y
146. 0 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00
147. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Figure 3 204 TCG Parameter Data Field Name Size and Values Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Rm EAS 2 7 Teledyne LeCroy Trusted Command Group Decodes in Spreadsheet View Clicking on the symbol in any of the Field Name boxes will pop up a window with more detailed information about the particular Field See Figure 3 205 on page 278 gt gt emm CN AL A E APA E A DI EN NN AN p E NE E gt SAD ET 416 Bytes 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Figure 3 205 Detailed Look at Data for Each Packet Payload or Data With the cursor inn each field if you perform a right click a menu pops up showing that you can Copy Text Show First Field if s
148. 00 00 00 00 04 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 Discover list descriptor 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 Figure 3 199 Descriptor Lists Click on the sign in the first field to bring up a menu with more information abut the Discover list descriptor See Figure 3 200 on page 275 274 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Discover List Descriptor Lists Decode Teledyne LeCroy DISCOVER LIST descr
149. 00 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 an en PA en X to Y Ofna Xto T 2 863 213 ma Y to T 2869213 ma lp press F1 A TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator inact Simulation Sto Figure 3 25 Default Workspace Contains Four Views Trace NewSample scs 5 f you want to know which Views make up the Workspace select File gt Open gt then select the Workspace file workspace_w_4 views default wss See Figure 3 26 on page 138 Open in k User vr OP Gy Name Date modified igi NewSample3 scs 4 27 2015 8 49 AM Recent Places im NewSample4 scs 4 27 2015 8 47 AM ig NewSampleA scs 4 27 2015 8 53 AM Y SpreadSheet View E I NewSampleB scs 4 30 2015 8 38 AM Histogram View Desktop iil Sample scs 6 3 2015 8 28 AM Sus Utilization View Frame Inspector View Workspace 4 squares wss 6 15 2015 3 31 PM Power Tracker View workspace 8 views wss 6 15 2015 2 10 PM Libraries workspace packet only wss da workspace_packet_spreadsheet_column_busutil wss workspace_packet_spreadsheet_column_waveform wss 15 2015 2 03 PM Computer workspace_trace_wave_spread_column wss 6 15 2015 2 18 PM G workspace w 4 views default wss 6 15 2015 4 13 PM lt File name workspace_w_4_views_defaultwss Files of type All Supported Files v Figure 3 26 New Default Workspace with Four Views 138 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Ana
150. 000 2 Using the word infinite loops for ever Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 385 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Loops X Joop count Latinas send instructions assignments change values send instructions Example LOOP 50 CHAIN ONE CHAIN TWO come Frame SY some Frame Data 256 OXFEEEFEFE y X Change Y Field32 x Y Y Note The Trainer can support up to 4 levels of nested loops 5 11 6 Controlling Connection Speed When you use the AdvanceConnect feature the Trainer always tries to connect to the drive with the highest possible speed In this case the Set Speed command is not used If you want to connect to the drive with a specific speed you may either 1 Set the AdvanceConnect feature to TRUE and limit with the desired phy capability bits For example if you want to set the speed to 3G then set the Gen4 and Gen3 phy capability bits to O 2 Orset the AdvanceConnect feature to FALSE and set hardcode the desired speed using the Set Speed command Notice in the Trainer script example SSPFrame 12G ssg a AdvanceConnect is set to True set advanceConnect TRUE A All the phy capability bits are set to support Gen3 Set OOB SpeedNeg Phy g4Withoutssc 0 Set to 1 for 12Gbps support otherwise 0 Set OOB SpeedNeg Phy g4WithSSC 0 Set to 1 for 12Gbps support otherwise 0 QO The highest speed is set to SAS12 This s
151. 0000 5705EE0D 37 ns E All Fields are Shown la px Field View Field Value Field 4 O BASI DR o WiswPreme Request Expand All E i Source SAS Address 0x500605B0069AA670 SMP Frame Type Collapse All Destination SAS Address 0x500E004AAAAAAA3F E Func Show Field SMP Frame Type 0x40 Request Alloc Resp Len 2 Func 0x20 Reserved For SMP input Functions Z Req Length Hide Field E b amp SMP Frame Request El Reserved 0x00000000 Starting phy identifier 0x00 Figure 3 42 Field Inspector Field View Display Selected for a Specific Packet If you want to manipulate the Field View display you have the following options Q Expand All All fields will be displayed a Collapse All Only the Packet type will be displayed Q Show Field Fields which have been hidden will show in the menu QO Hide Field You can select Fields to be hidden You can select several Fields to Hide This will remove them from the Field View but will also remove them from the Packet View See Figure 3 43 m File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window wep all Transport _ Starting p phy iden identifier fier H _ Maximum number E H Dum 2 124 441 290 5 i 7 00000000 ji ignore zone group H Descriptor Type ums l 0 wo 0x0 Discover 0 59000000 000000000000000000000000 N S705EEOD 3 H Link AAAAAAA 5006056 A3 0x20 Reserv
152. 1 l TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Tar get Emulator nacti USB Figure 3 36 Identify Device Frame Double clicking in the Identify Device Frame while in Text Mode will pop up the Data Payload View See Figure 3 37 on page 146 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 145 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Data Pa oac LX Layer ATA Cmd Packet No 1 Fina 9 Hex C ASCH Columns in 16 Columns v Bytes in Wowimmseonanonen feo 1 69 5 4 Figure 3 37 Data Payload View from Identify Device Frame in Text Mode The data payload is valid because the Identify Device Frame includes a Data Frame Information Structure FIS pattern SATA only See Figure 3 38 e ee ee ee s a E A Identify Tl File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Device Frame Data Frame Information Structure FIS Pattern X to Y 240 ns X to T 240 ns Y to T 0 ns TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator inact Figure 3 38 Data FIS Pattern in Identify Device Frame 146 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Note Export to Text Excel is available from the Spreadsheet View Packet View or Text View as of S W version 5 60 or later Export to Text Excel is not available from Column View as of S W version 5 60 or later Text View Context Menu In Text View mode the C
153. 11 511 600 093 s 5 3 346 us D1 Idle Idle Data H Duration 11 511 600 093 6 3 346 us Figure 3 2 SATA Packet View of sts Sample File 3 1 2 Quick View Quick View is enabled as the default setting in Preferences gt Trace Viewer tab Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the host machine s hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you uncheck Quick View in the Preferences gt Trace Viewer tab to disable Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the host machine s hard drive When Quick View is disabled the Viewer displays successive parts of trace data as they upload As soon as a trace part uploads it is available in all trace views If you only need quick successive traces and do not need to save them keep the default setting to enable Quick View If you need to save all captured traces unchecking the Quick View setting loads traces faster especially for larger traces and slower connections than Gigabit Ethernet To refresh the viewer display with more uploaded data scroll to the end of the trace using scroll bars page down arrow down or CTRL End Newly uploaded data then appears there Note High level decoding and statistics are available only after the whole trace has uploaded The software automatically switches to full trace v
154. 12 and Selectable Filter Options for SATA on page 217 Note If you select a group that also selects all child items Note Only packets captured at run time are available for selection for filtering 208 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Filter Type You can choose to show or hide the Filter Type items by checking the Show or Hide option button Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker Filtering Direction You can select items for filtering in a single direction or both directions by checking the corresponding Port By default all ports are enabled Uncheck the port check boxes for ports not to include in the filter Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden Save Filter Setup After you have set up a Filter configuration you can save it as an SAS Filter file sfl or SATA Filter file tfl by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Filter dialog Filter Logic After you have set up Filter options you can set filter logic to And Related Items to apply AND logic on related selected options for example SCSI commands and SAS Addresses or OR to apply OR logic on all selected options After you have set up Filter options you can set filter logic to
155. 13 5 5 13 6 5 13 7 5 13 8 5 13 9 TABLE 5 13 Hold HoldA Response Times Speed 1 5 Gbps 10 Dwords 14 Dwords 3 Gbps 20 Dwords 21 Dwords 6 Gbps 28 Dwords 35 Dwords Note All the above values are approximate values There may be few Dwords difference from one run to other Manual Tx Rx Setting Configuration In 12 Gbps designs the User is given provision to change Tx and Rx Serdes parameters Extra Commands Added for 12 Gbps Designs To support Manual 12 Gbps connect several commands are added to the design Q Last Received TTIU LRT Q Local Tx status word Q Training ERROR COUNT Added Support for Gen4 Designs For Gen4 designs with SSC and Gen4 designs without SSC PHY capability bits have been added in 12 Gbps designs Support for 12 Gbps speed is added in PHY capability Window Added Optical Mode Support Active Optical Cable AOC support added in 12 Gbps designs Two Dword Processing in 12 Gbps Designs Extra Idles may be inserted between two transmitted DWORDS changes from case to case to handle Two Dword processing in 12 Gbps designs After loading of control OOB speed negotiation and time out registers 2 idles are inserted in 6 Gbps designs and 4 idles are inserted in 12 Gbps designs During Branch Block like Loop Jump Conditional Jump execution a few about 6 8 extra Idles are added in 12 Gbps designs Depending on the script the extra idle count changes Sierra M122 SAS SATA Pro
156. 3 Link Layer Y EN Transport SSP Frame Type EX hdi g Data Porter M ReTransmt H Retry Data Frames H Nuno of F Bytes P Tag M Terget Por Transfer Teg H SO Tout Deta sOFFFFS4 o g EZ 0177 zs _ Data Offset Dota CTN CT ETT CTA RCON Mendsheie Handshake 00000000 ia 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt o0000 gt gt 8 in iFFOFFCS 0xD ACK Data direction arrows Relative time display Between two sequential packets on the same layer and port 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt ol D3CB828B IE Qx0 ACK ZEE NELLE Relstrre Time wor F 7 NORMAL 80 ns Source and destination addresses in SCSI commands not shown in this capture Figure 2 5 SAS Typical Packet View Note When using the Advanced Mode sequencer the analyzer logs the state transitions in the trace with the name the user gives to the state In the Packet View right click on any packet and select Show gt State to display the states and their transitions in the trace SAS In case of an STP interface the expander displays STP addresses provided to the SATA drive and the SAS software integrates the STP addresses in the ATA command 50 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 2 2 4 2 2 5 2 2 6 The results display shows each transaction for every layer identified in a different color and the data direction identified with
157. 314 Example of Using Internal Triggers to Stop All Scenarios 315 4 0 0 Generating a Jammer Marker cuina ad 316 4 9 7 summary of Scenario Creation ceo veen vu ei cepto rte Tu A Cua kou de EON E Eo c veau 318 4 9 Creating Global i e X 318 4 9 1 Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive 319 4 9 2 Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error ee eese 322 4 9 3 Example 3 Creating OR Conditions 1 1l ecee eese ieeeieeeiiee sienne enhn enn nnn na nn hnn nnn nn aun n nnns 323 4 9 4 Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions leeeeeeeeeeeieenr eene e enne nennen nnn nnn nnn nnn 324 4 9 5 Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event 1 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeee nene n enhn enhn nnn nnne 326 4 9 6 Example 6 USING TINNEIS eise iani poop ue c peus se oa xus 7 rE a eU x PS a Pascua Fre CET NCC 327 4 10 Creating a Sequence ada 329 4 10 1 Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules eee seee seen nen 330 4 10 2 Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee eere 335 4 10 3 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 772
158. 34 pop up menu 431 New GenFile 358 New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode 251 New Scenario button 297 New Scenario command 285 New script 202 normal zoom reset 203 Notes tab 109 Number of Run text box 103 O Open as Data Vie 188 Open Document button 362 Open Library command 285 Open Sample file In 253 operating system 20 opt files 446 order reorder in results display 227 Others Report view 172 output trigger 114 P Pack Repeated Primitives 254 Packet Drop 284 Packet View 39 121 packing list 18 Partial Memory 103 Paths settings 251 pattern definition in sequential trigger mode 99 Pattern field 113 Pattern triggers 78 Pending ATA IO 181 Pending lO report 171 Pending SCSI IO 181 Performance report 170 461 Teledyne LeCroy Index PHY Identifier field 447 PIO Setup FIS 77 pop up menu Script Editor 375 pop up menus Recording Rules 429 port renaming 230 status 235 port alias 242 Port Configuration 285 286 359 Port Configuration button 108 port ID 230 Port Speed 107 Port Status 43 pre trigger 101 data 102 Primitive and Frame Definitions 370 Primitive Manipulation 284 primitive report 158 primitive response timeout 104 Primitive selection dialog 66 Primitives Decl inc 371 Print Preview button 173 Program Manager Window 34 project examples 61 file type definition 60 notes 109 settings 101 119 project note 109 Project Tree 47 projects 60 Properties option 434 Properties optio
159. 41 BIST 0x58 PIO Setup Ox5F 0x46 MH MH M H4 Iivp2 D3 M D4 Check All Uncheck All SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS x Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type to capture and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O DOOOUOUOUUD Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Any Type Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 2 2 15 STP Frame Pattern Double click STP Pattern to open the STP Pattern selection dialog FIS Pattern xi oS FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 ES Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Reaister Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp amp X X X X RS 7S Cyl Low exp MH MH MH Iv H4 VDI lvp2 MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 29 SATA STP Pattern Dialog The STP Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box Choose FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 73 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Register Host t
160. 43 12 MES C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Sierra Infusion 53 20 53 20 MES C Program FilessLeCroy 5 k Siera Trainer 63 01 63 00 RBBB C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Figure 3 185 Device Setup Dialog with BAD Device Status Devices whose version is correct have an OK status A device whose version is incorrect has a BAD status Note You can click the ellipses at the end of a file path and name to display an Open dialog in which you can browse for files 2 Click the checkbox to the left of a device with BAD status then click Update Selected to begin the process that will make the Analyzer version correct see figure on next page Device Setup i J Dev Name Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Anal zersz2 1310 1310 POE C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Update All Sierra Emulators 2310 23 10 POE C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Sierra Analyzer 33 10 3310 BENE C Program FilessLeCroy 5 Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 ERN C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Infusion 5320 53 20 MBE C Program FilessLeCroy s Pi he Sierra Trainer C Program FilessLeCray Figure 3 186 Device Setup Dialog Beginning to Update Status of a Device After the update the device must restart 262 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Update Device Teledyne LeCroy Info 1 Sierra device SM 61475 updated successfu
161. 44PM Chrome HTML Document Identify device html 4 22 2015 3 10 PM Chrome HTML Document NewSample html 4 22 2015 3 40 PM Chrome HTML Document 008 Sample html 4 22 2015 3 09PM Chrome HTML Document PowerTracker html 4 22 2015 3 19 PM Chrome HTML Document c TCG BUS Trace OpenSession CloseSession html 4 22 2015 3 19 PM Chrome HTML Document a Libraries B Documents a Music i Pictures a Product Manuals B Videos Computer amp Windows OS C G9 MARKETING catc svrl M 27 enavn Recovery 0 Currently loaded Trace Figure 3 102 Trace Expert Pop Up Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 191 Teledyne LeCroy Trace Expert Click on the Save button to add the currently loaded Trace to the list of Saved Trace Expert HTML files These HTML files can then be re used For example the SAS 12G html file 150 KB containing all the Trace Expert reports and analysis for that Trace could be emailed to a colleague or to Teledyne Customer Service without sending the whole Trace 39 MB The Save process will also generate the SAS 12G Trace Expert HTML file with the following topics displayed for the loaded Trace see Figure 3 103 5 Teledyne LeCroy Tra x Q D file C Users James Allen Desktop SAS_Protocol_Suite_5 92_B1061 ALPHA SAS_Protocol_Suite_5 92_B1061 ALPHA _Deliverables S 7 35 Apps iGoogle Cj Lenovo Recom Fin_Sites r Teledyne LeCro FIT BugTrack Tutori
162. 5 BERE E Cd sc A DA ERA RAR A 3 OIE A eed ee O X EZ Ei e Bp o o Pe A zl eto ata o to 4 M7 BAAI LA n ov MAMA Toe Se LA AA FEA FLIA pe AE SIBHEGE Ci PBB SS 0 0t X X 28M PBDE O RRASA SA o TE VE a AHAHA P A EE ETE SIT11363 2006 PERLE AIRE EA 2 F X RRASA EUER o sre Ra AS E 51111 363 2006 PEELE TIR m EK o EFUP PIEH ACT AY A BY A A SR TE me SERBS ORRE UE 3 95 RAE sci AR aM Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Polybrominated Cadmium Part Name Hg Cd BEEN PCBAs Mechanical Hardware Sheet Metal Plastic Parts Power Supply Power Cord BED Protective Case if present o0 Cable Assemblies 1f present Fans 1f present 10 O X O a Ext Power Sup p ly it Probes if present 1 B sel z n d i O o Lx ee Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers O Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement specified in 51 T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in J T11363 2006 EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Use Conditions Temperature 5C to 40C Humidity 5 to 95 max RH non condensing Altitude Up to 2000 meters Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analy
163. 5 Code Violation T4 3 9 38 Disparity Error il 3 9 38 Disparity Error Dp 1 3413 Disparity Error T2 2 6 25 Disparity Error B 2 6 25 Disparity Error T3 2 6 25 Disparity Error T4 3 9 38 32 100 00 Figure 3 69 Statistical Reports Protocol Error Report Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 169 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Performance Report To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab see Figure 3 70 on page 170 The Performance Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Performance Items All Custom Total Read Size Total Read Duration Total Read Commands Min Max Ave Read Throughput Min Max Ave Read Latency Time Min Max Ave Read Response Time Read IO Per Second Total Write Size Duration Commands Min Max Ave Write Throughput Min Max Ave Write Latency Time Min Max Ave Write Response Time Write IO Per Second Total IO Per Second Ave Byte Per SSP Frame Ave Byte Per FlSFrame Init Bus Util Target Bus Util Efficiency Max Min Ave FIS Diff Q Port All H1 11 H2 I2 H3 I3 H4 I4 Custom or NA O Value Number a Description Definition of Performance Items D Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite NewSample scs File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Tee Y deme e 5 Bs o e a P PY 8 RIS am tis sk B E n Fue OB a fs x wR TL 1 of 1 Total Read Size Performance Move X
164. 5 Address li Pair SAS Address W Source SAS Address Figure 3 167 SAS SAS Address Alias If you elect to save the captured sample file the assigned SAS address names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default 3 17 If you want to set these SAS address aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default SAS address aliases TxRxVout amp Preemphasis The analyzer incorporates the ability to select TxRx Vout for the transmitter and receiver on each port Using TxRx Vout can increase the output voltage swing above the nominal value for test and characterization purposes This feature is also useful to compensate for line loss when driving long cables Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual TxRxVout amp Preemphasis Teledyne LeCroy To select TX Vout select Setup gt TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis to display the Rx Tx Settings dialog PMA Analog Control Settings Restore Factor Settings RX equalization DC 0 Save Load Auto Calibration RX equalization control 3 Write Only 7 Overwrite Tx Settings Port Status Copy Selected Port Settings ta All Ports t3 Number of errors per second 0 Apply Start Reading Ports Status Figure 3 168 Choose Port for TxRx Vout Port displays ports to select from Copy Selected Port Se
165. 5P Ta Heserved O 00 s03 Device Name 1 000000000 0x04 Dat 00E Ds Device Name 2 Ox00000000 0x08 Ox 00A 545 Address 1 Save As lt lt Previous Next gt gt ox Figure 3 141 Spec View The tabs allows you to display Hexadecimal or Binary The buttons allow you to go to Previous or Next You can Save As a text file 3 9 3 Decode Icons The Decode Toolbar controls encoding and scrambling features To view corresponding Unscrambled and Scrambled payload data values instantaneously position the mouse pointer over a data field Running Disparity indication Sequence EE ETS ORE ERE Als Me PE coy x sees across mba 0300105004071 E Unscramble 0 03CA8027 Scramble 0xC118F644 sor xx Jefe jo ma cw Je Figure 3 142 Payload Data Display Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 229 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 3 9 4 Customize Display You can customize the display as explained below Rename Port You can rename each port for easy identification To rename a port right click the port ID in Text View or Column View Cmr Rename title of port SHOW Hide Apply width Eo all columns Software Setting Shift 5 Goto Figure 3 143 Rename Port Choose Rename title of port to open the Rename Title of Port dialog Rename title of port l x New Title nia Cancel Figure 3 144 Rename Title of Port Show Hide Single
166. 626 000001074 Incomplete Frames 0x50000500001 04765 gt 0x5000626 000001074 Address Frames j0 5000C500001047B85 amp ddress Frames J0x5000E 85000000001 gt 0xE 94E8E SSP Frames 0x5000C50000103D91 SSP Frames 0x5000E 85000000001 Q 5000C 500001 03D 31 SMP Frames Ox50060560000003C4 SMP Frames j0 5000C50000103D31 gt 0x5000E 85000000001 STP Frames STP Frames 0x5000050000103D91 gt 0x5000628000001074 SCSI Commands SCSI Commands 0x500062B 000001 074 gt 0x50060560000003C5 SMP Commands SMP Commands j0 500062BO000001074 0 5000C500001047B5 Task Management Functions Task Management Functions 0x5000626 000001 07 4 gt 0 5000C50000103D31 FATA Commands ATA Commands J0 5000626 000001 074 0 50060560000003C4 SCSI Command Status SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Source SAS Address Destination 545 Address Destination 545 Address BILILILILIDIDII Pair SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port Tag Protocol Error STP Port Tag JATAPI SCSI Command amp T PI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Miscellaneous JLILII Filter Type i Filter Type Qui arcu Filter Idle Port Ske boo oe p ny ack Multi Level Filtering pori ix Gne Multi Level Fikering v v v v n i2 BB AND Relateditems Pair SAS addresses Vi hRwB F AND Relatedltems E pai SAS Addresses 11 12 amp 13 OT OR I
167. 8000001074 50060560000003 C4 STP Data 95 5000E85000000001 5000 C50000103D91 SSP Task 1 500062B000001074 50060560000003C5 SMP Request 25 50060560000003C5 500062B000001074 SMP Response 25 50060560000003C4 5000628000001074 STP PIO Setup 1 5000628000001074 5000C50000103D91 SSP Command 11 5000C50000103D91 5000628000001074 SSP Data 9 5000C50000103091 5000628000001074 SSP Response 11 4067 Figure 3 68 Statistical Reports SAS Address Command Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Error Report To display the Protocol Error Report click the Protocol Error tab see Figure 3 69 on page 169 The Protocol Error Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Q Protocol Error All Custom Code Violation CRC Error Disparity Error Align Notify Error Q Port All H1 11 H2 12 H3 I3 H4 I4 or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Q 96 Percentage of total count D File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help ERES os RO Tene Y Jammer O8 Fe cord gu Hlaillelells a P Py e gt Bj x d mA fd Dl 1 o2 Code Violation Protocol Eno Move Guay General Primitive Bus Condition SSP Transport SMP Transport SCSI Command SMP Command SAS Address Protocol Error Protocol Error 2 3 Code Violation Dp 2 Disparity Error T2 3 Code Violation B 2 6 25 Code Violation T3 2 6 25 Code Violation 14 2 6 2
168. 83 680 s 44 gt 5000628 CEN 0 de Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H Payload Dafa E 43 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H Status DA pe RESCUE 00 00 00 00 00 J0 00 00 00 00 gt A 0155 0x00 Good Preferences ruga ruam oroo ROPROTECT W togeatbnokadass on Commer Color Satins Tesue Teo stts top d gt gt a 0x0 S e 0156 x00 Good 000000000000 Based on Command Layer OT Send Key 9 Based on Specific Command Type Send OPC Information i Set CD Speed Set Read Ahead Set Streaming Start Stop Unit Stop Play Scan cc 25000004000B09Fs03000040 cn00000E09Fs0300004050 Synchronize Cache Test Unit Ready aril I Write 10 FUA NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H Logical Block Address H Command Colors Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H Background IM gt gt 0x0 Simple 0160 0x00 Good 00000000000 Command a FUA NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H Logical Block Address H 2 Inthe Preferences window select the Packet View tab select the Based on Specific Command Type option In the commands list search for any command that you want and change the background and foreground colors Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 129 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Packet View Metrics The Metrics feature provides quick access to additional information about the packet data Click the Metrics icon as shown in F
169. 9 2 2 3 Start ROCA GUNG el A AA AAA A A A AAA A 50 2 2 4 MAUS I lt AIM A AA 51 2 2 90 E3unch AM a E 51 2 2 05 Gross5ync Control Pan dni eater O EVE KV wanes E a 51 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 11 e eeceeeeeeeieeeieenr eene nennen nnn nnn nnns nnn nn 52 PAP DAVE NOK DAA A a n 52 2 2 0 SAVING d Trace Caplio add andar 52 22 9 EXPONO inca 53 Export to TeXU EX Cel oriin a MS N a TE 54 Export to Initiator Emulator SAS or Host Emulator SATA eee eere nere 55 ZZ AO EXPONO WEINE ET TET TTC 56 Export Read Write Command Report 1 11 eeeeieeeieeieenieene nennen nnn hnn nnn ahu sana nna u san mnn 59 2 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 2 2 1 Export Paired SAS Address Report n is tsa cori ap aa ac eR Sur suEEREUES id 59 2 2 12 race Properes OC CO CO tare as Rv tem Eee aim cra DE MM EE ME M nU m LE AE D E EIE 60 2 2 19 EdIt Commoelblt scii od A e 60 2 2 A A A 60 New Default Projects mE 60 Lastra 60 OIC CC II DOS nai 60 Run an Example Analysis PrOJO Clinic d 61 Patterns and Data Capture Seto 63 Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture oocconcccnccocncocococococcnconononnnonnronnrnnnnrnnnrrnnnrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnanrrnnrrnnrrnanenanenos 65 D fiNINO A A sc vomenetiaueneanabunseesshadserauateadeines 66 PTOLOCO EIOS ia 68 POLO CON Rude itecto ERE 68 2 215 9TP Frame Palou date ER 73
170. 9333344 us 34 14 05 STP Frame I gt T 7 03999996 us 17 7 02 0 00015528 242 100 00 STP Frame 7 03999996 us STP Frame T 1 8S 89333344 us 34 14 05 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 SSP Frame T gt I 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame T gt I 4 53333330 us 17 7 02 Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 0 00015528 242 100 00 Figure 3 81 Toggling Type Sort Order Hiding Columns To hide a column right click in the column and choose Hide To unhide a column right click any column and choose Unhide Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 177 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 3 3 14 Histogram View The Histogram View displays a histogram of frame type transfers To display the Histogram View of the current capture click Analysis gt Histogram View or click the LL button on the toolbar x tem rej menm e m ou E Figure 3 82 Histogram View IR 3p ee Hide Frames You can customize the histogram by including only frame types that you want To choose frame types to include in the display click the down arrow on the Frame button on the Histogram toolbar and check frame types STP Frame STP Read Data STP Write Data SSP Frame SSP Read Data SSP Write Data SMP Frame Address Frame iw FIS w Read Data FIS wf Write Data FIS Figure 3 84 SAS Histogram Frames Hide Error Frames Frames with errors are displayed in red To hi
171. A dd IA e 0 38 0037 usn Sa Lf fs x V 1 ast anes t s a _ Field List View XtoY 817 6062094m XtoT S58678lw YtoT 818342897 em E For Helo nress F1 TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Ston Taraet Emulator nacti Simulation Ston daa l iN Figure 3 40 Field List View The Field List View contains information about the selected Packet Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 147 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Spec View Field View 3 3 9 Frame Inspector View Frame Inspector View has lots of information that is available in Packet View but not Spreadsheet View so it is most useful in conjunction with the Spreadsheet View This view has the following three tabs Spec View This view shows the Frame as it would appear in the spec with the field names and values spelled out clearly Fields that are too short to clearly contain the description can be viewed as tooltips by hovering the mouse over them Some fields might have aa lowercase e button at the top right corner Pressing this button displays an expanded view of the sub fields in this field Field View Hex 000000 000001 000002 000003 000004 000005 000006 000007 148 10 00 00 50 00 00 00 41 00 00 DA 00 00 ES 00 00 00 13 00 00 50 01 00 00 31 This view shows when applicable a hierarchical display of the selected Packet with the relevant fields in each level To op
172. AS RRDY primitive and is decremented by sending SAS SOF The wait for command will wait for this counter to have a positive value between 1 and 511 This wait for condition is intended to be used before sending a SAS frame within a connection CIEAR CREDIT AVAIL clears this credit function CreditBlocked Received This function is based on a flip flop which is cleared by sending or receiving an OPEN ACCEPT primitive It is set by receiving a CREDIT BLOCKED primitive It is intended to be used in conjunction with wf credit avail to prevent script hangs in those cases where there is not going to be any more credit granted primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Wait Command Name WF AIP NORMAL WF AIP RESERVED O WF AIP RESERVED 1 WF AIP RESERVED 2 WF AIP RESERVED WAIT ON PART WF AIP WAIT ON CONN WF AIP WAIT ON DEVICE WF AIP WAIT ON PARTIAL WF IDENTIFY FRAME WF OPEN FRAME WF SMP REQUEST WF SMP RESPONSE WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT A WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT B WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT C WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT D WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT E WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT F Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Description primitive primitive
173. AS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars ig File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help Trace Memory Status Trigger Position In Memory x 1 Entire Memory TR 33 Partial Memory 10000 KB Upto 16384 MB Trace File Name c users public documents Mecray sas sata pr E Don t upload trace and open upload manager automatically 7 Auto Run Number of Run 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DWORD 4 Show XXXX ca T Disable descrambling HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 255 diia etii ALIGN Transmission Period 2048 for SSP 256 for STP amp 2049 for SSP 258 for STP speed 111 71 AutoSpeed A 3 T3 Auto Speed Figure 2 71 SAS Setting Project Options SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H4 D4 and does not show 11 T1 to 14 TA SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button SATA dialog shows DevSlp min detection time field to enter the debouncer value Memory Settings The Trace Memory Status section has the following fields Trigger Position Pre Trigger defaults to 5096 which defines the percentage of data to capture before and after the triggering event You can change this percentage by dragging the slider Capture of the specified percentage of the data prior to the triggering event cannot be guaranteed and may be O This can occur if the triggering even
174. ATA Command SCSI Command SMI ur PE 7 Port Duration Count Figure 3 53 General Statistical Report Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Q Type contains All Custom FIS Open Address Frame SSP Frame Identify Address Frame Incomplete Frame and SMP Frame see Figure 3 54 m File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help B 9 Trainer Yme O reos mon EI RS L lestas se 5 mu unet General SSP Transport SMP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMI Port Duration Count All All 2 2 413 466 45 ms 394 5 33 T2 3 552 093 51 ms 301 4 07 T3 3 474 373 34 ms 299 4 04 Open Address Frame i 933 333 37402 ns 7 0 09 SSP Frame T1 1 200 000 05 us 9 0 12 Identify Address Frame 2 179 666 656 49 us 1347 18 22 Incomplete Frame T2 116 959 999 08 us 877 11 86 SMP Frame T3 116 800 003 05 us 876 11 85 Figure 3 54 Statistical Report General gt Type Descriptions a Port All Custom I1 T1 12 T2 13 T3 I4 T4 see Figure 3 55 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help io al lt gt Trainer Y Jammer IS O Pecod B ou x E En amp b qo 4 JL gt 1 of 12 Bus Condition General General SSP Transport SMP Transport SCS Command 199148 8 gt Mv SMP Command Type Port Duration Count All re All All Bus Condition All 20 449 998 86 us 12 0 14 Bus Conditio
175. ATA HOST Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Exit DevSlp SEND TRAIN RX WINDOW SEND TRAIN TX WINDOW Send Phy Capability Send Train TrainDone Delay Power Expansion On n Power Expansion Off n Exit ExitCode set trainer interconnect signal 1 or settrainerinterconnectsignal 1 set trainer interconnect signal 2 or settrainerinterconnectsignal 2 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Makes Device sleep signal low comes out of device sleep mode This command works when Generation mode is GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR or GEN MODE SATA HOST This Command is used in Train Windows This command works exactly same as Send Train TrainDone This Command is used in Train Windows Generator will send PHY Capability Bits this command is used in SNW3 Generator will send Train Train Done Patterns This Command is used in Train Windows Generator will wait until ns before executing next command Switch on power expansion card The Default value is POWER SOURCE 5V POWER SOURCE 12V The power source can be combination of POWER SOURCE 1 2V POWER SOURCE 1 5V POWER SOURCE 3 3V POWER SOURCE 5V POWER SOURCE 12V Switch off power expansion card The Default value is POWER SOURCE 5V POWER SOURCE 12V The power source can be combination of POWER SOURCE 1 2V POWER SOURCE 1 5V POWER SOURCE 3 3V POWER SOURCE 5v POWER
176. ATC Trace see Figure 3 140 on page 228 click the CATC Navigation button You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Trace Viewer Configuration see Trace Viewer Configuration on page 238 Est B amp E we 8 eik POLEN gt O e 55 c rv Trans 2 d A 1 34 801 048 320 min a Start Star CLOSE NORMAL Sequence E 1 34 801 048 613 min 93 ns K285D20D30 0D274 3 d Frame771 771 Start Start CLOSE NORMAL Sequence 1 34 801 048 706 min eT 72 506 us K28 5 D2 0 D30 0 027 4 Frame 772s 3 MEME REC NEC SEC UMS Ce E E 1 34 801 121 SS Hamer3 S NEMECZEEZS AP NORMAL ee 121 533 min 26 ns EE 027 4 027 4 27 4 ONES AP vamo ON DEVICE 1 34 801 121 560 min 266 ns K28 5 D27 4 D300 029 7 E Start Start OPENACCEPT 1 34 801 121 826 min 200 ns K28 5 16 7 D16 7 D16 7 if Trans 3 a 1 34 801 122 026 min Rep is Trans 4 3 Start Start SMP Response Result 1 34 801 160 720 min 186 ns Report general Smp function accepted r a Start Start CLOSE NORMAL Sequence 1 34 801 160 906 min 93 ns K28 5D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 a Start Start CLOSE NORMAL Sequence 1 34 801 161 000 min 85 213 us K28 5 D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 1 34 801 246 213 min 320 ns El Frame 781 3 AIP NORMAL a xi ri El Trans 1 n Start Start r SMP Request Request Length H a 1 34 800 993 280 min 55 040 us t manufacturer information OC
177. Address Frame SCSI Command Pattern Data Pattern Bus Condi Primitive Protocol Errors STP Fram Address Fy Timer 1 Elapsed SMP Fram Timer 2 Elapsed SSP Fram Timer 3 Elapsed Data Patte ProtocolE Anything Advanced switch to Easy mode Ir Multi Sequencer Port i T y 2 Add State Delete State For Help press F1 ITxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 83 SAS Choosing a Trigger Condition 2 Define each selected pattern in the same way as in Easy Mode as described starting on page 66 To use a timer define it first Note You can set a timer for any If or Else If condition 3 Enter a value for the number of occurrences before trigger in the Cont field up to a maximum of 65535 occurrences Choose a capture option Everything Nothing or Pattern 5 f you choose Pattern you can select patterns for inclusion or exclusion Clicking the Pattern option enables a pattern definition dialog see Figure 2 84 on page 114 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 113 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 114 2 2 21 2 2 22 Bus Condition STP Frame db Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame EAS Data Pattem Protocol Errors Figure 2 84 SAS Choosing a Pattern 6 Choose pattern s and click the gt gt button to add them for capture or exclusion You define each patt
178. BEDY Beserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for BPDY NORMAL from Initiator OR REDY RESERVED 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt M 2717 2 Te T i l 1 o For Help press Fi CAP MUM SCRL Figure 4 39 Example 3 Complete Scenario 4 9 4 Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for two events each of which triggers a different action 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As you did in example 2 choose RRDY Normal as the first event to monitor and substitute with the SAS primitive ERROR as action 3 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add the next event keep in mind this is not a combined event RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 Scenario Name BODY Normal amp POLY Reserved Oj Test 1 Description Replace POLY Normal w ERROR If BODY Reserved 0j Inject ED Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for RELY NORMAL from Initiator zClick here to add combined ewvent then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action Click her
179. Begin End Figure 3 116 Bookmark Click Bookmark from the fly out menu to open the Bookmark Dialog see Figure 3 116 on page 204 204 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy DEN x Bookmark Name Bookmark Description v Sort bookmarks by start time StatTime Pot Layer Packet No Bookmark Description Delete GoTo Time Difference 0 Save As J PET Text Excel Save As Close Figure 3 117 Bookmark Dialog Enter a description for the bookmark and click the Add button Repeat for additional bookmarks You can save the bookmark as a text file or Excel CSV file Note Column View has a different bookmark mechanism than other views and you can set a bookmark on each DWORD in the view This makes Column View bookmarks unavailable in other views and vice versa Editing a Bookmark If a packet has a bookmark you can edit the bookmark by right clicking the data viewer area of the packet selecting the Edit Bookmark command from the pop up menu and changing the information in the Bookmark dialog see above Finding a Bookmark To find a bookmark in the data viewer display right click the mouse in the sample viewer and select Bookmark see Figure 3 118 on page 206 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 205 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Bookmark Name ATA Comma
180. COMINIT COMINIT Ttva D1 ai f Figure 3 45 SATA Waveform View Making a Timing Measurement la pe Timing measurements are made with two timing cursors T1 and T2 Click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the top of the waveform display at a point for the T1 cursor and the right mouse button at a point for the T2 cursor The time difference between the cursors is on a line connecting the two cursors see Figure 3 46 on page 150 Y Compact A 24 800 AAA bs COMRESET COMWAKE COMINIT COMINIT COMINIT TTT tj af Figure 3 46 SATA Timing Cursors Enabled Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Expanded Waveform View To see a 10x time scale expansion of the waveform uncheck the Compact View checkbox in the Waveform View window The OOB Sequence has speed negotiation Hardware version 4 or later Nr Compact 8 580 us 2 22 2 222 2a El M hninnnnlhf bee 000mm tj oie Figure 3 47 SATA Expanded Waveform View Performance Reference Definitions Trp No Number of Transports The total number of transports that compose this exchange Resp Time Response Time The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the beginning of the first frame in the command to the end of the last frame in the command Pld Bytes Payload Bytes The number of payload bytes this operation transferred Latency Time The time measu
181. Command Read Write Command Performance Others Check All Reset All Figure 3 76 SATA Statistical Report Column Setting 174 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Link With Sample View When you select a type on any page of the Statistical Report a set of navigation buttons allows you to examine each instance of that type in the Sample Viewer Y gt 3 of 137 Register Host to Device FIS The Jump to Previous button goes to the previous instance of the selected type in the Sample Viewer The Jump to Next button goes to the next instance of the selected type in the JL Sample Viewer The Jump to Specific button goes to the instance specified as N of M items on the Statistical Report toolbar The Move drop down list moves to the X Cursor Y Cursor or None Move 3 3 13 Formatting the Statistical Report View Initially the Statistical Report View contains all of the information in columns but you can customize the display by a Filtering columns by item a Sorting items by column a Hiding any column on the display Filtering Column Content To filter column content click the down arrow in the heading for that column and choose the items to display The default is All By checking a specific item you exclude everything but that item for display Tvpe Open Address Frame SSP Frame Identif Address Frame Figure 3 77 SAS Type Sierra M122 SAS SATA P
182. ConrIguralloh eese ru ae resur orae co au E A Arica 238 Field SC UUNNO Si vis caesar et naw si ne a deci 240 Felid Header Seting Pu P Dr P T NU ERU NETUS 241 Viewer SO CONG minado bateas 241 Data PAY lO AG eec T 241 Time Stamp DEDO A A A EA 241 8 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy start Time and PO sudo d cai edutr eu ara 241 Packet View Condense MOQG oci seas daa 241 Time Stamp FO Matan 241 A teomseacleacvagesssceveactancunwens 242 Bo Le SENOS uc eni EE A MM UE E M tong E eL E DL Dee EU IM ILE E 242 CM Ru OVE Alas e 242 Restore Factory PT6S6ls oo eide eres coS late v Eonsv cep Lords ers cles AM Coe a UP REOS MID EE 243 Ser AS Detalla ee ere ener er ener re err rr erence rere rer rrr 243 3 16 SAS Address Alias SAS Only ccsscsesccsecenecnsecnseenecensonssonseonscsecesscnscnsscnssonsesnsenness 243 SCLAS Detail iaa 244 3 11 TxIRXVout amp PreemphasSiS ira 244 SIA A0Vancea Probe SUING unta ai oa 246 2 17 2 References ProDe SO IO irrita ERR RE Mti 246 3 17 3 Manual Calibration of Tx Path from Jammner 11 leeeeeeeeeeeleeniee nennen nnn nnne n nnn h hann sans 247 Ov rwrite TX Settings A 248 3 1714 PAULO Probe CalDFallOTi ias 249 29 18 MOTEL ING CS paa ais 250 3181 General TaD TEE RUN 250 PAS ea yeu acer tncatast et toa Le PEE UON S ntncccs ta
183. Count 6 OOB Definition Lo j ene Figure 4 21 Scenario Properties OOB Custom Conditions This allows you to set the values for each parameter type COMINT COMSAS and COMWAKE The next step is to define the Scenario Events and Actions 4 7 Scenario Events A scenario is a script you create using simple mouse clicks and text entries As you work the script takes shape in the scenario area of the application display You can think of the scenario area itself as consisting of two subareas A Global Rules area at the top where you create the Global Rules and a Sequence area beneath the Global Rules where you create any sequences Whether you are creating Global Rules or a Sequence the menu driven interface prompts you to specify the event s for which you want to trigger actions see Figure 4 24 on page 308 302 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events Teledyne LeCroy BF Event Properties Tvpe Address Frame gt Analyzer Trigger Any Dword ATA Command ATA Command Frame E ATAPI Both Links Up CRC Error a Dword Matcher d FIS Frame FIS Type Z Frame Type z Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G El OOB C COMINIT Complete COMINIT Detected COMSAS Complete COMSAS Detected COMWAKE Complete OB Signal Er Primitives z Primitive Group SAS Primitive SATA Primitive z Running Disparity Error 545 Data Patter
184. Croy 4 6 Scenario Properties To begin the scenario creation process you click the New Scenario button in a library window the InFusion application toolbar or from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite Main Menu see Figure 4 13 select Jammer to get the InFusion dialog to popup see Figure 4 14 BD Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Sute BETA E lo a xX A gt FT nemen TxVout Disabled Initiator Emu Figure 4 13 SAS SATA Protocol Suite Main Menu From the InFusion Dialog select the Create New Scenario icon see Figure 4 14 Y Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Trafic Modifier File Setup View Configuration Tools Help Das 23 Mos e Qn Main Library D EB eax Be M new Scenario 0 L New Scenario 1 vax i For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 14 InFusion Dialog The following New Scenario dialog pops up See Figure 4 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 297 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Properties y Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 0 File Setup View Configuration Tools Help gt P O Analyzer 4 Trainer BL BH Record M Il New Scenario 0 pr er Status Not sa 2 led a E Dh x ns A Scenario Name New Scenario 0 y Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Scenarios m Smart Hold Yes lt New Scenario 0 OOB Setting Nor
185. Croy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier RP L New Scenario trl N 3 Analyzer Q Traine BD bg 4 Open Scenario gt Main Library J im ee Open Y Launch Analyzer IP Launch Trainer New Batch Script Save Batch Script As New Library Close Library gt Save Library gt Save Copy of Library As YIX CAP NUM SCRL CI u o wk i Open Log File Print Setup i Recent Trace Files gt Recent Project Files gt A LENS Figure 4 8 Generate a New Scenario W Teledyne LeCroy InFusion n Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 0 N Ds AEG Hale P Q Analyzer 4 Trainer B BM Record M Il f 4 New Scenario 0 b x Main Library Scenario Name New Scenario 0 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Smart Hold Yes 008 Setting Normal Spec Value Global Rules lt Click here to add an event gt lt Click here to add a sequence gt For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 9 Structure of New Scenario O Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 291 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios InFusion Scenario Parameters Timers Timers allowed per state sequence scenario Two timers per state and six timers per scenario are allowed Events Events allowed to be used per state sequence scenario For combined events there is virtually no limit per stat
186. DENTIFY Mask OxF From Target Y Figure 4 52 Example 7 Adding a Second Sequence 18 Create two states in the second sequence with the characteristics shown in the following table TABLE 4 9 Example 7 States for Second Sequence State Event Action 0 Address Frame from Target Branch to State 1 1 Address Frame from Initiator Beep for 2 seconds 334 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 19 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Mew Scenario O scenario is valid Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits add combined event From Initiator Click here to then Branch to State l Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits From Target Click here to add combined event then Beep il sj Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Click here to add another state Sequence 1 E State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits From Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to State l Click here to add another action zxDClick here to add another event gt State 1 Wait for Address Frame x IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameT
187. Device 26 Add Pattern button 113 Add to Trigger 123 address 455 address frame 71 Address Frame Type Pattern dialog 91 Address FramesDecl inc 372 AdvanceConnect 386 Advanced Mode 35 110 Advanced Probe Setting 246 alias name 271 ALIGN Transmission Period 105 Analysis Project dialog 51 analyzer connecting 21 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index analyzer overview 17 Anchor the Selection bar 257 Any Trigger mode 79 application overview 35 As previously saved 253 Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project 251 assigning actions 433 ATA Command Pattern dialog 98 ATA command pattern dialog 96 ATA Command Report 162 ATAPI Report 164 ATAPI spec assignment 251 Auto Probe Calibration dialog 249 Auto Run 20 103 AutoAlign 369 autospeed 6G 107 Available Events Area 428 B Based on Cell Type 256 Based on Port No 256 Based on Read Write Command Type 256 258 Based on Specific Command Type 256 258 batch command editing 349 batch script 347 Batch Script Setting 286 Beep statement 354 BIST FIS 76 bookmarks 204 finding 205 Break Link Recovery 284 Browse Default Path 251 buffer full 235 Bus Condition report 159 Bus Utilization buttons 186 Bus Utilization View 180 457 Teledyne LeCroy Index buttons configuration 238 bus utilization 186 Configuration menu InFusion 286 es 362 Configure Device 286 T HE Connect Link 359 B a Coun Connect Link butt
188. Display USB port for host connectivity Gigabit Ethernet port for network connectivity Power In on back O LDLLIDLDULDLDUDL Sierra M122 r 47 TELEDYNE LECROY Initiator Hi Target Sierra M122 KON 9 Trigger 5 Available Are N A El a E lt as Figure 1 2 Front Panel 1 6 LEDs Each link is supported by LEDs with the following functionality GreenThis LED is illuminated during the OOB Out of Bound sequence before the link is established and after link is established it indicates traffic on the bus Orange This LED is illuminated as follows Speed Initiator Target 1 5G On On Green 3 0G On On Green 6 0G On On Yellow 12 0G On On Blue Yellow This LED is illuminated when a link is established Red This LED illuminates when an error occurs Blue This LED is illuminated when a trigger occurs Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 19 Teledyne LeCroy Installing Your Analyzer 1 6 1 1 6 2 1 7 1 8 1 8 1 20 OO Trigger OO OO Error OO yr OO Link OO Ta Y OO Speed OO OO Frame OOB 00 11 T1 12 T2 E Figure 1 3 LEDs Status and Configuration Display The Analyzer front LCD display indicates the configuration and status of operations For example during initialization the LCD panel displays boot status messages Temperature and Humidity The hardware should operate flawlessly in the following temperature ranges Q Operating O C to 50 C 32 F
189. ERVED 3 BROADCAST RESERVED 4 BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 0 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 405 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 406 O DOCO0ODODDDDO Doo Do ooo oo oo Doo oo ooo ooo wo O O BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 1 CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION CLOSE NORMAL CLOSE RESERVED 0 CLOSE RESERVED 1 ERROR HARD_RESET OPEN_ACCEPT OPEN_REJECT BAD DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT NO DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 1 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 0 OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 0 OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP 0 OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 OPEN REJECT RETRY OPEN REJECT STP RESOURCES BUSY OPEN REJECT WRONG DESTINATION DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT DONE NORMAL DONE RESERVED 0 DONE RESERVED 1 DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 0 DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 SAS Specific Script Defined Constants The following is a list of SAS specific constants declared in AddressFramesDecl inc as Symbol Chains If you want to use these commands in your script you must also include AddressFramesDecl inc in your script O LDLLLDLDLDLULDZLU SAS AF DT NO DEVICE ATTACHED SAS AF D
190. Fields The Capture tab has the following fields Exclude SATA CONT SAS or Exclude CONT SATA Check this to exclude SATA CONT primitives from the data capture Exclude SATA SYNC SAS or Exclude SYNC SATA Check this to exclude SATA SYNC primitives from the data capture Exclude OOB Signals Check this to exclude OOB signals from the data capture Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 47 Teledyne LeCroy Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups Exclude XXXX Check this to exclude XXXX patterns from the data capture Note The validity of time stamps during Idles is traded off against good buffer memory utilization when using Exclude XXXX Exclude Dev Slp Packets SATA Check this to exclude Dev Slp Packets from the data capture Exclude Payload except Check this to exclude Payload of Data Frames from the data capture You can except a number of DWORD s Note The Data Report refer to Data Report on page 186 does not reflect excluded Payload of Data Frames Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Exclude ALIGN Check this to exclude ALIGN primitives from the data capture Exclude RRDY SAS only Check this to exclude RRDY primitives from the data capture Exclude NOTIFY SAS only Check this to excl
191. Figure 2 6 on page 52 Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu File Setup Session Analysis Navigation Mew kld Launch Jammer Ta Launch Trainer Launch CrassSync Control Panel Figure 2 6 Launching CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite Application Please refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual for more information Save Workspace Viewing parameters can be saved in a workspace as a wss file After you open a trace and select views you can save the viewing parameters in a workspace file Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file To set default workspace viewing parameters select Setup gt Preferences In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of a saved workspace wss file The workspace can be switched after opening a trace file Select File gt Open to open another workspace and select a wss file Saving a Trace Capture You can save a Trace Capture by selecting Save from the File menu or select Save As to Save as the trace capture for review at a later time using the following dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Save in E User QU e g Fe Sample scs My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents PE hy Computer o L My Network File name NewS ample Places Save as type Sample File sc3 Cancel Range
192. Gbps Both lines operating at 12 Gbps Occurrence of OOB signal Occurrence of Primitive Group SAS Primitive or SATA Primitive Includes NOT property see Figure 4 23 on page 307 Occurrence of Running Disparity RD error Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SAS frame Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SATA frame Occurrence of a particular SCSI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events Teledyne LeCroy 4 7 1 4 7 2 4 7 3 Event Description SMP Frame Occurrence of a particular SMP frame SNW Occurrence of Final SNW SNW1 SNW2 SNW3 Train SNW SSP Frame Occurrenceofa particular SSP frame Timer Occurrence of a particular elapsed time time period Training Sequence Occurrence after Training Sequence Trigger Input Occurrence of input trigger The following sections provide some additional details about three of the above events DWORD Matcher DWORD Matcher is a DWORD pattern matcher that presents match and mask fields and a K Code Mask field K Codes are control characters that are always used in the first byte of a four byte primitive Of the K Code masks listed in the menu D D D D is used for data bytes and K D D D is used for all primitives When you create a DWORD match keep the following in mind Q The pattern can be inside or outside of frames it does not matter if the pattern
193. MH MH WM H4 VDI D2 WM D3 M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 65 SATA ATA Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Command list box choose an ATA command and click OK Soft Reset SATA only Double click Soft Reset to open the Soft Reset dialog Pot E C Vii die wins Ha a VDI Mo MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link o Figure 2 66 SATA Soft Reset Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS 98 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Sequential Trigger Mode In the Sequential Trigger mode triggering occurs whenever the system detects a specific sequence of patterns The order in which you define triggering patterns establishes the sequence You must trigger mode define at least two patterns to enable the selection of the sequential Note Primitives and Symbols or Frames occurring very close together on different ports cause an error in triggering To define a triggering sequence select more than one pattern then check the Define Sequential Trigger Mode check box TIA Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite be Capture Too Satinas Noes Dont care Snapshot Manual Trig O Pattem Infusion Tre Parameters Pattem Timer Timeou
194. Memory Size 16GB Mo Enable operation with T6 GByte of internal memory Enable operation with 32GByte of internal memory System Memory Size G GB No Enable operation with 64GByte of internal memory Support for 1 5GBps data rate E Protocol Support SAS Support for SAS protocol Protocol Support STP Support for Pre emphasis for SAS and SATA protocols Yes Tool Pattern Generator nable Pattern Generator API Support Analyzer Multi Level Filtering Analysis ports 1 Enable one analysis port for blade Enable two analysis ports for blade I Enable four analysis ports for blade Enable Analyzer software API Enable Multi Level Filtering Figure 3 192 Licensing Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 267 Teledyne LeCroy Help Menu 3 23 6 Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the Teledyne LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite Scftware Update X PE There are no new updates available Far 545 Protocol Suite Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at hEbp iww lecrav caomjEmiLibrarvy SaFEware PSaG Sierra SaS as Clase Figure 3 193 Check for Updates 268 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find DUT Teledyne LeCroy 3 23 7 About Displays version information
195. Mode sBB 1 Cylinder H Set NV Cache Power Mode OxBb Any Command DEV Heal Sector Murn exp Features Cylinder Low exp Cylinder High e p Sox Features exp n i i Mia n I T2 MT MT Check AI Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 50 SAS ATA Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options 86 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy LM i x r Format Command Any Command e Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Gbsolete Parameter Value Command X Any Command PM Port x MH MH MH MH MDI D2 MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 51 SATA ATA Command Dialog Click the down arrow next to the Command dropdown list scroll the list to choose a command to trigger on and click OK A powerful triggering choice is Any Command which causes the analyzer to trigger on any ATA command Note The command code and feature set are not the only parameters that describe an ATA command For parameters such as LBA and sector count you must use the ATA Command Pattern dialog Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Data Pattern dialog Sierra M122 SA
196. NO DES TINATION PATHWAY BLOCKED PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED RESERVED ABAN DON O RESERVED ABANDON 1 RESERVED ABANDON 2 RESERVED ABANDON 3 RESERVED CONTINUE O RESERVED CONTINUE 1 RESERVED INITIALIZE O RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 RESERVED STOP O RESERVED STOP 1 RETRY STP Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 407 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language RESOURCES BUSY or WRONG DESTINATION a BROADCAST CHANGE RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 RESERVED 2 RESERVED 3 RESERVED 4 RESERVED CHANGE 0 or RESERVED CHANGE 1 A DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT CREDIT TIMEOUT NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 RESERVED TIMEOUT O or RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 A SATA FLOW CTRL PRIMITIVE A SATA IDLE PRIMITIVE a SAS PS PRIMITIVE PS_REQ PARTIAL PS_REQ SLUMBER PS ACK or PS NAK 408 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Wait Commands Syntax WALT FOR X commencl lt commendz gt e lt groupl gt SgroupZ2 sss J Wait Command Name WF_ TIMEOUT Description Timeout Credit Available WF SOF WF EOF WF SOAF WF EOAF WF ACK WF NAK CRC ERROR WF NAK RESERVED O WF NAK RESERVED 1 WF NAK RESERVED 2 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual When WF TIMEOUT is requested in WAIT FOR command the wait session will be released after timeout has elapsed The Timeout value can be set two different ways 1 Through the global WaitTimeout setting that c
197. NW TELEDYNE LECROY Everywhereyoulook gt Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual For software version 5 92 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Trademarks and Servicemarks Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group CATC SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASTracer SATracer SAS Trainer SATrainer SASTracker and Avalanche are trademarks of Teledyne LeCroy Microsoft Windows Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Inc Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL INFORMATION EXAMPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE REPRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS ARE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN INFORMATION THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT TELEDYNE LECROY FOR A COPY 2013 Teledyne LeCroy Inc All rights reserved This document may be printed and reproduced without additional permission but all copies should contain this copyrig
198. New Default Project To start a New project select File New on the main menu bar and choose Protocol Analyzer to open a new project with default settings that you can modify see Main Window on page 45 Last Project Clicking the Green button opens the last project run so you can modify it Project File Types Projects have the following file types asl Decoding script file in the Examples folder User Define Decoding Script subfolder cfg Display Configuration file in the System folder Config subfolder dat DataBlock file in the System folder DataBlock subfolder sac SAS Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders saf Device Identifier file SCS SAS Sample file in the SAS Examples folder Sample subfolder Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy sfl Spg wst Filter configuration file Single role Pattern Generator file in the Examples folder SAS PatternGenerator Single role spg files subfolder and SATA PatternGenerator Single Role subfolder Single role means the file is for a Device or Host SAS Search configuration File SATA Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders SATA Sample file in the SATA Examples fol
199. O WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE OPEN REJECT FOR OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE AIP FOR OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE SMP RESP FOR REQ Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Description Sets global WaitTimeout value in microseconds When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR CLOSE command immediately after each CLOSE primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR ACK command immediately after each EOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR ACK or NAK command immediately after each EOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR OPEN ACCEPT command immediately after each Open Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR OPEN REJECT command immediately after each Open Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR Identify Frame command immediately after each Identify Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SMP Response Frame command immediately after each SMP Request Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR CLOSE command right before each CLOSE primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR CREDIT command right before each SOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR Identify Frame command right before each Identify Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR Open Frame command right before each OPEN ACCEPT primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR Open Frame co
200. OB Definition Normal Spec Value Normal Spec Value Violated Custom User Defined OOB Definition Figure 4 19 Scenario Properties OOB Definition Violated You can set the COMINT COMSAS or COMWAKE parameters that would cause an OOB condition by selecting Violated and selecting Yes or No See Figure 4 20 W scenario Properties mm gt Properties Type Scenario Name New Scenario 0 Description Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yes E Set OOB OOB Definition E COMINIT Burst Idle Negation Count Value COMSAS Burst Idle Negation Count Value COMWAKE Burst Idle Negation Count Value OOB Definition Yes No No No Figure 4 20 Scenario Properties OOB Violated Conditions Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 301 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events Custom User Defined Or you can generate your own set of Conditions for an Out of Bounds conditions Custom User Defined See Figure 4 21 WV Scenario Properties im OWN CH me X Properties Type Scenario Name New Scenario 0 Description Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yes c Set OOB CE Custom UserDefined m COMINIT Burst Time OOBI 160 Idle Time OOBI 490 Negation Time OOBI 800 Count 6 COMSAS Burst Time OOBI 160 Idle Time OOBI 1440 Negation Time OOBI 2400 Count 6 COMWAKE Burst Time OOBI 160 Idle Time OOBI 160 I Negation Time OOBI 280
201. OMINIT DETECTED WF COMRESET COMINIT WF OOB COMSAS DETECTED WF COMSAS WF OOB COMWAKE DETECTED WF COMWAKE WF OOBUNKNOWN WF BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED O WF BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 1 WF BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 2 WF BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 3 WF BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 4 WF SATA CONT WF SATA DMAT WF SATA EOF WF SATA ERROR WF SATA HOLD WF SATA HOLDA WF SATA PMACK WF SATA PMNAK WF SATA PMREQ P WF SATA PMREQ S WF SATA R ERR WF SATA R IP WF SATA R OK WF SATA R RDY WF SATA SOF WF SATA SYNC WF SATA WTRM WF SATA X RDY WF OPEN ACCEPT WF OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT CONN RATE NOT SUPPO RTED WF OPEN REJECT NO DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED Description Events used to signal from one port to another Events used to signal from one port to another Events used to signal from one port to another Events used to signal from one port to another COMINIT COMRESET OOB detected COMINIT COMRESET OOB completed COMSAS OOB detected COMSAS OOB completed COMWAKE OOB detected COMWAKE OOB completed UNKNOWN OOB reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language
202. Outlining command 375 Enable Tooltip box 241 Entire Memory 103 Error Injection 284 error log 376 error message Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual startup 21 errors 349 Ethernet connecting with 34 Ethernet port 19 Event 293 event counter 311 scenario 302 Event buttons creating 431 dragging 432 Event pop up menu 434 Event Properties dialog 434 events 435 actions 433 435 buttons 431 copying 434 deleting 434 moving 434 Events Group box 438 example files 61 exclude from capture Align 48 Idles 48 Notify 48 OOB Signals 47 patterns 65 Payload of Data Frame 48 RRDY 48 SATA CONT 47 SATA SYNC 47 XXXX 48 Exclusion search 439 Expand All 234 Expand Log button 199 expandability 22 Expanded Waveform View 151 Expansion module 19 Export 358 Export Paired SAS Address Report 59 Export Read Write Command Report 59 Export to Excel button 173 Export to Initiator Emulator 54 55 External Trig In Setting 107 261 External Trig Out Setting 107 261 External Trig Setting 286 External Trig Setting dialog 260 external trigger 19 107 External Trigger dialog 82 83 Extract Sample File dialog 55 F fax number 455 459 Teledyne LeCroy Index features 19 field show hide 231 Field Settings 240 Field View 148 file library 295 File Manager 295 File Menu 358 File menu InFusion 286 file type definition 60 files utg 43 357 tabs 375 filter 207 by tag number 214 check conditi
203. Port If Show Hide Single Port is selected you can click on one port button at a time to show hide the capture for that port Show Hide Single Port is time consuming as it shows or hides one port at a time Show Hide Multiple Ports If Show Hide Multiple Ports is selected you can click on multiple ports to show or hide them This mode is much faster Click on multiple ports to show or hide them nine 72 ua r4 9 Single Port Multiple o A Figure 3 145 SAS Show Hide Ports Toolbar Ch H2 p2 Ha pa n4 Da 9 Single Port Multi Pot 2ee Figure 3 146 SATA Show Hide Ports Toolbar 230 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy You can also show or hide a port by right clicking a Port ID in Text View or Column View and choosing Show or Hide see Figure 3 143 Show Hide Field You can simplify the Viewer display by hiding some fields You can hide the Duration Relative Time External Signals and Packet number fields by right clicking the corresponding field title and choosing Hide Field Bookmark Show Field k Hide Field Copy Frame Expand All soto Response Set Time Stamp Origin k Color Goto k Figure 3 147 Hide Field To restore a field to the display right click a Port ID field and choose the hidden field to restore Bookmark Hide Field C rp Frame Expand ll Goto Response SEF Time Stamp origin le K
204. Port 04 v v v Figure 4 7 Ports Configuration Dialog with InFusion Analyzer Port Match Note You can select only one Jammer port at a time with this configuration To record traffic from two ports after the InFusion modifies jams them select a combination of ports that have Jammer Analyzer specified under them The different configurations accommodate different possible user setups and requirements Note To display the current Port Configuration click Show Analyzer to go to the analyzer application then click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 235 4 4 InFusion Scenarios You can create and execute InFusion scenarios A scenario is a test script that defines how InFusion monitors and modifies line traffic 4 4 1 Scenarios Overview The InFusion application provides a menu driven interface for building scenarios The interface prompts you for simple decisions and choices from drop down menus As you make your selections the script takes shape automatically in the scenario window The Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy script is in the form of simple English sentences You need not understand any formal scripting language see Figure 4 8 on page 291 and Figure 4 9 on page 291 To start Select File gt New Scenario as shown below VJ Teledyne Le
205. Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X You can use the Power Expansion Card to power the drives to test for Emulation SATA Compliance and SAS Verification The Power Expansion Card can supply 5 V or 12 V 28 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy Holes in the Expansion Card Figure 1 15 Power Expansion Card Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X This card has several capabilities see Figure 1 16 on page 29 Q Supplies power to devices at 12v 5v 3 3v 1 5v and or 1 2v a Allows monitoring in the trace of the DevSlp signal as generated by the Trainer or Host Emulator as well as when generated directly from a Host using a dedicated DevSlp cable See DevSlp on page 402 and Exit DevSlp on page 403 Also see Device Sleep DevSlp on page 131 a Allows CATC Sync functionality to enable cascading so there is no need to toggle between the Power Expansion Card and the Sync Expansion Card QO Allows power measurement to monitor and record the power current and volt age being used by the device it powers will be supported in a future software release Figure 1 16 Power Expansion Card 2 It is shipped with the following three cables Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 29 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability Q Standard 4 pin power connector ground 5v 12v only This is a direct
206. Primitives Running Disparity Error SAS Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern SCSI Description Occurrence of a specified address frame Trigger on Analyzer when its event matches You can see the trigger on the Status Bar but the Port Status dialog does not display any mark in the Trigger column Note This is different than the external trigger mechanism You do not need an external trigger cable Note The Trigger on Analyzer feature functions when the trigger pattern is set to Pattern Infusion and running a scenario which will trigger analyzer after a 5s timer A message Triggered Post Trig Capturing displays on the Software Status bar Note When the analyzer triggers it triggers on a packet before the actual trigger event occurs The trace triggers more than 1us before the event actually occurs The trigger is on the Initiator side instead of the Target side as set in the scenario Occurrence of any DWORD Occurrence of a particular ATA command Occurrence of a particular ATA command frame Occurrence of a particular ATAPI command from the list MMCA RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of both line ports active not idling Occurrence of a CRC error Occurrence of a particular DWORD Occurrence of a particular FIS frame Occurrence of a particular SATA FIS type Occurrence of a particular frame type Occurrence of an invalid 10b code Both lines operating at 3 Gbps Both lines operating at 6
207. RVED O0 WF BROADCAST RESERVED 1 WF BROADCAST RESERVED 2 WF BROADCAST RESERVED 3 WF BROADCAST RESERVED 4 WF BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE O WF BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 1 WF SAS PS REQ WF PS REQ PARTIAL WF PS REQ SLUMBER WF SAS PS STATUS WF PS ACK WF PS ACK Predefined Constants Predefined Constant GEN MODE ERROR GEN MODE SATA HOST GEN MODE SATA DEVICE GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR GEN MODE SAS TARGET GEN LINK SPEED 1 5G GEN LINK SPEED 3G GEN LINK SPEED 6G SCRAMBLING MODE NONE SCRAMBLING MODE SAS SCRAMBLING MODE SATA Generation Settings Default Setting Value Global Settings GenerationMode gt gt gt gt gt Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Internal Value O 1 2 3 4 00 01 10 Description Generation Mode must be defined or no generation will take place Possible Values GEN MODE SATA HOST GEN MODE SATA DEVICE GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR GEN MODE SAS TARGET Default Value GEN MODE ERROR undefined mode 417 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Setting MultispeedMode Output Disable SupportSNW1 SupportSNW2 PauseTrnScrmblr ReconnectOnRun AdvanceConnect OutputOffAfterDC 418 Default Value 0 On Off Description When set the change of speed within Generation block is allowed with following syntax set Speed LINK SPEED 1 5G LINK SPEED 3G LINK SPEED 6G This very poorly named register bit forces the Trainer to output data It i
208. Reject Number AIP Waiting on Con Number Break Number SCSI Command All Custom or Number ATA Command Number SMP Command All Custom or Number Outstanding Command Number Transfer Bytes All Custom or Number Link Utilization Number Link Utilization 96 Percentage of total count O DOUOUCODODDODO DO oO File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help gt bel Q Tene Y Jammer qui e H i If AS aS so P PY we RIS O Od wich PIS s E3 E on f uy bk 20 ig amp uwenetoo Move Cursor y General Primitive f Bus Condition SSP Transport JE SMP Transport SCSI Command SMP Command s SAS Address i Protocol Error Performance Lanes Pending 10 Ir Others Port Open Accept Open Reject AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command ATA Command SMP Command Outstanding Cmd Transfer Bytes Link Utilization Link Utilization All NUN ee A All All All a 0 i 0 0 l1 We 0 0 0 73 538 300 m 1245 n 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 73 679764 ms 12 48 12 18 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 73 706 352 ms 12 48 T2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8480 73813492 ms 12 50 B 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 73910141 ms 12 51 T3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 74042824 ms 12 54 4 0 0 0 0 8 0 9 0 0 73 889 481 ms 12 51 T4 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 74 013557 ms 12 53 44 0 0 0 14 0 12 0 8480 590 593 933 ms 100 00 Figure 3 71 Statistical Reports Lanes Report Pending I O Report To display the Pending IO Report click the Pending IO tab see Figure
209. S SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 87 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Data Pattern En Format ig SSP Hashed Source 545 Address et ee ed 0i Binary STP Hashed Destination 545 Address eee ee neers Cancel NOT Data Data Offset 0 D words 0 255 OOo Dwd EE Dwi E Dw sated Dw2 ict Dw seb Did steht Dw bd Daw PORA Dwg POE Dwg eerren Dw11 sated Dwi ict Dw 3 ict Dw12 ict Dw 5 sted D4 mi wi vi vil jr wjr2 wjr3 feta Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences en each link 1 Figure 2 52 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for triggering and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to trigger on OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this DWORD pattern as 03 02 01 00 88 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Training Sequence Double click Training Sequence in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Training Sequence dialog Training Sequence MEAE Z7 E cC AAA Reserved Min Wie MJB 7 14 ri ra MIr M T4 Expected number of occurren
210. S SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help gt bel lt gt Trainer Y Jammer QU Record y 3 W th Settings Notes iJ Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASProtocolAnalyzer Project Tree Dont care Snapshot Manual Trig o Pattem Infusion Tre Parameters Pattem Timer Timeout Extemal Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command Figure 2 39 Default Trigger Selected Manual Trigger Mode al e SASProtocolAnalyzerl E Capture 0 9 Include XxX oo Include SYNC Include CONT Q Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame B W Trigger Non Sequential amp B Primitive AIP NORMAL d Settings m Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed I1 T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 T Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 80 Connection Details All Ports To perform a manual trigger check the Manual Trig radio button In the Manual Trigger mode the analyzer captures bus traffic continually from when you use the Manual Trigger until you click the Stop Recording button on the analyzer toolbar which triggers the analyzer Clicking the Manual
211. SAS Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern amp SCSI SMP Frame H SNW SSP Frame Timer Training Sequence Trigger Input Properties Type Description Count Randomly Counter Value Direction Primitive Not Event No 1 From Initiator No 4 8 Figure 4 23 Event Properties Not Use the Not property to look for a de asserted Primitive Scenario Actions After you enter the set of events for a test state the menu driven interface prompts you for the corresponding action or set of actions If you define multiple actions the actions occur simultaneously Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 307 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions di Action Properties z Capture Data Dword E Inject CRE Error z Invalid 10bit code Error T Running Disparity Error B Insert Address Frame z FIS Frame SAS Primitive SATA Primitive e SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD l Link 2 Disconnect Reconnect Monitor Count Remove Frame Partially Primitive Whale Frame El 5NW Speed Negotiation Retime Speed Negotiation violation ju Stop Scenario Substitute Data Dword with SAS primitive ee ith SATA primitive iei Trigger Output Properties Type Description Random Every Nth occurence Monitor Count Figure 4 24 Action Properties Dialog nf xj Action Mo 1 Not monitored x Cima The following table
212. SAS SATA Protocol Performance Analysis Error Reports Protocol Error Code Violation 11 2 16 67 CodeViolation T1 2 16 67 Code Violation 12 2 16 67 Code Violation T2 2 16 67 Disparity Error 11 d 8 33 Disparity Error T1 2 16 67 Disparity Error T2 1 8 33 Total 12 100 00 Figure 3 105 Trace Expert Error Reports You can use the scroll bar to see more data 194 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trace Expert Teledyne LeCroy 3 4 3 Trace Analysis Statistics To view the Trace Analysis Statistics click on the that button See Figure 3 106 p i ES 5 Teledyne LeCroy Tra x VW 99 a D file C Users James Allen Desktop SAS_Protocol_Suite_5 92_81061 ALPHA SAS_Protocol_Suite_5 92_B1061 ALPHA _Deliverables SASSATASuite PublicDocs User SAS 2012G hi f ii Apps El iGoogle 3 Lenovo Recom Fin Sites 7 Teledyne LeCro FIT BugTrack Tutorial Video L Yahoo Finance Yahoo News L PSG Intranet 5 Google News ANA TELEDYNE LECROY m gu Everywhereyoulook ioe E SAS SATA Protocol Suite Version 5 92 Scroll Bar Trace Expert Analysis Report for the SAS 12G scs trace This report contains a comprehensive analysis of performance errors and event statistics of the trace It is a stand alone HTML file that you may save print and share with no dependency on SAS SATA Protocol Performance Analysis i Error Repor
213. SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 189 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 190 3 3 17 Compare Two Data Payloads To compare two data payloads select two different payload packets one as reference Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu then select Set As Reference Data Payload Bookmark Show Field F Hide Field Format k Byte Order Expand All Open as data view a Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu and choose Set as Second Data Payload To compare data payloads click the BB Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button on the toolbar l File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help FHS CUM ene Ban So Sa Pi Ply xr g OO RBA Sd B B D m wm unk Tve evo t TH Ebp H 2 LT aT Pa FUA H DPO H Logical Block Address H Transfer Length H Control H gt gt Payload Data 4096 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H 52 43 52 44 28 00 09 00 ED 21 8000 Metrics Hex O ASCII Layer Transport Layer Transport 006c 00000000 01000000 18000000 ooec 00000000 ObpoooCcoo 28000000 X to Y O ns X to T 0 ns Y to T 0 ns For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figur
214. SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 355 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 356 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation The Sierra Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device Traffic generation enables engineers to test designs under realistic conditions and to transmit known errors allowing engineers to observe how devices handle faulty link conditions Traffic generation is performed via the execution of text based scripts These traffic generation files ssg contain statements about the types of traffic to be generated These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application 4p Trainer To open the Traffic Generation window click the Launch Trainer Icon n the SAS SATA Protocol Suite window im BH E HESS OO A M OM UG Te T2 ET TERA me Quos eoo AA MAA A rela eee L 1 1T INNEN Figure 5 1 SAS Sierra Trainer Window SATA Replaces the SAS icon with the SATA icon for Show Analyzer Frame Note Trainer has Power On and Power Off commands to control External Power Expansion Card Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 357 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Menus 358 5 1 9 1 1 Sierra Trainer Menus The Sierra Trainer menus are File Menu New GenFile Starts a new Generation File
215. SCSI Cmd 264 r M Synchronize with Trace View a J Fit to Graph Area Hide Figure 3 93 Right Click on Graph Heading Dialog Selecting Go to SCSI Cmd 264 and Synchronize with Trace View will bring up both the Packet View and the associated Waveforms See Figure 3 94 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Gk E Q Trainer Y lamme Weg ccor MN 18 sS aS se PE a P SS gt al fo Es E3 E3 E IL f lin EX M ug ia z P Lok Trp App w CO D 3 108 8B SC PY xj 1 QQAQt Pending SCSI IO eo F 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 fme ms la Ait m a a PA A SCSI IO Throughput eo X 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 Time ns SCSI IO Latency Time QS 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 fme m3 SCSI IO Response Time ee 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 Time m3 E 5 v9 E E 3 8 7 OTC OCC Y Q 1 876 955120 ms 0x28 Read 10 SCSI Cmd pr Source Address H Destination Add
216. SOURCE 12V Call this command in any branch of the Trainer program to stop execution After exit the Port Status dialog displays the exit code Note The Trainer GUI has LED indicators Green is for pass Red is for fail No color is for unknown or for user to review Set these signals to allow other ports to wait on them using WF TRAINER INTERCONNECT SIGNAL 1 Set these signals to allow other ports to wait on them using WF TRAINER INTERCONNECT SIGNAL 2 403 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language set trainer interconnect signal 3 or settrainerinterconnectsignal 3 set trainer interconnect signal 4 or settrainerinterconnectsignal 4 TX PHY CAPABILITY RECEIVED_PHY_CAPABILITYBITS SATA Commands Look at STP sample file for syntax Q SEND SATA FRAME SendSATAFrame SATAData SATA Data SATACRC SATA CRC SATAXXXX Q SATA XXXX OOCOOO O Primitive Commands Set these signals to allow other ports to wait on them using WF_TRAINER_INTERCONNECT_SIGNAL_3 Set these signals to allow other ports to wait on them using WF TRAINER INTERCONNECT SIGNAL 4 This command holds the 32 bit phy capability value from the trainer side The command can be assign to a 32 bit variable and use it Generator will copy the current phy capability value to the variable it is assigned to Example 9 Trainer Phycapability TX PHY CAPABILITY This command holds the 32 bit phy capability value from the receiver
217. Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 11 18 Events and Event Properties Generation rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs The supported events are a Primitives Primitive Categories or Primitive Q Frames Open Address Frames Identify Address Frames Zone Broadcast Address Frames SSP Frames or SMP Frames a SCSI Commands SCSI Status O SATA FIS Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST Activate PIO Setup Data Route or Vend FIS a SSP Frame Header DATA XFER_RDY COMMAND RESPONSE TASK VENDOR or RESERVED a SSP Information Unit Command IU Task IU XFER_RDY IU or Response IU Q SMP Request Response RPT GENERAL RPT MFG INFO DISCOVER RPT PHY ERR LOG RPT PHY SATA RPT RT INFO CONFIG RT INFO PHY CON TROL PHY TEST FUNCTION CONFIG PHY ZONE CONFIG ZONE PERM RPT ZONE PERM or RPT ZONE RT TBL ATA Commands ATAPI Commands SATA Data Pattern SAS Data Pattern Transmitter Trainer IU Pattern O OOOO O Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event you can set Data Pattern event properties in the Event Properties dialog Event Properties he E x Data Pattern Actions al Valid For Triggering Sequencing dwards 0 15 valid for Filtering Offset Data p Sequential Dil EXXXXXEEXEXXXXEEXEXEX
218. T END DEVICE SAS AF DT EDGE EXPANDER DEVICE SAS AF DT FANOUT EXPANDER DEVICE SAS AF FT IDENTIFY SAS AF FT OPEN SAS AF PROTOCOL SMP SAS AF PROTOCOL SSP SAS AF PROTOCOL STP Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy LDLLDLLDLDDDDDDUDUDODDUDUDUDULDLUDLDLUDUD cccOOuL O SAS AF PROTOCOL UNKNOWN SAS AF RATE 1 5 GBPS SAS AF RATE 3 GBPS SAS AF RATE 6 GBPS SAS AF RATE 12 GBPS SMP FRAME TYPE REQUEST SMP FRAME TYPE RESPONSE SMP REPORT GENERAL SMP REPORT MANUFACTURER INFO SMP DISCOVER SMP REPORT PHY ERROR LOG SMP REPORT PHY SATA SMP REPORT ROUTE INFO SMP CONFIGURE ROUTE INFO SMP PHY CONTROL SSP FRAME TYPE DATA SSP FRAME TYPE XFER RDY SSP FRAME TYPE COMMAND SSP FRAME TYPE RESPONSE SSP FRAME TYPE TASK SSP FRAME TYPE VENDOR MUX LOGICAL 0 MUX LOGICAL 1 BREAK_REPLY TRAIN TRAIN DONE PS ACK PS NAK PS REQ PARTIAL PS REQ SLUMBER Primitive Category O OCOOO O DOOCD ALIGN O 1 2 or 3 NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP RESERVED O RESERVED 1 or RESERVED 2 ACK NAK CRC ERROR RESERVED O RESERVED 1 or RESERVED 2 RRDY NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 AIP NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 RESERVED 2 RESERVED 3 WAITING ON CONNECTION WAITING ON DEVICE or WAITING ON PARTIAL BREAK CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 CREDIT BLOCKED OPEN ACCEPT OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED
219. T3 61 639 999 39 us 55 5 53 Data 0 T3 2 346 666 57 us 1 0 10 Data 0 2 764 986 694 34 us 95 9 55 Data 0 T2 1 490 373 25 ms 103 10 35 Data 0 T3 1 406 35991 ms 102 10 25 4 454 386 71 ms 995 100 00 Figure 3 60 Statistical Reports FIS Type ATA Command Report To display the ATA Command Report click the ATA Command tab see Figure 3 61 on page 163 The ATA Command Report displays information in the following columns Q Command All Custom Check Power Mode Execute Device Diagnostic Flush Cache Identify Device Read DMA Ext Read FPDMA Queue Set Feature Write DMA Ext Write FPDMA Queue PM Port Port All H1 11 H2 I2 H3 I3 HA I4 or Custom Number of FIS All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Incomplete Normal Output Timeout All Custom N A Yes No see Time out of ATA Command Report on page 163 Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Q 96 Percentage of total count DOOUOCD O O 162 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy T File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Gb E O Tone Y somer eg e Fe od m N E pss a P PY amp RE 9 To p x gl RS SR Q FB 39 1 0f34 write DMAE ATA Command Move XCusor y Command PM Port Port Number of FIS Payload Size Status Time out Duration Count a All f All wi All vw Al
220. TA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy ie SET rat gt AT Lanes C o ll 0 HEINE p 114 511 579 666 5 PIO Setup FIS 5F Data FIS FIS 46 11 511 598 960 D H Reg FIS 34 L LL Ww e D H Reg FIS 34 e ies El sl PIO Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 46 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 24 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 mel Be Ele AAs msl Bb FE 64 Figure 3 35 SATA Text View Note The LBA and Tag Number value are shown in the All Lanes column Identify Device Frame When in Text View if a trace has an Identify Device frame as shown in Figure 3 36 on page 145 gr fub o fai File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 5 E Traine Wiemme e m n misi g 11 PUES 25 SP wl ch T emp 08 ATA Command Data 44 Bytes PM Port H DO 44 55 77 t 43 5465 e FIS Type 136 0x27 RegisterHostto Device AT fc ___ _ ff ____________ _ _ e 0x27 Register Host to Device OxF Identify Device 3 10 0 ns M Status 4 Error H LBALow H LBAMid M LBAHigh H Device M LBA Low exp H 4 X to Y Ons X oT 240 ns Y to T 240 ns For Help press F
221. TIFY in Sequence O State 1 Click here to jump to Ehe pra Status Not saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 La E Wait for Click here to add fh action Figure 4 51 Example 7 Adding an Action to the Second State The Action Properties dialog box displays 15 In this example you enter the action Beep and you set the duration of the beep for 1 second 16 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 333 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 17 You are finished creating the first sequence Click the add another sequence prompt to create an area in the scenario for the second sequence Sequence 1 New Scenario 0 d box Scenario is valid Status Mot saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Sequence O State O Wait for Address Frame x 0 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits 0x00 I
222. The SAS Command Address Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Source SAS Address All Custom Number Destination SAS Address All Custom Number Protocol Type All Custom SSP STP SMP Frame Type All Custom Data Response Command XFER RDY Register Device to Host Register Host to Device DMA Activate Task Request PIO Setup DLL 168 a Count All Custom Number SEUS IRIS General Primitive SSP Transport B File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help S il O Tene Y Jammer ME O Record 20181 ojo n PPYU ODE HARE Tlc _ ATA Command SCSI Command SMP SMP Transport FIS Command Task Command Read Write Command SAS Address Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Type Frame Type 5000C500001047B5 500062B000001074 5000C500001047B5 500062B000001074 SSP Response 690 5000628000001074 5000C50000104785 SSP Command 690 5000E85000000001 5000C50000103D91 SSP Command 5 5000C500001047B5 5000628000001074 SSP XFER RDY 229 5000628000001074 5000C50000104785 SSP Data 458 5000C50000103D91 5000E85000000001 SSP Data 3 5000C50000103D91 5000E85000000001 SSP Response 6 50060560000003C4 5000628000001074 STP Data 205 500605600000034 5000628000001074 STP Register Device to Host 299 5000628000001074 50060560000003 C4 STP Register Host to Device 300 50060560000003C4 5000628000001074 STP DMA Activate 95 500062
223. Trigger Settings Notes Trace Memory Status Trigger Position In Memory Y 50 O Entire Memory 14 ae 2 Partial Mernory 10000 KB Upto 32758 MB O segmented Memory Trace File Mame c program filesblecroyisas sata protocol suite B Dont upload trace and open upload manager automatically Auto Run Number of Run 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout E5000 DWORD F Show POSU HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 255 Disable descrambling Pack training sequence ALIGN Transmission Period 2048 for SSP 256 for STP Protocol Error Mask 2 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Speed ___ v H T1 SutoSpeed w i3 T3 AuteSpeed W Tz 1 5Gbps v 14 T4 AutoSpeed AutoS peed 6G Figure 2 6 Speed setting The default speed is Autospeed You can also select the port speed from the drop down list 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps 6 0 Gbps or 12 0 Gbps By selecting Autospeed 6G you can limit the port speed to 6 Gbps to eliminate the possibility of some speed related errors Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 107 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Note If a Port ID check box has no check the analyzer does not capture any patterns for that port The system allocates trace memory for that port to its adjacent port for example 11 T1 lt gt I2 T2 Port Configuration Click the Port Configuration butt
224. User Manual 257 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 258 3 18 5 Packet View Tab 3 18 6 j Preferences ipm im General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Packet View Command Color Setting O Based on Specific Command Type Figure 3 182 Preferences Dialog Packet View Tab Based on Command Layer You can specify a color for the Command Layer The software shows each row based on the command layer Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column Sampling Memory Usage Optimization The Preferences dialog has a Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option in the Trace Viewer tab This Memory Assignment MA feature optimizes sampling memory utilization If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked The system tries to use empty space in all memory banks to prevent any memory bank from filling completely Each physical link is not necessarily assigned to a specific memory bank The system can capture more sample data than if the MA option is unchecked and sample file size is closer to the user defined Sampling Memory Size Memory Assignment efficiency varies with Port Configuration and Trigger Position a Triggering Memory Assignment only starts after the trigger point During Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy pre trigger each physical link is alway
225. Utilization View displays information on pending IO IO Throughput Latency Time and Response Time To display the Bus Utilization View of the current capture Select Analysis from the Main Toolbar see Figure 3 88 ei File Setup Session Navigation View Window Help gt E Traine Y lar 7 us ER M ng s RARA za Packet View Spread Sheet View Ej Column View EE Text View lg Statistical Report ll Histogram E Bus Utilization SAS Verification Compliance Test fa VSE Figure 3 88 Analysis Bus Utilization Dialog then select Bus Utilization View or click the ES button on the main tool bar This will bring up the Bus Utilization Toolbar see Figure 3 89 which has the following functions File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help gt bel lt gt Traine Y lamme ES B uu EE 20 c dia s Figure 3 89 Bus Utilization Toolbar Functions Horizontal zoom in Horizontal zoom out Vertical zoom in Vertical zoom out Click and drag zoom mode Graph areas LDLODLDLULD Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Select functions to view from the Available Bus Utilization Views from the Graph areas icon O Pending SCSI IO for SAS Shows number of pending commands Pending ATA IO for SATA Shows number of pending commands SCSI IO Throughput for SAS The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second ATA IO Throughput
226. WF MUX LOGICAL O primitive WF MUX LOGICAL 1 primitive WF_PS_REQ_PARTIAL primitive WF_PS_REQ_SLUMBER Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual primitive 413 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Wait Command Name Description WF PS ACK primitive WF PS NAK primitive 414 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Wait Command Groups Wait Command Group WF_ TIMEOUT WF ALL SOF WF ALL EOF WF NAK WF RRDY WF CREDIT OK WF CLOSE WF DONE WF AIP Group Contents WF TIMEOUT BLOCK ONE WF TIMEOUT BLOCK TWO WF SOF WF SOAF WF EOF WF SOAF WF NAK CRC ERROR WF NAK RESERVED O WF NAK RESERVED 1 WF NAK RESERVED 2 WF RRDY NORMAL WF RRDY RESERVED O WF RRDY RESERVED 1 WF CREDIT AVAIL WF CREDIT BLOCKED RECEIVED WF CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION WF CLOSE NORMAL WF CLOSE RESERVED O0 WF CLOSE RESERVED 1 WF DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT WF DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT WF DONE NORMAL WF DONE RESERVED O0 WF DONE RESERVED 1 WF DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT O0 WF DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 WF AIP NORMAL WF AIP RESERVED O WF AIP RESERVED 1 WF AIP RESERVED 2 WF AIP RESERVED WAIT ON PART WF AIP WAIT ON CONN WF AIP WAIT ON DEVICE WF AIP WAIT ON PARTIAL Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 415 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 416 Wait Command Group WF_REC_RESOURCES WF
227. XXEEEXXXXEEEEXXEX offsets Data i Dw HEHEHEE EEE HEEE EERE HEE EEE HEE EEEHEE Data Dwe XXXEXXXEXXEXXXXXXEXXXEXXXEXEXEXXXEXXEXEXXEX Data a YZYXYXEXXXXEXXXEXEXEXXXXEXXXEEXXXEEXXXE Data Dwf GEXXXEXXXEXXEXEXEXEXEXXEXEXEXEXEEX Data ME EXER EEREKERERER ERE REE ER EEEEKEEERE Data Dwb EXXEXEXXEXEXEXEXEXEXXEXEXEXXXEXXEXXEX Data Pattern Data Pattern D esc the specified Data Pattern on channel Generation Figure 5 24 Event Properties for Data Pattern Event In the Data Pattern dialog you can set the DWORD You can set the Offset by entering an integer Optionally click the Sequential Offsets checkbox Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 435 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 11 19 Setting Complex Wait For Conditions The Generation Options dialog lets you define complex Wait For events and assign a letter value A through F to the definition so that you can refer to the definition by letter instead of by textual name After a letter value has been assigned to an event the letter is referred to in your generation script using the following command syntax Wait For WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT A where A in this case is the defined condition Setting Conditions with the Generation Options Dialog To set a complex condition open the Generation Options dialog 1 Select Generate Generation Options from the menu to open the Generation Options dialo
228. Y coreto eua Decus 200 a oco 20 EE Dor reae TEE Oeo c Uo ET OD ae 20 o XRo Es ves so IDEE Equo solar oo E FRer rae ae ON Cr VR e DR TEDA 103 UIDIOAG Manage eee tai 103 2 2 19 Analyzer SOUND ieee ata eat 104 Primillv Response TIMCOU as cai ax eva eta eters is 104 Disable Scrabble A 105 SNOW KAKA Valera alii 105 Pack traming sequere atento c ctu EE www eet ve bua ide 105 ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA eeeeeeeeeeeeeeen nennen nnn 105 Power Management Setting leeeieeeieeesieesieenie enne een n nena nnn hn nh nsa nanus sans a nna un sensns 105 F FOLO CON EL FOR MASK etc A dan 106 EXternal T9 QUESO pee 107 External Trig In Seti is 107 Choose ROS Decanato 107 Port COMTIGUYAUION iaa 108 2 2 19 ROG a Project Note ui ia lia li 109 2 2 20 Advanced Mode User Derlned iii a nnmnnn 110 Working in Advanced Mode usina 111 State Number for Complex Trigger Sequences oocccococococococonononononanocnnnonanenanonnncnnnnenarennnenanenarenannos 113 SELLING Enger CONAN a E E a 113 2 2 21 MU LNK TFIggeriIg rar A a a E 114 2 2 22 96t TIMEGIS e 114 2 2 23 VIMEOUT eaa c 115 2 2 24 USCII Key SEQUENCES sisitiiisessecascsiieusiseuscasuiaacguccenaisavesmeauauuxewocsmaiveueusiaswocbtexadcauvucssancsaeedercowsvaustetwecedes 118 2 9 Project SEWING cuida a E m TT 119 PARCO VNOS A A 119 Chapter 3 Display Manipulation occoccocccnconconconconconconncncc
229. _RCV_STATUS WF_PM_REQ WF PM STATUS WF OPEN REJECT WF OPEN REJECT continued WF OPEN RESPONSE WF ALIGN WF NOTIFY Group Contents WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT A WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT B WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT C Oo WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT D WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT E WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT F WF SATA R ERR WF SATA R OK WF SATA PMREQ P WF SATA PMREQ S WF SATA PMACK WF SATA PMNAK WF OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT CONN RATE NOT SUPPORTED WF OPEN REJECT NO DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED WF OPEN REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED WF OPEN REJECT RETRY WF OPEN REJECT STP RESOURCES BUSY WF OPEN REJECT WRONG DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 ts WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUEO WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 WF OPEN ACCEPT WF OPEN REJECT WF ALIGN O WF ALIGN 1 2 9 000 WF ALIGN 0 WFALIGN3 WF NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP WF NOTIFY RESERVED 0 WF NOTIFY RESERVED 1 WF NOTIFY RESERVED 2 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Wait Command Group Group Contents WF_BROADCAST WF BROADCAST CHANGE WF BROADCAST RESE
230. a AA do 205 PINGING a BOOKIMAMK ARPA o uo cataract Oa 205 BookMark DESCKIDUOM use 206 Set TIME tamb Origin ert LN 206 Exanipie Trigger MOde cuisine EU resa cena pce p Eo Dsa punk aD e en ves gy E eo EB wee SEE NEU rie ee ED EU ONU iia 207 30 2 lu me A E E E EE 207 A naan A a aa 208 FIGE VDC atar a as 209 PENNO DINSCU ON iia 209 UICC CG onte E PN EA ERE 209 Save Fiter SEUD ecc SE 209 FIEF LOOIC a ERE M 209 M ltilevel Futerihg ISAS nai A 210 Filter Descend Packets if Ascent Packet is Filtered eese eere 212 3 8 4 Selectable Filter Options for SAO id aduenit eet ads 212 Command Data Palena 212 Bus CONAN A A em ee ee 212 Incomplete FTdITeS iii aa 213 ATA COMME Ea OEE 213 PFOLOCO LETS A AA E I ET E T 213 ATAPI SCS COMMANA tai 213 Filter Check Cond iria 213 PIG OY Tad INU OF contara pacas 214 Fiter Miscellaneous 214 Filter FHU EVEN Sienna 215 USE Pall SAS Addresses ii AAA 217 Tramnindg Sequence a li 217 3 8 5 Selectable Filter Options for SATA viii 217 sIESCnrlinmeemeee 218 Incomplete Frames iia errada 218 gm 218 ATA COMMANA re decease oenee 218 PFOCOCON ETTO guter ur E 218 DO do da 218 ATAPISCSICOommallguss stesse ieu eu is 218 MISCGNANGCOU Siria 218 3 00 Enap FIONA TEES T 218 APPO RR 218 REDE gt oli AA md 219 Save oearcpn SelllD as 220 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 7 Teled
231. a Display Options Selects what information to display See Display Options on page 440 Edit as Text Opens the Script Editor Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window Compact Displays each row on one line only with no wrapping DOOCD File Tabs At the bottom of the window is a tab that shows the name of the ssg file If your ssg file has an Include statement in it the supporting Include files automatically open when the Ssg file is first opened Tabs for the opened Include files appear at the bottom of this window BranchingSample ssq Figure 5 14 File Tab Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 375 Teledyne LeCroy Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes FieQin Description 3 3 3 3 3 3 00 BE cCuprogram Files CATC 5ASTracer Ge Primitives ssg 13 Undefined identifier NotTodayThanks used for setting ssc Figure 5 15 Log Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword 5 9 Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links If more than one port of Trainer is licensed after you open a generator file ss
232. a list of commands to run in sequence when you execute the file A batch script can manage scenarios and their assigned ports and hardware in sequence using conditions The system checks for accuracy of inputs and commands Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box S Mew Batch To start a batch script click the New Batch Script script File New Batch Script 4 13 1 Script Workspace In the Script Workspace add a command and make a batch file button or select Hill LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier File View Configuration Tools Help n Ss 65 E B E New Scenario Open Library Print Show File Show Library Show Output Show Analyzer Show Trainer Manager x gt amp i i REC Analyzer _ Siop Abori Pame 4 New Script 0 LJ dada Es Batch Script is valid Scenarios 40 READ GPIO REGISTER 40 REPORT SELF CONFIGURATION STAT 40 REPORT ZONE PERMISSION TABLE 40 REPORT ZONE MANAGER PASSWORD 40 REPORT BROADCAST 40 DISCOVER 40 REPORT PHY ERROR LOG REPORT PHY SATA 40 REPORT ROUTE INFORMATION 40 REPORT PHY EVENT 40 DISCOVER LIST 40 REPORT PHY EVENT LIST 40 REPORT EXPANDER ROUTE TABLE LIS 40 CONFIGURE GENERAL 40 ENABLE DISABLE ZONING 40 WRTIE GPIO REGISTER 40 ZONED BROADCAST Inject CRC error Inject Disparity error Remove Stop Scenario Capture amp Su
233. a will be shown as Function Data Size and value of the data with an explanation See Figure 3 207 on page 279 TRUSTED parameters data Field Name O e m pes Sov HERR on Data Payload 40 Bytes 00 00 00 F1 00 00 00 FO FS F1 01 FC FF FF 84 24 74 1E Hexadecimal 00 A8 FF 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A8 F8 Binary 416 Bytes 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OU 00 DN UN UN OU UN 00 UN Ut 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0
234. able value is written to the constant variable memory location address location is 511 Example varo Ureceryed Control var32 Status var32 control 0x00100000 var32 temp Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 UXA Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 Change Local tx parameter 0x0400 requesting to change the tx parameters to reference 1 Grecerved control BbRT temp received control amp 0x1111000 0x11110000 is the mask data so that the variable contains only the controlwordofthereceivedttiu Change Local tx parameter 8temp variable as input status Local Tx status word temp status control Send ttiu temp 0x36 0xA Where 0x0400 is the control word of TTIU Local_ Tx_status_word This instruction is for getting the status of the local tx parameters for the previous requested tx parameter change This is a 32 bit word in which the LSB 16 bit contains the status word and MSB 16 bits are ZEROS Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 389 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Set OOB SpeedNeg TX TAT Tx training analysis time This setting defines the time for Link analysis i e the time for counting errors in the received dwords At the end of this period the trainer requests for new attached tx phy change depending on the error count in Auto Tx training mode This is a global setting SendRAWTTIU Pattern marker 32bits of BMC encoded TTIU This c
235. ace Properties from the File menu Click File Trace Properties the Trace Properties dialog displays with the following information see Figure 3 3 on page 124 a Software version Sample file version Grouping Type Hardware bin file version Analyzer armed at Analyzer triggered at Sample saved at Original Capture Project Open displays the project settings used to capture the sample Licensing Information Simpass Information LLLDLDLDLDLU O O Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 123 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Trace Properties Software version 4 30 Build 500 Sample file version Version 54 Adding optical OOB Grouping Type M arrow Hardware bin file version 0016 with HY version 3 VP 70 1 GB Memory Analyzer armed at Unknown Analyzer triggered at Unknown Sample saved at Unknown Original Capture Project Unknown Licensing Information Unknown Simpass Information Unknown Close Figure 3 3 Trace Properties Dialog 3 3 Analysis The Analysis menu options allows you to see the trace in various views and switch views 3 3 1 Show Analysis Toolbar To display the capture in any of the other available views you can make the selection on the View Type toolbar as shown below or select the menu option under Analysis as shown in Figure 3 5 on page 125 Decoding Assignments Show Hide Column View Show Hide Trace Text View Show Hide seta gano Expert JL Waveform View a epor Show Hide Hi
236. ace using one or more criteria You can search by packet transactions split transaction transfer packet type and fields within packets To run Find select Search Find or by click on the toolbar Searches can combine criteria using the options Intersection and Union Intersection creates AND statements such as Find all packets with x and y Union creates OR statements such as Find all packets with x OR y You can also perform searches in which packets or events are excluded from a trace using the Exclusion option Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 437 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 438 To perform a search 1 Select Find under Search on the Menu Bar OR Click A in the Toolbar You see the User Defined Find Events screen Search for Frames To Search For Event Groups lI Packet Types Primitives Source Addresses Hash Source Addresses Destination Addresses Hash Destination Addresses Data Length Transactions SCS Operations Mot Transactions ATA Commands Direction Forward C Backward Origin Uncheck All Combining specified Event Groupes C Union Frames that match ANY af the specified events Intersection Frames that match amp LL af the specified events Exclusion Frames that OO NOT match opposite to the intersection or union Top of the screen C Last match C Star
237. acket Columns in Aow 16 Calumn los Native Max Address ih Sector Number i Cilinder Low Cylinder High e Enable Tooltip Bytes in Column fi Byte Time Stamp Origin pe Head Number Absolute Trigger San User Define C Based On System Time un Reserved v Same color for start time and port Headers b PorMum i sees Humber of sectors to bi Enable Packet View Condense Mode co na obs E al y Time Stamp Format Lecroy Format Save Load Factory Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 179 Preferences Dialog Trace Viewer Configuration Tab Select a view in the left pane and set the trace viewer display options in the right pane Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 255 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 3 18 3 Spread Sheet View Tab Preferences Spread Sheet View mc Repeat decoded command in frame column cae Decode CDB of Commands Based on Port No o B Based on Read Write Command Type E Show Sector Count instead of XFER Length 5 Based on Specific Command Type Anchor the Selection bar Set the Anchor row as sync point Figure 3 180 Preferences Dialog Spread Sheet View Tab Color Setting Based on Cell Type Fach column has its own color Based on Port No Data of each row are shown based on the specified color for its port You can set the color of ports in the Viewer settings Based on Read Write Command Type You can sp
238. ain Library toolbar The device starts to monitor modify traffic Note Step 1 is described in detail for each example in following sections Steps 2 to 5 are described in detail at the end of this chapter 4 9 Creating Global Rules This section gives examples for creating the Global Rules area of a scenario Recall that the Global Rules area defines a single test state The Global Rules do not have the capacity for multiple states so that area of a scenario cannot change state In terms of InFusion testing a state defines test behavior In this context behavior is waiting for an event and responding with an action or set of actions that happen simultaneously 318 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy Keep in mind that a test state you implement with the Global Rules operates in parallel with the active test state of each sequence in the scenario In effect InFusion lets you do up to three line tests at the same time You can do one test with the Global Rules and a separate test with each sequence you create You can have up to two sequences in a scenario The following table summarizes the Global Rules examples that follow TABLE 4 4 Global Rules Examples Example Description 1 Creating a single event and action removes a primitive 2 Creating a single event and action replaces a primitive 3 Creating a combined event a logical OR association of multipl
239. al Display Options Teledyne LeCroy Formats Display Options For each type of data in each group of data the program has a default data format Examples of number data formats are Binary Decimal and Hexadecimal An example of a text data format is ASCII To specify a data format for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type in the Group Select a format in the Format section The following formats are available Time Format Bit Order HSE to LSB C Hexadecimal Decimal LSB to MSE C Binary a Hiding AST Hidden Figure 5 30 Formats If available select Bit Order in the Format section The options are MSB to LSB or LSB to MSB Hiding Display Options By default no data is hidden You can hide any group of data and any type of data To hide one or more fields select the Group and Data type in the Group and Color column then click the Hidden checkbox in the display or the Hidden checkbox in the Hiding section of the Format section Level Hiding Options By default nothing is hidden You can hide O Packet Types Primitives Source Addresses Destination Addresses Data Length SMP Frames SSP Frames Channels FIS Types FIS Ports Gen Global Settings OUOODDCDDDDDO OO Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 443 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options Select the Level
240. al Video L Yahoo Finance MAD TELEDYNE LECROY pu Everywhereyoulook ES Save All SAS SATA Protocol Suite Version 5 92 Expand Collapse All Print All Trace Expert Analysis Report for the SAS 12G scs trace This report contains a comprehensive analysis of performance errors and event statistics of the trace It is a stand alone HTML file that you may save print and share with no dependency on SAS SATA Protocol Suite Version 5 92 v Performance Analysis Error Reports Trace Analysis Statistics E Trace Information 2015 Teledyne LeCroy Inc Figure 3 103 Trace Expert Main Report Dialog The main window has an Expand All button a Collapse All button a Print All button and a Save All button The Save All button stores the Trace Expert html file to your Download folder You can select any of the four topics and information about that topic will be displayed If there is no information on any of the four topics no report will be generated For instance if no Errors were detected no report would be generated and the Error Report menu option wouldn t appear 192 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trace Expert Teledyne LeCroy 3 4 1 Performance Analysis To view Performance Analysis click on that button See Figure 3 104 Qc file C Users James Allen Desktop SAS Protocol Suite 5 92 B1061 ALPHA SAS Protocol Suite 5 92 B1061 ALPHA Deliverables SASSATASuite Pu
241. al trigger mode is identical to the Any Trigger mode with the following exception In the sequential triggering mode the definition dialogs for these triggering patterns have an additional setting to count the number of occurrences This setting allows you to Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 99 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars specify the number of times that the pattern must occur before triggering or proceeding in the trigger sequence Count Expected number of occurrences fi Figure 2 68 Number of Occurrences Dialog Note The system counts events on each link independently causing a trigger whenever the number of occurrences on any link equals the specified value Triggering Order As you define and add triggering patterns they display under the Trigger category in the Project Tree sequentially in the order in which you entered them When the project runs the Analyzer detects the occurrence of each pattern in order and triggers on the last one You can reorder the sequence of triggering patterns To change the sequence order highlight a trigger pattern and use the Up or Down arrow to move it to a new position Include RADY Trigger On Sequential P Other Triggers Exteral Trig Positive Edge P Symbol K28 3 p Timer 1 Milli Seconds P Primitive BROADCAST RESERVED 1 P Symbol K28 3 Settings lt lt Remove Trigger Position in Memory 50
242. an appear anywhere in generation Default value is 1000 microseconds Syntax Set WaitTimeout value in microseconds 2 Through local WaitTimeout value for this specific wait session Syntax WAIT FOR number of microseconds IWF TIMEOUT other wait commands In this case wait for other commands will be released no later then after number of microseconds but global WaitTimeout value remains unchanged for future use See Generation Include WaitCommands inc in the program folder for the samples of syntax primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive 409 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 410 Wait Command Name WF_CREDIT_AVAIL WF CREDIT BLOCKED RECEIVED WF CREDIT BLOCKED WF RRDY NORMAL WF RRDY RESERVED O0 WF RRDY RESERVED 1 WF BREAK WF CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION WF CLOSE NORMAL WF CLOSE RESERVED 0 WF CLOSE RESERVED 1 WF DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT WF DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT WF DONE NORMAL WF DONE RESERVED O0 WF DONE RESERVED 1 WF DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT O WF DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 WF ERROR WF HARD RESET Description Credit Available This function is based on a 10 bit counter whose value can range from 512 to 511 twos complement This counter is cleared by sending or receiving an OPEN ACCEPT primitive or by execution of a CLEAR CREDIT AVAIL command in the script This counter is incremented by receiving any S
243. and Toolbar Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 49 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 2 2 3 Start Recording To get an immediate overview of the bus traffic to and from your Analyzer 1 Clickthe Record Record button 2 The analyzer begins filling the defined memory buffer with traffic captured from the bus After the traffic fills the memory buffer the traffic is uploaded to the viewer and the Packet View display opens Packet View is the default display However more views are available by selecting View on the menu bar and choosing the desired View Show Hide Data Ports Show Hide e buttons X Y T 58 Q Trainer V Jammer rec s u i sis A PPR ox R A Pw MEME nk Trp Ape 5 RB ten o0 sc J J xi 4 311 x T Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted M Restricted a e e r TA tt Resticted SMP Target Port H Cursors CELL TA EE gero Capiro STP Target Port M SSP Target Port H Address Frame Type STP Target Port MX SSP Target Port M Restricted M Address Frame Type Protocol Intiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Intistor Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Compatible Features H De Ox f 0x9 30 Cte sx 0062 1074 O 000010478 i Pathray Blocked Count H Artatration Waa Tene H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Date H 3 IS 4 52 493 u
244. and allows you to specify the criteria for filtering the result The Enable Disable Filtering button toggles the result between a filtered and unfiltered view see Filtering on page 207 The Filter Idle button toggles the display to show hide idle packets see Filtering on page 207 The Hide RRDY Primitives button toggles the display to show hide RRDY primitives see Filtering on page 207 The Hide Unassociated Traffic button toggles the display to show hide unassociated traffic see Filtering on page 207 The Hide All Primitives button toggles the display to show hide all primitives see Filtering on page 207 Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 6 9 V The Zoom In button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar magnifies the data display area on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View increases column width only The Zoom Out button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar scales the data display area to display more data lines on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View decreases column width only The Normal Zoom button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar resets the zoom to default normal on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View resets column width only You can use Tile Horizontally All Views icon or select View Tile Vie
245. and also capture the traffic generated m Analyzer and Trainer on same port and Analyzer and Trainer on another port You can generate initiator target traffic and also capture the traffic gen erated on two ports m Trainer on one port Analyzer on another port and Analyzer on a third port Trainer is run on a port generating initiator target traffic and two port Ana lyzers run on two other ports capturing the traffic of those ports m Trainer on two ports and Analyzer on two ports Two Trainers run on two ports generating initiator target traffic and two Analyzers run on two other ports capturing the traffic of those ports m Trainer and Jammer on same port You can generate initiator target traffic and also inject errors on the traffic between initiator and target on the port Note See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 376 Display Options Selects what information to display See Display Options on page 440 Setup Generate view Tools Update Sierra Device Port Configuration JE Display Options Figure 5 3 Trainer Setup Menu 5 1 3 Generate Menu Start Generation Causes the Generator to begin generation Stop Generation Causes the Generator to stop generation Resume Generation Causes the Generator to resume generation after a stop Connect Link Automatically bring the linkup to the Host Device Initiator or Target connected to the Generator Disconnect Link Disconnect link Co
246. and click Double click Frame Information Structure FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog Format 7 FIS Type any Type x C Binay Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal C ancel Register Device toHost 0x34 Cancel Show H Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup L IV H2 M H3 Iv D2 M D3 Iv H1 Iv D1 lv H4 Iv D4 Check All Uncheck an Figure 2 63 SATA FIS Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type on which to trigger and click OK Repeat for additional types Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device O DMA Setup O Register Device to Host a BIST O Set Device Bit a PIO Setup O DMA Activate O Data O Any Type Note You cannot trigger on a Vendor FIS FIS Pattern SATA only Double click FIS Pattern to open the FIS Pattern selection dialog x Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp RIRI RI X 3 RS Cyl Low exp MHI MH MH Hs MDI lvp2 MD M D4 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 64 SATA FIS Patte
247. ariableName2 44556677 RawData K20 0 D24 0 D3050 DOLA Q variableNamel SU 00 62 BO 00 00 00 30 50 08 05 EF SC 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 SendCRC K20 0 dD244 U0 DUES JISLIS Y j When there are variable values in RawData you must include SendCRC command instead of last DWORD Otherwise wrong CRC value will be sent The constraints are Q Variables are not allowed on First and LAST DWORD instead of start end frames a SendCRC is only supported on last DWORD before end of frame SendSATAFrame SATA SOF SATA DATA 0x11223344 SATA DATA 8variableNamel SATA DATA 0x55667788 SATA CRC Ox99AACCBB 4t good crc can be changed to bad SATA EOF y If SATA CRC command is not included trainer engine computes and inserts correct CRC in pattern Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 399 Teledyne LeCroy Timer Trainer script syntax allows using some timers You can start a timer anywhere The timer current value is loadable on variable to be used in expressions and conditions on this expression There are four timers named A B C and D Starting timer setting timer value to zero syntax is CLEAR TIMER A CLEAR TIMER B CLEAR TIMER C CLEAR TIMER D Loading timer current value in variables varNamel TIMER A varNamel TIMER B varNamel TIMER C varNamel TIMER D Example CLEAR TIMER A While Counter lt MaxPeriodCount Counter TIMER A PATTERN Counter Trai
248. asis pre tap fields by making small changes to the values achieved by Training see Figure 3 172 This is an iterative process to eliminate errors 7 After you change each value press OK to make the change in the software copy of the value 8 Press Apply in the Rx Tx Settings see Figure 3 173 on page 248 dialog to write the new value to the Serdes Note If you press Close then the values will not be written to the Serdes Ry Tx Settings PMA Analog Control Settings Restore Factory Settings RX equalization DC 0 HO ite Tx Settings E able Tin r Number of errors per opy Selected Port Settings to All Port Apply Start Reading Ports Status Close Figure 3 173 Rx Tx Settings Dialog Overwrite Tx Settings Check this box see Figure 3 173 to retain the optimal values reached through manual calibration every time the link goes through Training due to port reset power cycle or disconnection 248 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual TxRxVout amp Preemphasis Teledyne LeCroy 3 17 4 Auto Probe Calibration The Auto Probe Calibration dialog attempts to optimize the receiver settings The accuracy depends on the time spent on each setting Note that this action may take a long time depending on the values entered Auto Calibration Standard Auto Calibration is performed by firmware and it is relatively fast but it may not be sufficient Advanced Au
249. asis to display the Rx Tx Settings dialog see Figure 3 171 on page 247 2 Press the Read button to read the current values for all ports values achieved through automatic Training when the link has come up then press the Advanced button to see and tweak the values 3 The typical set of values for the Initiator are shown in Figure 3 172 on page 248 If you see these values then no changes are required n PMA Analog Control Settings Restore Factory Settings Save RX equalization DC 0 RX equalization control 3 Write Only Load Auto Calibration E Overwrite Tx Settings E Disable Rx Training Port Status Cd Number of errors per second O Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports Apply Start Heading Ports Status Figure 3 171 Rx Tx Settings Dialog A Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 247 Teledyne LeCroy TxRxVout amp Preemphasis Advanced Probe setting TX Signals 4 VOD 33 Pre emphasis first Pre emphasis Pretaj i3 vw Pre emphasis second DFE Control DFE Tapi DFE Tap20 DFE Tap30 DFE Tapd DFE Taps 0 reference voltage O mV Figure 3 172 Advanced Probe Setting Dialog 4 To see the Target values click Cancel on the Advanced Probe Setting dialog 5 Select T1 on the Rx Tx Setting dialog see Figure 3 173 on page 248 and then click the Advanced button no need to re read the values 6 Manipulate the Pre emphasis first and Pre emph
250. ata Dword Pattern Field Mask Captured Sword HO with 545 primitive Recalculate CRC Captured Dword 3 fee with SATA primitive 5 Trigger Output Substitute For x ere E Figure 4 27 Using a Captured Data DWORD in Substitute DWORD Test Action 4 8 5 Generating an Internal Trigger This feature has the following capabilities 1 Internal Trigger action to notify all other paths has been added there are 4 internal trigger signals 0 to 3 a Internal Trigger Action O b Internal Trigger Action 1 C Internal Trigger Action 2 d Internal Trigger Action 3 2 Internal Trigger event to wait for others notifications has been added a Internal Trigger Event 0 which corresponds to Internal Trigger Action O b Internal Trigger Event 1 which corresponds to Internal Trigger Action 1 C Internal Trigger Event 2 which corresponds to Internal Trigger Action 2 d Internal Trigger Event 3 which corresponds to Internal Trigger Action 3 The above feature can cover a few requirements like Stop All ports bi directional jamming and emulate wide port jammer See Figure 4 28 on page 315 314 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy Properties Type Description amp Branch to Random Capture Data Dword Every Nth occurrence d Inject Monitor Count Internal Trigger Index In c Internal Trigger Marker Monitor Count Remove H Restart H SNW Sto
251. ate gt A d din g a Click here to add another sequence Marker Index Figure 4 30 Sequence 0 Event CRC Error then Add an Action 316 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy In this case Click on lt Click here to add an action gt and the Action Properties Menu will pop up To add a Jammer Marker click on Marker and the Properties section of the Menu will show Marker Index There are seven Jammer Markers available to the user See Figure 4 31 on page 317 Properties Analyzer Trigger Type Action Beep Description E Branch to Random No Capture Data Dword Every Nth occurrence 1 Inject Monitor Count Not monitored Insert Marker Index Jammer Marker 1 5 Insert DWORD Jammer Marker 1 Internal Trigger Jammer Marker 2 EE Link Jammer Marker 3 Jammer Marker 4 Jammer Marker 5 Jammer Marker 6 Restart Jammer Marker 7 ch SNW Stop Scenario Substitute 3 Trigger Output e Index Figure 4 31 Jammer Marker Index 1 7 When the Jammer implements this action the result is adding a marker to the captured trace in the analyzer data stream See Figure 4 32 on page 318 The added marker Bookmark Jammer Marker 7 will be shown as a bookmark in the trace and you can see the list of markers in the bookmark dialog Note As a function of recorded speed and port configuration the InFusion marker might be off by a tolerance of up to 200 nsec
252. ation In this manual the main library and other infdb file libraries are collectively called general libraries If you select Open Library you see a window similar to the following 73 InFusion m gt i E 3 Look ir E El TestCasesForSATA inFdb i d El TargetTranspartLaver infdb El TargetLinkLaver inFdb E RealWorld infdb f ManualExamples inFdb My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents 43 My Computer My Network Figure 4 11 E InitiatorTransportLayer infdb ES InitiatorLinkLayer infdb E DEFAULT infdb Docs A gt Files of type InFusion Library Files infdb v Open Library File List By selecting the TestCasesForSATA infbd file you get an additional library window with predefined SATA test cases similar to the following Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 295 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Libraries 296 File Library c program FileslecrovinFu A X 3 EJ El Scenarios 01 HOST Buffer Underrun 02 HOST Write Failed 03 HOST R RD Failed 04 HOST Read Failed 05 HOST Break Link with Pending 10s 06 HOST Write DMA Flow control error OF HOST Write DMA terminate protocol 08 HOST Write DMA transfer count erra 09 HOST Link Layer Retry 10 HOST Invalid FIS type 11 HOST Vendor FIS type 12 DEVICE Buffer Underrun Figure 4 12 Test Cases for SATA Library Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties Teledyne Le
253. ation Stop Figure 3 95 Zoom In on Waveforms near the Selected Packet Performance Reference Definitions Trp No Number of Transports The total number of transports that compose this exchange Resp Time Response Time The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the beginning of the first frame in the command to the end of the last frame in the command Pld Bytes Payload Bytes The number of payload bytes this operation transferred Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 185 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Latency Time The time measured from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Data Stat Time Data to Status Time The time between the end of data transmission for this command and the Status frame Thrpt MB s Data Throughput The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second Duration The time taken from the first DWord to the last DWord in a line Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data The buttons have the following functions A A Horizontal zoom in Vertical zoom in Horizontal zoom out Vertical zoom out 7 Graph Areas Click and Drag zoom KA Presents options for displaying additional Click diagonally to select and graphs Zoom in on part of the graph rae Ge Hide graph Graph legend see previous page 3 3 16 Data Report When a
254. ationIncludeVsettings inc Generation i The include statements provide links to the Include files which provide the definitions for primitives frames and settings that hold for most or all of the generation session global settings The definitions for SAS and SATA traffic are contained in Teledyne LeCroy provided Include files Settings inc PrimitivesDecl inc AddressFramesDecl inc SSPFrames inc SMPFrames inc and SSPFrames inc Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 367 Teledyne LeCroy Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files 368 5 6 2 SasSettings inc File The SasSettings inc file contains global statements about the link the type of device being emulated and other conditions that are to exist throughout part or all of the traffic generation This file must be included in the traffic generation file There are fifteen groups of settings in this file AutoMode COMINIT COMRESET OOB Signal COMWAKE OOB Signal COMSAS OOB Signal Generation Commands Link Speed SATA Link Initialization SAS Speed Negotiation SATA Speed Negotiation Autowait B SAS After m SAS Before B SATA After B SATA Before Q Wait Command Timeout a Scrambling Mode LDLDLDLDLDLDLDULLDLU Details about each group of settings are described in the Traffic Generation Language section Editing Settings inc Text in the Settings inc file can be edited directly or copied into the beginning of the traffic gene
255. au Od cu PEU C ov cR Mod XVI E TEE ve EVE Ev Feld cuu AA 21 TD Hardware SOU nani 21 1 9 1 Separate SYSTEMS 55 22 22259 v2 26 00d dX Ride edi cab oda waa A E C Vua dM AA A 21 1 92 Connecting IM Generals Ada 21 RSC AICS TO US a add ts Mita as Dare na 22 1 10 EXpandaDllMasiiada si 22 1 10 1 Cascading with CATC SYNC ExpanSiON ococcccncccnccconocennconnncnnonenanenarennnrnnnrrnnrrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnnrrnnrrnnnrnnnrrrarennns 22 Connecting a Sierra M122 and a Summit T3 16 via the CATC Sync Expansion Card 22 UE USUATIIIedBIl mec 24 VPN GONNECIIONS NEN 28 1 10 3 Using the Power Expansion Card ivicccsscecc ces ecwracanvetarectccnsie pareat rana e Edu Fe evo da ure Ne SE ka sacs ARALAR nani bandas 28 Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X eese eene e enne nen nnn 28 Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X 1 eeeeeeeereeenee ener nnne 29 Activating the Power Expansion Cards lceeseeeeieesieeei eene ee nnne nnn hann sanus a nna u nnn nnmnnn 30 REMOVING Expansion Car uud z een eua cs Stau Chee Pau iaa 30 111 Connecting via Ethernet ooo iioii da iii 34 112 Conne clting to INCUW ONK essan E iii 34 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Contents 1 13 Connecting over Different Subnets ooocccocccccccocococcconcncocnnncncnnanonancnannnnnnnnnrnnnrenanennnrnnnnnnns 34 TCP and UDP Ports Must be Op
256. ayload except NN Dward s iih Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port 7 71 Make Same as Current Add State je Delete State Figure 2 89 State Machine with Timeout Pattern to Replace Timer To overcome this limitation use a Timeout Pattern instead of Timer Figure 2 89 shows the state machine using Timeout instead of Timer Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 117 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Figure 2 90 shows the Timeout settings Timeout Pattern Pattern Start Events External Trigger Primitive Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command End Events ATAFI Bus Condition Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value milliseconds 2 microseconds Trigger mode 5 Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s accur s Note Start Event s reset s the timer unconditionally Figure 2 90 Timeout Settings Timeout begins when the port detects the Start Event Timer begins when the port detects the Hard RESET primitive In the Trigger Mode window set the Trigger to trigger when the port detects the End Event before the Timeout occurs In our example this is the Bus Condition Capture begins when the ports detects the Bus Condition before the Timeout occurs If the port does not detect the Bus
257. blicDocs User SAS962012G h 77 z 5 Apps E iGoogle 3 Lenovo Recom J Fin_Sites 7 Teledyne LeCro E FIT BugTrack Tutorial Video L Yahoo Finance Yahoo News L PSG Intranet 87 Google News n E E Ties esci ln t 5 Teledyne LeCroy Tra x Y 1 L 9 e med irm ANA TELEDYNE LECROY D ey Everywhereyoulook ec E SAS SATA Protocol Suite Version 5 92 Trace Expert Analysis Report for the SAS 12G scs trace Thljeport contains a comprehensive analysis of performance errors and event statistics of the trace It is a stand alone HTML file that you may save print and share with no dependency on SAS SATA Protocol Suite Version 5 92 fe Performance Analysis Performance Performance Item Port Value Description Total Read Size NA 1056 Bytes Total Read Size Total Read Duration NA 0 004071 ms Total Read Duration Total Read Commands NA 13 Total Read Commands Min Read Throughput MB S NA 0 000000 MB S Minimum Throughput of the Read commands Throughput Read Payload Size Read Response Time Max Read Throughput MB S NA 0 000000 MB S Maximum Throughput of the Read commands Throughput Read Payload Size Read Response Time Avg Read Throughput MB S NA 0 134725 MB S Average Throughput of the Read commands Avg Throughput Sum of the Read Payloads Sum of the Read Response Times Min Read Latency Time NA 0 112721 ms Minimum Read Latency Time Latency Time measured from the transmissi
258. bstitute b File Library e Velecomplbuildslstora w m4 X Main Library YIX D gg BS x Scenarios a New Scenario 0 Main Library File Manager Output nux Bey t Figure 4 66 Script Workspace In this window you can enter a script command by clicking Click here to add script command 347 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 3 First click Click here to add script command to open the Command Properties dialog see Figure 4 67 on page 348 d Command Parameters Commands Parameters Serial Number S N 12871 IflsStop Port bo T ou D T4 Beep Scenario DISCOVERY WaitForStop GoTo 5top Sleep Ok Cancel Figure 4 67 Command Parameters Dialog The Command Parameters Dialog contains the list of available commands and their parameters from which to build scenarios and connected hardware and available ports 4 Select appropriate parameters for the command and click OK to display the script in the Script Workspace 4 d New Script 0 bx Labet Runt S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER gt hick here to add another command SCHEI SEEL Note You can select ports from the port list depending on number of ports licensed Note The hardware Serial Number can already exist or not If the Serial Number exists the Serial Number for example S N 12871 is shown In Offline and Simulation mode you can enter a Serial Number
259. cation window The Port Status displays the Port Speed and Analyzer In addition to displaying OOB Link Frame and Error a display showing the 96 buffer full opens when a trigger occurs Port status Port Speed Function OOB Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator D a Mis eit ab 317 30G Exerciser H T eo 33335 Port status f Port Speed Function DOB Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator dU hus 3 LUE al METCIZBI al m OQ y Port status Port Speed Function O08 Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator 30G Exerciser T o 0 Y Figure 3 158 Port Status Window and Capturing Time 1 Pre trig capturing trig is 50 2 Trig point shown by red bar 36 pre trig was captured 3 Post trig capturing 50 post trig was captured and capturing has stopped Note If sample capture occurs with more than one unit active additional Port Status windows display Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 235 Teledyne LeCroy Toolbars 236 3 11 3 11 1 The OOB Link Frame and Error LEDs in the Port Status dialog mimic follow the LEDs on the Front panel of the unit Reset button LEDs illuminated Unit 1 SN 61658 E x Port Speed Function ODB sk F me Error Trigger Buffer indicator Hp 0 Y E 1 5 E 6 ns 1 Ti PPPS 2 T 156 1 PRR RP When the LEDs are dim it indicates they were lit in
260. ce Note Export to Text Excel is available from the Spreadsheet View Packet View or Text View as of S W version 5 60 or later Export to Text Excel is not available from Column View as of S W version 5 60 or later 3 3 4 Changing the Default View Perform the following steps to change the default view of all trace files to Packet View Open a trace file Select the Packet View Close all other views Select File Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file 4 Select Setup Preferences to open the Preferences dialog 135 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 5 In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of the workspace wss file that you saved in step 3 Because the default workspace contains only Packet View the software opens trace files in Packet View 3 3 0 Updating the Workspace If you d rather have a set of views open when you open a Trace you can select a set you like and store that particular set of views as a workspace_your_description wss file The next time you open any Trace it will initially come up showing the Default Workspace as shown in Changing the Default View on page 135 but then you can open a Workspace you have defined and the Trace will be displayed in your unique Workspace set Perform the following steps to define a set of views that you are interested in 1 Open a trace file in this case
261. ces on each link 1 Figure 2 53 SAS Training Sequence Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Define the training sequence for triggering and click OK Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 89 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 90 Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Protocol Errors dialog Protocol Error E Ex Protocol Errors L Code Violation IL Disparity Error J ALIGN Error _ Cancel IL STP Signaling Latency Error IL STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive O ETF Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout O Frame Type Error ID Frame Length Error ID Frame Direction Error CJ CAC Error ID ACK NAK Timeout Uncheck Al Vi wie Mi Mi WT MT MT Iv T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link Figure 2 54 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port and does not show SSP SMP or STP radio buttons Check the protocol error s on which to trigger and click OK Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy ATAPI Double click ATAPI in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the ATAPI Patterns dialog x Type Format I OK Any ATAPI Command C MMC amp C SPC4 SSC2 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel
262. choose Timer Set the timer for random timing with a maximum time limit of 1 790 seconds 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Click the prompt to add an action to correspond with the second event 4 If ACK Inject Error If ACK Inject Error Mo action specified For the event Random Timer Max Time 1 790 sY in Global Rules Click here to jump to Eh Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACE inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Wait for Random Timer Max Time 1 790 3s Click here to add UEM or Help press F1 Figure 4 46 Example 6 Entering Second Action 4 The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Inthe Type list on the left choose Stop Scenario as the action that you want after the timer has expired 328 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 4 10 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 3 if ACK Inject Error Scenario is valid Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Inject Punning Disparity Error Wait for Random Timer Max Time 1 750 then Stop Infusion gt For Help press F1 Figure 4 47 Example 6 C
263. ck Condition Data 132 000000000000000000000202000001 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 1 Open Packet View ne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite BETA Simulation sc N SL wave Form view F Power Tracker View E Statistical Report LL Histogram gt Bus Utilization B Data Report TI Compare z Date Payloads SAS Verification Compliance Test Figure 3 15 Packet view 2 Show Transport layer tyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite BETA Simulation s lt gt Tener Y Jammer IEJ O Recod E I Lak Tre App tQ E Fg ree ee sc Pv 3 420 766 ms Figure 3 16 Transport layer 3 Expand the Information Unit gt Info Unit H m crc 000000000000000000000000140004000000 gt 58AF611E Handshake Duration H gt Info Unit H mj CRC MM 33 000000000000000000000000000000000000 gt The INFORMATION LIMIT field contains H gt Info Unit H 000000000000000000000202000000000000 gt gt H gt Info Unit H 000000000000000000000000140002000000 gt gt H gt Info Unit H 000000000000000000000000140015000000 gt gt m gt info Unit H cRC H Handshake E the information unit the format of which is defined by the FRAME TYPE field The Figure 3 17 Information unit Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 133 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 4 Expand Sense Data Th
264. connect All Link Setup Generation Options Launch Jammer Infusion Opens the Generation Options Mise Resume All Generation window Launch Analyzer ree Recording C ana alyzer e Record Stop Recording a e Recording Show Port Configuration Dialog Show Script Assignment See Port Configuration on Dialog page 108 See section below Assign Active Script Tile Windows t b i3 5 Remove Assigned Script for Link 1 2 3 or 4 See Multi Port Trainer Script to Links on page Setting Up for Generating Initiator Traffic Connect the SAS cable from the Target port of the Sierra Analyzer to the Target port on the unit under test This transmits the Traffic Generator stream from the Target port to the target side port on the unit under test Setting Up for Generating Target Traffic Connect the SAS cable from the Initiator port of the Sierra Analyzer to the Initiator side port on the unit under test This transmits the Traffic Generator stream from the Initiator port to the initiator side port on the unit under test Creating a Traffic Generation File Generating traffic is a two step process First create a text based Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator file This text file has an ssg extension You can create this file by creating a new generator file or editing an existing file Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 363 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Traffic Generation File No
265. cript will work on the highest supported speed by the DUT Note To run the same script on a M6 4 or M6 2 the Gen4 phy capability bits need to be OFF in order to be compatible 386 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 11 7 Controlling TTIU Three methods are available for connecting the Trainer O Use the Connect command to connect and perform transmitter training O Use the new commands to handle the transmitter training manually see Manual Transmitter Training Commands and Descriptions below Q Use the Send Train TX Window command to send transmitter training auto matically and use other commands for speed negotiation Manual Transmitter Training Commands and Descriptions SendRAWTTIU Pattern marker 32bits of BMC encoded TTIU This command is for transmitting a Raw TTIU i e BMC encoded 32 bits TTIU can be specified here The user has the flexibility to specify the pattern marker Example Generation Send raw cti XIILILICOUOD BF COUP ECOO EE CODE BCDO EE COUP FCOD Fr CODE FCOO FF CIFO 7COO FF COOF FCOO FF COOF FCOO FF COOF FCOO Idle 54 Where ffffc0000 is the pattern marker Send TTIU 32 b DATA Variable Idle count Repeat number This instruction is mainly for sending a specific TTIU with variable number of Idles 32 bit TTIU value can be specified either by directly specifying the 32 bit data or by specifying a variable When
266. curs 566ns after the start of the packet Filtering The Filtering menu and options allow you to modify data in the sample viewer display to exclude packets with a set of user defined patterns and show the results in all views To set up filtering you must have a viewer display open The Filtering menu has the options Q Enable Filtering see Enable Filter on page 218 Filtering see Filter Setup on page 208 Link Layer SAS Transport Layer SAS OOO Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 207 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Application Layer SAS Physical Layer SATA FIS Layer SATA Command Layer SATA Filter Idles see Filter Idle on page 218 DOOCD 3 8 3 Filter Setup To display the Filter setup dialog click the Filter button on the Viewer toolbar or select View gt Filtering Register Host to Device Register Device to Host L Protocol Error Part ATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Filter Type Hide Show Filter Idle Ports v Hi v H2 Filter Logie C AND Related Items i OF Iv mi v D2 Reset All Check All Save Load Cancel Figure 3 122 SAS SATA Filter Setup Dialog You can select or deselect each of the items shown in the Filter Options window for filtering by checking or unchecking a corresponding check box Items not in the current sample are in shade See Selectable Filter Options for SAS on page 2
267. d Serial ATA SATA systems InFusion can sit unobtrusively in the data path on a live system to programmatically alter or corrupt traffic InFusion is the ideal tool for stress testing systems using actual workloads J LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier File Setup View Configuration Tools Help ME Br as Has O Analyzer Trainer B Um Record EIl File Library c program files lecroy sas protocol suite examples infusion scsi sbc2 infdb X DAA E Sx DEAA EHX we B injet Errors Lf New Scenario 0 B Remove Substitute amp Branch Substitute with Primitive REDUNDANCY GROUP IN Detect ACCESS CONTROL IN Detect Erase 12 Detect INQUIRY Detect Log Select Detect Log Sense Detect LOCK UNLOCK CACHE 16 B amp 1 5585 Figure 4 1 InFusion Windows Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 283 Teledyne LeCroy Key Features 4 1 284 InFusion supports SAS SSP SMP STP and SATA based protocols operating across a single SAS or SATA link up to 12 G InFusion monitors traffic from both directions in real time and relies on predefined rules to replace any bit primitive or parameter with one you specify InFusion can change traffic when it detects a specific sequence or reaches a designated time interval yet it requires no complicated scripts programming or simulation tools InFusion can monitor traffic in both directions and act on events occurring i
268. data direction arrows Upstream traffic has an arrow from right to left lt Downstream traffic has an arrow left to right gt Layers can be hidden by clicking the corresponding Show Hide button on the menu bar The system retains all captured data but the display has fewer data layers for simpler viewing You can configure the viewer display for test and viewing preferences see Viewer Display on page 121 for details about configuring the viewer display The Analysis Project dialog offers you a comprehensive set of choices to create a trigger and capture project satisfying some specific need You can set the Analyzer to Q Capture specific patterns see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 63 Capture different patterns pre and post trigger Exclude parameters from capture Trigger on a pattern or sequence of patterns see Trigger Setup on page 78 Configure trace capture memory Settings tab Select file to save trace capture in memory Settings tab Include a project note Notes tab LDLIODLDLULD Launch Jammer The Launch Jammer option invokes InFusion For more information refer to InFusion Overview on page 283 L aunch Trainer The Launch Trainer option invokes Trainer For more information refer to Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation on page 357 CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process It suppor
269. dd Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H Payload Data 2048 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code FUA NV H FUA H WRPROTECT H Logical Block Address H Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H gt gt gt Input H E Add Bookmark 0 CADA EA SMN id e 4 Hide Field Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code Logical Block Address H 500062800000 50000500 047B5 0x28 Read 1 View Fields Add to Trigger Format Expand All ATA Cmd Packets Copy Data Logical Block Address H Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H gt gt Payload Data 2048 Bytes a SUDAN 5000628000001074 5000C500001047B5 0x28 Read 10 0 Copy Command 009DAD42 Color Color of Read DMA Ext Time Stamp Format Goto Xto Y Ons Xto T Ons Y to T Ons r Help press F1 i i TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive eS Simulation 1 Right click on any command field in the trace Select Color of option to set the color for the selected operation code field Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H gt gt Payload Data 2048 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H Destination Address H Operation Code FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H WRPROTECT H A Write 10 3 193 2
270. de OOB Signals 4 Include Payload of Data Frame CA P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type Parameters STP Frame P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type A Trigger Non Sequential Address Frame M Post Trigger Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY SMP Frame Everything SSP Frame P Include 999 Data Pattern Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA CONT Include DDE Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Include RADY Protocol Errors Y Settings Tigger Position in Memory 50 Exclude patterns Capture Memory Size 10000 KB 4 Define different patterns for pre trigger and post rigger data captures Primitive Response Timeout 16334 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Bh Easy switch to Advanced mode amp Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 21 SAS Post trigger Capture Dialog Enabled SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 63 Defining Patterns 66 To select an item for capture either highlight the category and click the Add button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog You can define patterns for specific ports by checking o
271. de error frames from the histogram click the button Note To display the error code of a protocol error click the error icon with the red x 178 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy User Defined You can define additional items for inclusion in the Histogram by clicking the User Defined Use Defines button to open the User Defined dialog CT x Primitive n NORMAL Hot Specific To Tope OF Connections O Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections C Used Inside STP Connections Frame Outside Connections Cancel Figure 3 85 SAS Histogram User Defined Dialog You can include Primitive and or Outside Connections frames Primitives To include Primitives check the Primitive check box click the down arrow on the Primitive list box and choose a Primitive User Defined e Primitive AIF NORMAL AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED O AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Figure 3 86 SAS Choosing a Primitive User Defined X Primitive Figure 3 87 SATA Choosing a Primitive Check a Connection Type option radio button if available and click OK Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 179 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 180 Zoom 3 3 15 You can Zoom from x1 to x256 Bus Utilization View The Bus
272. der Sample subfolder SATA Search configuration file SAS Workspace file in the SAS System folder Predefined Workspace subfolder SATA Workspace file in the SATA System folder PreDefined Workspace subfolder Example Projects The Analyzer includes example projects that you can use to perform an immediate analysis without any setup The Analyzer system software has a pre defined folder directory structure for storing all files All example files are in the Examples folder under the Sierra M122 folder It is strongly recommended that you open some example files to see types of projects that you can create Run an Example Analysis Project To run an example project 1 Select File gt Open Locate example analysis projects by looking in the Examples folder Examples are available for AdvanceCaptr EasyCaptr Exerciser Samples and User Define Decoding Script 3 In the EasyCaptr folder choose an example sac file and click Open to display the Open dialog see Figure 2 16 on page 62 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 61 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars BusConditionTrig sac File name BusConditionT rig sac Files of type Protocol amp nalyzer sac Figure 2 16 File Open Dialog Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree BusConditionT rig 4 Capture Y Include Xxx Y Include SATA SYNC Include SATA CONT 4 Include OOB Signals
273. dle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle D10 2 time for SATA link synchronization in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit D10 2 symbols ALIGN O time for SATA link synchronization in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN O primitives Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Default Setting Value SAS Speed Negotiation Settings OOB SAS Aligni Time 81920 OOB SAS AlignO Time 81920 OOB SAS Interspeed Time 750000 OOB SpeedNeg MTT 29998080 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg SNTT 2200 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg BCT 2200 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg MTTT 750000000 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg COEF Sett Normal ing Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Description ALIGN 1 time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN 1 primitives ALIGN O time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN O primitives Interspeed time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The maximum time in OOBI during which training phase of speed negotiation should be completed in Train SNW The time in OOBI during which generator transmits phy capability bits in
274. done by Trainer Engine executing SATA D10 2 SATA ALIGN SPEED NEG ALIGNO and SPEED NEG ALIGN1 commands based on Asng and Trainer Engine setup Command AutoSpeedNeg Actions SATA D10 2 0 SATA ALIGN 0 SPEED NEG ALIGNO O Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Send D10 2 dwords until the count is exhausted then move on to the next block in stream The count is specified by the SPEED_NEG_PARAMETER control block Send D10 2 dwords until the count is exhausted or an ALIGN O is detected whichever comes first then move on to the next block in the stream Send Align O primitives until the count is exhausted then move on to the next block in the stream The count is specified by the SPEED NEG PARAMETER control block If GEN MODE SATA HOST send Align O primitives until the count is exhausted or a non Align O primitive is detected whichever comes first then move on to the next block in the stream If GEN MODE SATA DEVICE send Align O primitives until the count is exhausted or an Align O primitive is detected whichever comes first then move on to the next block in the stream Send Align O primitives until the count is exhausted then move on to the next block in the stream 427 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 11 11 428 Command AutoSpeedNeg Actions 1 Send Align primitives until the count is exhausted then move on to the next block in the stream Start with A
275. e Example files are in the Examples folder On the Capture tab select to capture Everything or Pattern For Pattern select a Pattern You can exclude patterns and frames You can use different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger On the Trigger tab select the trigger type For Pattern select the pattern On the Settings tab select trigger position and memory use Change the Analyzer settings if necessary Change the port Speed if necessary Use Advanced Mode only after you become familiar with the hardware and software and have special needs Menu Options and Toolbars This section lists all the SAS SATA Protocol Suite application menu options and the toolbars File The File menu options allows you to perform common tasks such as open close save export print send files and exit the application see Figure 1 20 on page 37 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy El Fite Setup Session Analysis Navigation wie X E y Launch Jammer ap Launch Trainer Launch Cross5nc Control Panel Save WorkSpace mi Save Chrl 5 Save As Export d Trace Properties Edit Comment Print Ctrl F Print Preview Print Setup Send To d Recent Trace Files d Recent Project Files d Exit Figure 1 20 File Menu Option 1 18 2 Setup For special work you can use the Setup menu see Figure 1 21 on page 38 to perform the following actions O
276. e IF ELSE structure in the Script workspace The ELSE statement is optional To add an ELSE body click Click here to add else body Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy 4 New Script 0 Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Click here to add another scnpt command Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST J Chick here to add another script command Click here to add else body gt END IF Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Label 0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lt Chck here to add another action Label 1 Sleep 10 ms Chick here to add another action Label 2 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 2 THEN Chick here to add another action Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Chek here to add another action Label 3 ELSE Chick here to add another action Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Click here to add another action END IF Goto Label Goes to specified label Labels can be assigned to each script line Format Goto Label3 Parameters none Example Label3 WaitForStop 0x83456 2 100 Run 10x01267 Inject CBOCODO 4 Goto Label7 Note You can use a Label and a Goto Label to make loops First make the label then make Goto Label The Command Parameters window shows only enabled Labels Labels are disabled by default and are in gray color To enable them click them to make purple color zl E command Parameters p Run Fle Stop
277. e Text Files t4 Cancel Export whole payload more than 32K B Save s Range 3 All Packets e From T Cursor To T Cursor Figure 2 8 Save As Text Dialog Q From the Save as type drop down select Text Files txt or Text Files Version 1 0 txt for text format or Excel File csv or Excel Files Version 1 0 csv for Excel format see Save As Display Formats on page 54 Q Check the box Export the whole payload more than 32KB to export the whole payload more than 32KB Q You can limit the range of the saved file You can save m All Packets m Range between selected cursors O Range between bookmarks Save As Display Formats The following figure describes the four different Save As type formats XFER Length Sector Count XFER Length 2048 4 2048 2048 4 2048 Excel File csv format Excel Files Version 1 0 csv format Text Files txt format Text Files Version 1 0 txt format 54 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Export to Initiator Emulator SAS or Host Emulator SATA From the File menu you can Export to Initiator Emulator SAS or Export to Host Emulator SATA using the Extract Sample File dialog see following figures Export to Emulator Hange ie All Trace D From 474 Cmd Ma 1 To ATA Cmd Ma 1 Import Items FIS ATA Commands Device Sleep Fort 1544 11 71 Project Type Project M ame Figure 2 9
278. e commands with specific pre defined variable address Other Tx training related Commands 1 LINK SPEED 12G For setting speed to 12G 2 Set OOB SpeedNeg Phy g4 WithoutSSC Sets the G4 Without SSC bit of phy capability window 3 Set OOB SpeedNeg Phy g4 WithSSC sets the G4 with SSC bit of phy capability window 4 SEND TRAIN TX WINDOW Start sending tx training window 5 Set OOB SpeedNeg MTTT Sets the Maximum tx training time for Tx training Window Set Auto TxUpdate This setting is for manual Tx training When Auto TxUpdate is set to true the Local tx parameters will be updated automatically depending on the received control word and as result the Tx status word is updated accordingly When set to FALSE Tx parameters is controlled by the script TRAINING ERROR COUNT Change local tx parameter Tx status word This command instructs the hardware to create separate variables with pre defined addresses When the user specifies this command the software compiles the commands into variable commands with specific pre defined variable addresses Trainer Script Enhancements The Trainer script language can already produce SAS SATA Primitive Sequences and Frames The Trainer script enhancements described in this section allow generation of Commands and Application Layer sequences as in the Exerciser by processing received frames making complex decisions and generating the contents of frame in run time for both RX and TX
279. e 3 100 Compare Two Data Payloads Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trace Expert Teledyne LeCroy 3 4 Trace Expert Trace Expert generates the following reports and analysis for the currently loaded trace QO Performance Analysis O Error Reports a Trace Analysis Statistics Q Trace Information To use Trace Expert load a saved Trace that you are interested in examining In this case the Trace SAS 12G scs has been loaded This trace is used as an example and may not be suitable for all analyzers but the basic steps are the same for any analyzer Next find the Trace Expert icon y which is available from the Main Toolbar as shown in Figure 3 101 or the Analysis Toolbar shown on Figure 3 5 on page 125 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Wind ip BRE uep di SO PETITS ORI n psis s la PBR Ox RP mmn e Figure 3 101 Main Toolbar Trace Expert Icon Click on the Trace Expert icon which generates the following pop up dialog Figure 3 102 showing all the Trace HTML files which contain the previously generated reports used by Trace Expert Organize v New folder RE Desktop Name Date modified Downloads 1 5 3 0 6 0 html 4 22 2015 3 08 PM Chrome HTML Document Recent Places 12G SMP and SCSI via Expander html 4 22 2015 3 33PM Chrome HTML Document ATAPI Inquiry Read html 4 22 2015 3 33 PM Chrome HTML Document Cascading 3 Board html 4 22 2015 3
280. e C Show Ports e n IW T1 M T2 Ie T3 V T Reset All Check All Load Cancel Figure 3 126 SAS Filter Check Condition Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 213 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Filter by Tag Number Checking the Tag check box displays tags available for filtering Check the corresponding check boxes for tags to filter Filter Options Bus Condition Wl 0x0 Primitive v Ox JIncamplete Frames e xz Address Frames wlia SSP Frames Ww Dx 4 ISMP Frames Iw Ox 5 ISTF Frames wl DB SCSI Commands wi LX 5B ISMP Commands e 081 JTask Management Functions e Ono JATA Commands I OS JSCSI Command Status If x84 Source SAS Address 40 85 Deshnation S545 Address wil X85 Protocol Error 1087 STP Port 10x88 HE di aal e E 40x83 LJATAFISCSI Command WIvIU BA Miscellaneous Ww OB E m Filter Type e Hide C Show Fitter Ide fee 0x90 Pots 4 091 AI vis Iu 0x92 Y T1 Iv T2 M T3 v T4 Resetl Checkan 1096 zi Save Load Cancel Figure 3 127 SAS Filter by Tag Number Filter Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In see Figure 3 128 on page 215 214 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Man
281. e Command Report Print Ctrl P LI a Y ps sar CAC Asno Lae EXPOI t Paired SAS Address Repor HE ALS Print Preview Print Setup Recent Trace Files Recent Project Files Exit l Figure 2 11 Export to Trainer Dialog SAS Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Range All Trace From X Cursor v To Y Cursor Y From ATA Cmd x No 1 To ATA Cmd v No 1 Import Items V SSP Frames Y SMP Frames Insert Waits Auto Aligment Y Insert Delays a Project Type SAS SATA Trainer Generation File CAUsersiPubliciIDocumentsiLeCroyASAS SATA Protoi Ca Figure 2 12 Export to Trainer Dialog In the Export to Trainer dialog you can Q Limit the range of the saved file You can save m All Traces m Range between selected cursors m Range between SCSI Commands SMP Commands or Transport O Import SSP Frames SMP Frames or STP Frames see Events and Event Proper ties on page 435 Q Insert Waits inserts the appropriate Wait for commands in the Trainer script as a function of the protocol state machine An example would be to insert a Wait for open accept after an open command is exported This allows the script to work even if the DUT has different timing than the DUT in the original trace See Wait Commands on page 409 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 57
282. e Figure 3 190 on page 265 264 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual User Defined Decoding Teledyne LeCroy fuser Defined Di ecoding 00 s ATAPI amp SCSI Command s ATA Commands SSF Frames o TP Frames aMF Frames i mi TOG UDD Scripts Level 0 Discover rr ig TOG Features pe a ComPacket E Facket aa m Sub Packet 1 Fayvload Figure 3 190 Select a Script Type This will take you to the location of the stored script type See Figure 3 191 a dl 2 L Computer Windows7 OS C Organize New folder Y Name Date modified 4 Libraries Documents gt wa Music Pictures E Product Manuals KB videos No items match your search M Computer Es Windows7 OS C F MARKETING cate svrl Mi QI Lenovo Recovery Q Mim File name Decoding Script Files for SCS Commands asl Figure 3 191 Path to Stored User Defined Scripts Choose an appropriate script file and click Open Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 265 Teledyne LeCroy Help Menu 266 3 23 3 23 1 3 23 2 3 23 3 3 23 4 3 23 5 Help Menu Tell Teledyne LeCroy Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e mail This requires that an e mail client be installed and configured on the host machine Help Topics Displays on line help You can also select F1 VSE Help Topics Displays VSE on line help You can
283. e Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Command Data Patterns in the Trace Viewer Bus Condition 212 When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Trace Viewer Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Trace Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Trace Viewer Protocol Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Trace Viewer ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Filter Check Condition Checking the SCSI Command Status check box enables Check Condition for filtering see Figure 3 126 on page 213 Filter Options Bus Condition Primitrze Incomplete Frames Address Frames I8SP Frames ISMP Frames STP Frames SC SI Commands 8MP Commands JT ask Management Functions JATA Commands SCSIC amman d Status Source SAS Address JDestination 545 Address Protocol Error JSTP Port wiTag Miscellaneous Filter Type Hid
284. e RD errors Wika OGGUY Rawbata 4 K298 1 D2323 DLlI 4 D14 6 3 send RawData pattern Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Sending OpenAddressFrame Using Sending the Same OpenAddressFrame Using Raw Data Mechanism Set ScramblingMode SourceAddress 500805EF FFFFO041 SCRAMBLING MODE 5AS Standard Frame Templates SendOpenAddressFrameSTP DestinationAddress 500062B0 00000030 RawData j ArbitrationWaitTime Ox1 AccessZoneManagement OxO SourceZoneGroup 0x0 ConnectionRate 0x8 Features 0x0 InitiatorConnectionTag 0x1 InitiatorPort 0x0 MoreCompatibleFeatures 0x0 PathwayBlockedCount 0x0 CRC OxO50F19EO goodcrc RawData with variables embedded RawData K28 5 D24 0 D30 0 DO1 4 QvariableName1 50 00 62 BO 00 00 00 30 50 08 05 EF SC 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 SendCRC K28 5 D24 0 DO7 3 D31 4 j Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual K28 5 D24 0 D30 0 DO1 4 21 50 00 50 FF 00 00 05 K28 5 D24 0 DO7 3 D31 4 CRC is inserted manually 08 00 00 08 FF 00 00 OF 00 62 00 05 00 00 00 19 01 BO 30 EF 41 01 00 EO 381 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language When there are variable values in RawData you must include SendCRC command instead of last dword Otherwise wrong CRC value will be sent The constraints are m Variables are not allowed on Firs
285. e X Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function Vi Mk via vM in MT2 MT3 M T4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 27 SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Type list box and choose a frame type Assign a specific function to the frame by clicking the down arrow next to the Function list box and choose a function Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 71 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 72 SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame to open the SSP Frame Pattern dialog xi Format 1 SSP Frame Type Any Type x C Binary ReT ransrnit Tag Data Offset Destination SAS Address Source SAS Address OSOS Changing Data Pointer Retry Data Frames Number of Fil Bytes Any Type Hexadecimal Cancel Target Port Transfer T ag XXX Vn via via ma wn MT MT3 M T4 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 28 SSP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type list box and choose an SSP Frame type FIS SATA only Double click FIS Frame Information Structure to open the FIS Type selection dialog r Format 7 FIS Type Any Type x C Binary Show A Set Device Bits 0x1 Iv H1 Iv D1 Register Host to Device 0x27 Register Device to Host 0x34 Hexadecimal Cancel DMA Activate 0x39 DMA Setup 0x
286. e as Text file which to save the Text file choose an appropriate file name and click Save En The Save as Text button opens the Export to Text dialog Choose a folder in Print Statistical Report E The Print button opens the select printer dialog Choose an available printer and click OK Print Preview The Print Preview button displays a preview of the report to print Catalyst Enterprises Inc Senal ATA Apr 14 2006 General ES foo h A 7 00103291 Primitive ICONT__ H D 1000 E ICONT D H oo9 Eor iso Tos EOF D gt H__ eso HOLD H D 1000 Sor oon es f WRM H D 1000 3 X ROY D H os9 auen jH NN a 22 309 EH 328 86 us PM Pon mber PavoadSze Sus ume Ex p TTT rT Figure 3 74 Sample Print Preview of Report Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 173 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Report Display Settings w The Setting button opens the Setting dialog You can set up the report columns for display to suit a particular analysis need eliminating the need to show hide columns individually Use the Setting dialog to configure the display for each page see Figure 3 75 and Figure 3 76 SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read Write Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Pages Primitive Bus Condition ATA
287. e events and an action 4 Creating multiple triggers and actions 5 Creating multiple actions on a single event 6 Using timers 4 9 1 Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive from the initiator and removes it 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries 2 In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change see Figure 4 14 on page 297 3 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event d Remove RRD Normal bx Scenario is valid Status Mok saved Scenario Mame PBemove FELY Normal Description Wait for BEDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Rules zxClick here to A event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl Figure 4 33 Example 1 Adding an Event The Event Properties dialog box displays see Figure 4 22 on page 303 4 In the Type column of the Event Properties dialog choose Primitive gt SAS Primitive Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 319 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 5 event Properties Type Address Frame x Any Dward 2 ATA Command 2 ATA Command Frame E ATAPI Both Links Up z CRC Error 5 Dword Matcher z FIS Frame FIS Type fu F
288. e hidden fields are revealed 39 34 00 00 00 06 00 19 00 00 00 00 gt gt gpg tl ononacne AE Tec a IM NO DATA the SENSE DATA field shall nat be present In RESPONSE DATA the SENSE DATA held shall not be present In SENSE DATA the SENSE 08 74 field shall contain sense data Figure 3 18 Sense data Kev wm comm Sens LIH EOM H gt 0x4 Hardware Error 0 0 Figure 3 19 Sense data expanded Go to Command Go to Response The Go to Command Go to Response feature can be used to scroll through a large data packet to find SCSI commands and responses To use the Go to Command Go to Response feature open a trace with a data packet and Right Click on the Data section of the packet TimeStamp 35 965 us See Figure 3 20 on page 134 D File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 18 xj E O Traine Y lamme O Recor SEE APLI PIPAS t sn BQ suk Oa aie Bo SEED 8 Me e Transport MA SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest SAS Ader H Hashed Sre SAS Addr H Changing Data Pointer H ReTransme H Retry Data Frames H TLR CONTROL H _ s P a 4 16 0x01 D ta CA9504 427080 0 0 0 l 0 E Num of FA Bytes H Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H Data Offset M mp Data 1024 Bytes r S anano d neca euer esa 000 cM Edit Bookmark Transport BE SSP Frame Type HashedDestSASAddr M HashedSrc SAS Adde Show Field gt Frames H TLR CONTROL
289. e mainly caused by the long synchronization time of the analyzer If these errors caused by the Analyzer become triggers you cannot detect some other errors that you really need to detect To NOT detect the above two errors enable the software setting Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during Speed negotiation After this the code violation is not triggered during the speed negotiation phase but is triggered if the violation happens after the speed negotiation phase 106 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width The pulse width is programmable in the software The Voltage level is O to 3 3 Volt The trigger out is derived by NL17SZ126 buffer The delay for OOB traffic external trigger out is 190 ns The delays for non OOB external trigger out are 12 Gbps 12G 380 ns 6 Gbps 6G 530 ns 3 Gbps 3G 730 ns a 1 5 Gbps 1 5G 1020 ns ODO External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Choose Port Speed Capture
290. e modified Type ce o Mo items match your search Recent Places Desktop Libraries A Computer Metwork File name New csv Save as type Excel File csv Cancel Esport whole payload more than 32KB Save s Range All Packets From T Cursor M To T Cursor Y Figure 2 15 Export Paired SAS Address Report Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 59 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 60 Q Check the box Export the whole payload more than 32KB to export the whole payload more than 32KB a You can limit the data range of the saved file You can save m All Packets m Range between selected cursors You can view expanded traffic particularly during discovery in a spreadsheet format You can use column headers with SAS Address Pairs For example instead of I1 T1 I2 T2 the columns are Source Destination SAS Address pairs such as S1 SEP or S2 EXP O 2 2 12 Trace Properties Select File Trace Properties to see the properties of the trace For more information refer to Trace Properties on page 123 2 2 13 Edit Comment You can write comments and edit them for a trace for future use Select File Edit Comment to view the edit window Key in the comments and close the window 2 2 14 Projects You can define a new project starting with the default project definition or modify the settings for the last project run
291. e of Action Register OOO O a Each Counter in Global Rules 2 Each Counter in State 3 Each Timer in Global Rules 2 Each Timer in State 3 Other Actions 1 4 8 2 Using Counters in Events and Actions Many of the events and actions supported by InFusion also support counters that can control functions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties a Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties a Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before
292. e option button next to the From cursor selection drop down list Then click the From down arrow and choose the 1st cursor click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd cursor and click OK The resulting report has only the capture between the cursors see Figure 3 50 on page 154 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 153 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Select Statistical Report Range E All Traces Cursor From Y Cursor No 1 To Link Figure 3 50 Report between Cursors Report Between Events see Figure 3 51 1 Click the option button next to the From the event selection dropdown list 2 Click the From down arrow to choose the first event Choose from the following event types Link Transport ATA Cmd SCSI Cmd SMP Cmd Task Mng 3 Enter the number of its occurrence LDLLLDLDLDLU Click the To down arrow to choose the second event 5 Enter the number of its occurrence Select Statistical Report Range All Traces From T Cursor To T Cursor Link Transport SCSI Cmd SMP Cmd Task Mng Figure 3 51 Report between Events 6 Click OK The resulting reports are limited to the capture between the defined events 154 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Statistical Report Content A complete statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog
293. e sequence scenario Actions Actions allowed per state sequence scenario A maximum of 8 actions per state 2048 actions per sequence 8 256 state 4104 actions per scenario 2 2048 8 more in the Global Rules state Monitors Monitors allowed to be used per state sequence scenario InFusion can keep an account of 8 12 Monitor Count events per scenario Random change of use of count and count randomly In Global Rules if a Counter is used for Event counting 2 extra actions are consumed 2 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option In Sequences If a Counter is used for Event counting 3 extra actions are consumed 3 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option Regarding limits on any of the above mentioned connections i e x timers y monitors are allowed per state where x y n There are a lot of big small rules checked by the scenario compiler but as a rule of thumb 8 actions per state are available 12 counters globally are available each assigned permanently to a certain job 6 available timers per scenario 12 programmable multi purpose resources for DWORD comparison substitution capture are available If a pattern detector uses 3 of these resources to trigger on a specific frame on the bus only 9 more resources are available for other tasks Frame FIS type detectors are excluded from this rule because they use their own dedicated resources 8 primitive detectors are available If
294. e the order in which each Identify Address frame is received from initiator and target The following tables summarize the logic implemented by each of the sequences TABLE 4 7 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from initiator go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from target beep 1 second TABLE 4 8 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 1 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from target go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from initiator beep 2 seconds 330 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy There is no interaction between the two sequences Each of them operates independently and is independent of the Global Rules However the two sequences complement each other with their logic In this sense they both combine to implement a test objective 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change As in previous examples create the Global Rules area Click the prompt to add a sequence Prompts for the sequence appear beneath the Global Rules area You create a sequence one state at a time The appl
295. e to add another event Click here to add a S quence For Help press F1 COP MUM SCRL zi Figure 4 40 Example 4 Entering Second Event 324 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy The Event Properties dialog box appears In this example there is a parallel set of events but each event is associated with its own action In a combined event there is a parallel set of events sharing the same action 4 Using the drop down menu choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second event to monitor 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 6 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to be triggered by the RRDY Reserved 0 4 RDDY Normal RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 b x Mo action specified For the event RADY RESERVED 0 From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to E Scenario Name PDDY Normal BODY Reserved 0 Test 1 a Description Replace BODY Normal w EREDE If BODY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator HI Global Fules Wait for BRADY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR P Wait for RBPY RESERVED 0 from Initiator E Click here to add an action lt click bere vo didi petits For Help press F1 x Figure 4 41 Example 4 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Use it to choose Inject RD Error as the action trigge
296. e view Search filter and Statistical report see Figure 3 167 on page 244 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 243 Teledyne LeCroy TxRxVout amp Preemphasis 244 Command it2 il ED Source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H 594 698 a 38 x Network tools 1 Normal Output H ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes 0x25 Read DMA Ext 0x01 Normal Output 44 146 us Search For Search Items Filter Options Data Pattern Intrasever Bus Condition Network tools 2 Intrasever Bus Condition Network tools 1 Primitive Network tools 1 gt Intrasever Primitive Catalyst Incomplete Frames Seagate 1 gt Intrasever Incomplete Frames Network tools 2 Address Frames Catalyst Seagate 2 Address Frames Seagate 1 SSP Frames JCatalyst gt 0xE94E8E CISSP Frames Seagate 2 SMP Frames Seagate 2 Catalyst SMP Frames STP Frames Seagate 2 gt Intrasever STP Frames SCSI Commands Intrasever Network tools 2 SCSI Commands ISMP Commands Intrasever Network tools 1 ISMP Commands Task Management Functions Intrasever Seagate 2 Task Management Function ATA Commands Intrasever Seagate 1 JATA Commands 185CSI Command Status SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination 5 amp
297. ea in the Generation Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus 5 11 12 Generation Rules Toolbar The Generation Rules toolbar buttons control the Generation Rules page wl Mew event 13 zd fe a a le Figure 5 17 Generation Rules Toolbar Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 429 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 430 TABLE 5 12 Recording Rules Buttons i New event E New Event Creates a new event in the Available Events area Delete Event Deletes the selected event Undo Undoes the change made to Recording Rules page The Undo buffer has unlimited size Redo Restores changes done to the Recording Rules page Zoom In Enlarges the display see note There are five zoom levels The default level is the middle one E Config is valid Config is invalid Zoom Out Makes the display appear smaller Show Hide Channels Shows or hides the channel icon on the Event button Show Hide Properties Dialog Shows or hides the properties dialog of the selected event action or state This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration can be executed by the hardware
298. ecify a color for Read commands another color for Write commands and other color for other commands The software shows each row based on the command type Read Write or others Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column 256 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy Anchor the Selection Bar You can anchor the selection bar of the Spreadsheet View Set the Anchor row as sync point Other views synchronize based on the contents of the anchor row Other Repeat decoded command in frame column The spreadsheet shows the name of the command in front of all frames in the Command column Otherwise it will show the name of the command only in front of the SSP command frame Decode CDB of Commands The spreadsheet shows name of command in command column otherwise shows CDB of command in command column Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length SATA only Display sector count 3 18 4 Column View Tab Preferences E Spread Sheet View Column View 4 Show Waming In Search Primitives In Column View Figure 3 181 Preferences Dialog Column View Tab Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View If searching in Column View takes a long time the software asks if you want to continue search Otherwise the software continues searching with no pause Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer
299. ecking The Script Workspace shows errors by red color The program reports all errors in the log file Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 349 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 4 13 3 4 13 4 If you use a script from other InFusion hardware it may cause an error for example mismatch in hardware Mac addresses or scenarios that are not already in current hardware 4 New Script bx D hck here toaddi CH dd another script command Label i Run S W1287 l Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR ot ity A oy A vendi c ur ch a aa on Check here to add another sent command f Label Run N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Results of executable batch commands are saved automatically into a log file with user specified name The status of executable commands is shown in log area Statements Statements can be conditional statements or non conditional statements IfisStopped Shows whether a scenario is already stopped or not Format IflsStopped Serial Number Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware Q Target Port Port number in port map Example 350 IfIsstopped ox01267 1 Then Beep 750 300 Run ox01267 Detect AddressFrame Open 5 j The value of second parameter is 5 and shows check stopping mode of combination of port number 1 and port number 3 After filling parameters from the Command Parameters Dialog the program makes th
300. ed For SMP input Functions SMP Frame eee Function Allocated Response Length and Request Length are Hidden Field Value Field Value 4 E SAS Cf aT Ss o ISMPFram PxPand All TER 7 E Source SAS Address 0x500605B0069AA670 Reserved Collapse All 0x00000000 Destination SAS Address 0x500E004AAAAAAAJF Starting ph Show Field Y SMP Frame Type SMP Frame Type 0x40 Request Maximum Func 0x20 Reserved For SMP input Functions Z Phy filter Hide Field Function bx SMP Frame Request E Reserved Allocated Response Length 3 Ignore zone group Request Length ul Figure 3 43 Field Inspector with Fields Hidden To display the Hidden Fields simply select them in the Show Field box They will then be displayed in both the Packet View and the Field View Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 149 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 150 3 3 10 Waveform Display You can enable a waveform display for all active ports and perform timing measurements by positioning timing cursors within the waveform display Select Analysis gt Wave Form View or click the snow fii Waveform button on the toolbar to enable the waveform display The Compact View shows the OOB Sequence with speed negotiation xl iy Compact ajo El x El T 777 Y COMINIT al A Figure 3 44 SAS Waveform View Y Compact aja COMRESET COMWAKE LLLLLI H1 Ii COMINIT
301. efine the data capture search parameters Save Search Setup After you have set up a Search configuration you can save it as a SAS Search configuration file ssh or a SATA Search configuration file tsh by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Search dialog Search By Choose Hashed SAS Address to search on hash address or choose SAS Address to search for address Search Direction Choose either Forward or Backward direction in which to perform the search Search From Choose a starting point to begin or continue a search Start of the sample file Trigger Pointer X Pointer Y Pointer or Last Found 220 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Search Logic Search looks for entities in a trace When you choose SCSI command AND SSP frame for instance search will return all entities in the trace that are SCSI commands AND are SSP frames Any SCSI commands that are NOT SSP frames will not in this case be returned If you choose OR search will return all entities that are SCSI commands as well as all SSP frames The AND operator is only applicable for certain cases such as a ASCSI command AND a Tag Q ASCSI command AND a source destination address For example when you choose a SCSI command AND a tag Ox1 you will get all entities on a trace that are SCSI commands that have tags equal to Ox1 in that SCSI command
302. eg W AE Por Ebo creia ud oer rias 427 SILENCIO ODORS ETE TIS D i idcouceun ee euau sven cactuceuceecacsrweuzee 428 5 11 12 Generation R les TOOIDAE o aeree o nk os OPXE SE FRREM ER a c MUR EDU PER 429 5 11 13 Generation Rules Page How It Works 111 lceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee seen n nnn nnn 430 5 11214 Creaung Event BUtlOnS naci casas tus voor veu Ru Raus Oe LEO os au dC e Uvas ita 431 5 11 15 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area leeseeeeeeeseee nene n nennen nnn n nnn nnn nnn 432 9 1116 ASSIGNING All PAC UO I C H 433 5 11 17 Generation Rules Pop Up MENUS i cits ic axo ava oxa ste inal Ua VE RE ep gU aU i 434 Cell POD UD IL REM 434 Action POP UP i pec 434 Event POP UD MENU enm 434 5 11 18 Events and Event Properties a aannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nennen nnne 435 5 11 19 Setting Complex Wait For Conditions ccccsccssseeseeecensceneceneecneeeeeeceneecneesessceneeonesoneeseseeseneaens 436 Setting Conditions with the Generation Options Dialog eeeeessesss 436 TERZO FMO A M A RC REN 437 5 11 21 Data Pattern Mask and Matic 439 9 11 22 FMA Nexos a A E AEE 440 TELLO Search DICO E a deus E A 440 9 12 DISHAV ODON Sustainable 440 5 12 1 Color Format Hiding Display OptiONS oocoonccccccoccconoccnccnccnnonacenaconcnnonnnona
303. elected and change the format of the data shown Hex Binary or ASCII See Figure 3 206 on page 279 278 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exporting LBA XFER Length and Tag from Spreadsheet View Teledyne LeCroy TRUSTED parameters qq ell Field Name Size Value TRUSTED parameter data 512 Bytes 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AN NAN NN na NN nn NN NN MA nn nn no nn 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Do 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 IETUTAM 00000000000000000000000000000000 Binary 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OC Ascii 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F1 00 00 00 FO F9 F1 01 FC FF FF 84 24 74 1E 15 84 F0 03 FF 00 00 00 00 00 00 A8 FF 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A8 F8 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 34 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4C 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FF 07 00 00 00 00 Figure 3 206 TCG showing Copy Text Show First Field and Changing Format of Data If you de select Show First Field the Dat
304. em to generate bus traffic and a second system to run the software to avoid characterization of traffic generated by the analyzer 1 92 Connecting in General Note You must install the software before connecting the analyzer to the host machine for the first time To set up the analyzer 1 Plug the power adapter into the unit and then plug the power adapter into a 100V 240V 50Hz 60Hz power outlet Turn on the Power switch At power on the analyzer will go through initialization as shown on the LCD display 2 Connect the USB cable between the Sierra M122 USB port and a USB port on the host machine The host machine s operating system detects the analyzer and driver files 3 Connect the analyzer as shown in Figure Figure 1 4 Analyzer Single Lane Connections Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 21 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability 1 9 3 1 10 1 10 1 Figure 1 5 Analyzer MiniSAS HD Connections Cables to Use When connecting between a HBA and a disk drive use a crossover MiniSAS HD from the initiator port on the Sierra to MiniSAS HD and a MiniSAS HD from the target port to SATAx4 connecting the SATA connector to the disk drive Expandability The Analyzer provides cascading external power and other functions through optional expansion cards on the back panel You can expand by a Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Cards a Using the Power Expansion Card Yo
305. en a Frame Inspector View of the current capture select View gt Frame Inspector View or click the button on the View Type toolbar see Figure 3 41 on page 148 m BO B1 B2 1 B3 E oo Address Frame Type Device Type Res Reason Reserved Res SM STP SS Reserved Res SM STP SS Reserved 0x00 Identify 0x01 End Dev 0x00 0x00 Unknown rea 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 evice Name 0x00000000 0x00000000 z SAS Address 0x5000E850 0x00000001 Phv Identifier Bre Req Insi PA SL Reserved 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x000000 0x00000000 CRC 0x41551331 Figure 3 41 Frame Inspector View Field View Display Manipulation If you select Field View each Field and it s Value for the selected Packet will be displayed see Figure 3 42 on page 149 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy m File Setup Session Analysis m M View Window Help 18 xl 5 El O Tene Wiamme esoo m nim i psies g lm PAR OX KL etie oe m ED A e x ls lEflcocor D e E AE x E SSE e Ej 4 Transport p 5 SMP Frame Type Func M H E H Reserved H eee gt G xao Request 020 1 0x40 Request 0x20 Discover list 00000000 00000000 Maximum number of discover tet descriptors H ae er a NETTEN ER HT 7 00000000 Vendor Spec H CRC H 00000000000000000000
306. en to Connect over Ethernet coccocccoccocconconcconcanconconccnncannanos 34 1 14 LAUNCHING Your AnalyZer ui iria 34 1 15 Operating in Simulation Mode ncocccocnccnnncnoccccccocononaconcccnnnnnnnnennnonaronanennnnrnnrrnnnrnnnrnnrnnannnn 35 1 16 USING the delelpi Z gemere m 35 1 17 Getting Started with the Protocol Analyzer cessere eee eee enne nnn 36 1 18 Menu Options and Toolbars 1 e leeieeseeeeieereeee eene nnne nnn n nnn nn nnn n nna nnns 36 AL A e A e O ete 36 118 2 SETUD PLI RT 37 1 10 9 DOS SOM dio dana no la 38 TOA AN AN SIS a aa oa 38 1 16 5 Viewing Captured Data iuris Geauerenminacetehienienneieend 39 1 18 06 Navidad ca 40 QM a RP 40 IESO WV INOW meet E 42 18 9 y In Se Ae ee Nr 42 IA d 42 UA Oe ON SAUS OT I ILLO UU 43 TEINE USIO uos sans ceceoncanse na sees nM I RM M RE 43 T 2 1 ALICE ootssuuckec ours phone E Fes Rd sat uculss aat cocus WEM Ue UXNN rS DoCUPOC UM E RFVS CS EDU NNNM EUR 43 Chapter 2 Protocol Analy8IS quina dia 45 2 1 Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups 111 eeee eee eeeeeieeeeieeniee nnne nnne nnn hann anna nana 45 ES 45 2 1 2 PrOJSCU TEGG dai ia 47 2 2 SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars cccececeecececececececeececececucucucececeeeeaeeeeueuseeeeeeaees 49 22h DAD MAIN TOO DAE cornici ebur sx doxes a rwr uae DwR cdas 49 2 2 2 OA TA Mal Toolbar aaa 4
307. epo anilla 162 Queue Command Re policiaca 164 ATAPICGOMMANA ROOM is 164 SGC Ol Command ROO dia 165 SMP Command ReDOLFL v pontes usar xp so E xx EE T 166 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 5 Teledyne LeCroy Contents PASK COMM GANG FRED OIG cocaiece T D o o DONO EI 166 Read Write Command Report en iore cx one ue vx ento a 167 SAS Address Command Report 1l eeceeieeeieelieeieenieen een anna ne shu hana a suus anas h assa sane sana 168 Protocol Error REDOT i eorecicvut o Piet odr uc ocu eoe rea ab agon ecu ao apos Feu O SERRE VPE E EPA Dr TESCO DESEE 169 Perrommance REDO arnan opu a Rc oc 170 Lanes Repo ui di 171 PENdINO VO REDO arrasadas 171 Sd oo q eec 172 3 9 12 Statisti l Report Tool b l uet 172 Export as Microsoft Excel leida 173 SAVE 3S WOKE TINS acu oe de aea canina eor xou deem snam MI ME E 173 Print Statistical Repo uns 173 PEIDCPPIeVIO W u coiasn ded acuerda da due eer kane dixi E sid Exc k TT E evuwas wana C MCedPE a VER UE Dev RN CN Died wed A 173 Report Display Settings x t niei A U PM u n Run exu rv E EYRa Me dota CORE ERE 174 Link With Sample LETT UU 175 3 3 13 Formatting the Statistical Report View leeeeeeeeeeieeeseeeniee esee nnne n nnn nnn nnns a nnn n nennen nne 175 Filtering Column Contents ana Faprec venas astutus uela suco a Esa ds RUE laa 175 sorting Column GontfenL 2 dre ri Ea eei dente AA AAA conu Ed A ieee 177 Edid
308. er Destination SAS Address All Custom Number Protocol Type All Custom SSP STP OpCode Command All Custom Read10 Write10 Write DMA Ext Read DMA Ext Identify Device Tag All Custom LBA All Custom Sector Count All Custom Number Xfer Length All Custom Number Payload Size All Custom Number Status All Custom Good Normal Output Incomplete Completion Time All Custom Number Performance All Custom Number Standard Deviation All Custom Number Count Number DOCOO O OOODODODODDOCO UOC m File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help ea Q Tene Y sammer Gf e gon js s g A PBv5xERI924 ch gt fp nE i ouk AT 3 SUAR Q FLD 1 oft Read viite Command Move XCuso y General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport FIS ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read Write Command SAS Address Protocol Error Perfomance Lanes Pending 10 Others Count Time Stamp All Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Type OpCode Command Completion Time Performance Standard Deviation Tag LBA 5000628000001074 3021187 ms 5 5000C50000104785 SS Writel0 Ox OXAEFAAS 014 2048 500 352 266 693 us 1 3420787 ms 5000628000001074 5000C50000104785 SSP Readl0 Ox17C 0x1 65352 0x4 2048 Good 14481987 ms 0 134866 0 000934 1 36 054 974 ms 5000628000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Write DMA Ext 02175824 0x4 2048 Normal Output 18 312 666 ms 0
309. er event A Ht gt e Options O Options Set options for this output window v 3 X Device Set options for this output window A e nn RR CREMA 16 1 27 042 000 000 SN 10942 Device Joined 16 25 27 057 000 000 SN 10542 Device connected 16 19 39 887 000 000 SN 10542 Session started Port 1 IO Meter Traffic 16 20 03 977 000 000 SN 10542 Session stopped Port 1 I0 Meter Traffic 16 28 55 795 000 000 SN 10542 Session started Ports 1 IO Meter Traffic 2 IO Meter Traf 16 31 04 024 000 000 SN 10542 Session stopped Ports 1 IO Meter Traffic 2 IO Meter Traf ax Port i 16 30 22 208 187 000 Inject CRC Error Value 16 Port 2 16 30 22 263 931 000 Inject CRC Error Value 0 Port 3 16 30 22 309 455 000 Inject CRC Error Value 0 Port 4 26 30 22 347 68S 090 Inject CRC Error Vealue 0 4 n p Set options for this output window CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 59 Device Output Window Options Automatically Save Log File Selecting either Wrench will pop up a window which automatically stores the log file for the Window selected See Figure 4 60 Options Automatically Save Log File Path C Users Public Documents LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Sui c Max Size 1000 KB Figure 4 60 Auto Save Log File Location and Size You can change the maximum size of the log file by typing in the Max Size window If you select the folder you can change the path to
310. ern the same way as in Easy mode see Defining Patterns on page 66 7 Foran output trigger click the down arrow in the Ext Out field and choose an output trigger level Note Do not use the LOW setting in Advanced Mode 8 To go to another state click the down arrow in the Go To field and select a state If no other state has been defined choose New State to add a state Multi Link Triggering You can set different triggering for each link To set different trigger conditions for a link check the Multi Sequencer check box and select the link for setup from the Port drop down list Clicking the Make Same as Current button displays a warning all sequencers will be changed to have same states as current sequencer Click Yes to do so M Multi Sequencer Port 11 71 Figure 2 85 SAS Multi Link Triggering Setup Set Timers You can set and use up to three timers for triggering You can set each timer for each state or set it to continue from one set in the previous state The timer defined for a particular state starts when the system enters that state You can set a timer for any IF or ELSE IF condition To set up the timers click the ellipses in the Timer field next to the IF or ELSE IF condition in each state and define each of the timers in the Set Timers dialog see Figure 2 86 on page 115 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Set Timers
311. esh Device List to refresh the device list To connect to a device select a device which is Ready to Connect and click the Connect button on the right The Connection Properties dialog is displayed see the following screen capture Select Device E Device Location ibus Connection properties j x Locked Siera Mb Locked Please specify the action to take when next time SM 62084 is detected C Automatically connect to the device C Askif I want to connect to the device f Take no action Selected Devic Figure 1 13 Connection Properties Dialog Specify one of the actions from the following Q Automatically connect to the device O Ask if want to connect to the device Q Take no action Order Ha Chained No Chained E Set Alias Mame 3 4 Connect T 1 L5 Add Device SP Remove Devi ate IP Settings gh Networks x Refresh Device list Close If Automatically connect to the device is selected the next time the application opens the device will be automatically connected In the Select Device dialog chained or cascaded units are displayed in the Device column with a square bracket icon The sequence of the units is displayed in the Order column See the following screen capture Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 27 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability Select Device E X b Device 1 Dew Name _ Location Status Order a Set Alias Name
312. esponse IU and Error Handling Q Application Layer has SCSI CDB STP Operations and NACA Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog and click the Add button Enter a value for DUT Type Target Initiator or Expander Enter a value for the Number of Runs to run a particular test more than once Enter the DUT Name Enter the Connection Rate as Autospeed or a value To view failed test traces in the sample viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into Sierra trace viewer check box To save the failed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box Enter a path and file name for Report file or use the default file name and path For Windows XP C Program Files LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite User SASVerification Devicel rtf For Windows 7 C Users Public Documents LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite User SASVerification Devicel rtf 10 Enter a path and file name for Saved Traces or use the default folder For Windows XP C Program Files LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite User For Windows 7 C Users Public Documents LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite User 11 After you select tests click Start 12 The test runs and after a brief period displays the result 13 To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dialog Assign a meaningful name to the setup and save it as a cst compliance file 14 To run a previously defined setup
313. ess HJ Destination Address HJ Command Direction Data 2048 Bytes Dno Gut O0 p pm Um DTE OO OU OO OO OO OU OO gt 2 bo T 136 880 293 ms to T O ns Tx vout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive 8 gs imulation Mode Stop fa Figure 3 97 SAS Data Report Details Click the Statistics button Statistics at the end of a row to display data report Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 187 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 188 lll Data Report Statistics k i Command Humber Duration From LBA H To LBA H Read DMA Ext 2 73 440 us Bear BezBfa 4530ced 4530ced Figure 3 98 SAS Data Report Statistics Data Payload View To display the Data Payload View double click a data payload field in a Packet or x Spreadsheet view or right click a data payload field and select Open as Data View See the following screen capture Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Data Payload Layer FIS Packet Wo 258 00 0000 oo 0010 00 OO20 oo 0030 na 0040 oo 0050 na 0060 oo 0070 na 0080 no 0020 na anau oo O0E0 oo anco 00 000 nao ODEO 00 OOFQ oo 0100 00 0110 na 0120 00 01 30 oo 0140 Hexadecimal hn oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 00 oo ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa ag 00 aa 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 au oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aa 00 00 00 00
314. ev Head Sector Num exp x x X xx XX xx Figure 2 36 FIS Pattern PIO Setup Dialog Data IFIS Pattern FIS Type Data Figure 2 37 FIS Pattern Data Dialog Vendor Vendor is for FIS Pattern Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 77 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars FIS Pattern OOOO OO x Format FIS Type Vendor x Binary e Number of DWORDs 7 fe Hexadecimal 1 Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type Dau Data 24 bits OOO l MHI MH MH MH Por Mo KD Mos Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 38 FIS Pattern Vendor Dialog 2 2 16 Trigger Setup The Trigger tab in the analysis project dialog allows you to specify when the analyzer completes a data capture Three trigger modes are available QO Don t care Snapshot is the default A Manual Trig Q Pattern When data capture starts with Don t care Snapshot selected the analyzer triggers on the first data pattern on the bus Starting a data capture with Pattern selected triggers when specific pattern s are detected in the captured data stream The following three ways can trigger the analyzer with Pattern selected a Trigger on any pattern Any Trigger Mode a External Trigger Q Trigger on a sequence of patterns Sequential Trigger Mode Snapshot Mode To trigger immediately on any pattern check the Don t care Snapshot button 78 Sierra M122 SA
315. evels 443 hiding options 443 Histogram View 39 histogram view 178 Humidity 20 I Identify frame parameter settings 447 IfisStopped statement 350 Include statement 375 InFusion 283 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Teledyne LeCroy Infusion 43 InFusion scenarios 290 Initiator Emulation 363 Install component selection 20 Installation DVD ROM 18 Intersection search 439 IP Settings 26 J Jammer 289 Jump to Next button 175 Jump to Previous button 175 Jump to Specific button 175 K K Codes 305 L Lanes Report 171 launching 34 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 52 LCD display 20 LEDs description 19 library 294 main 295 License Configuration 260 License Manager 260 line condition 303 line numbers 375 link layer command interpretation 50 Link Script Selection dialog 377 Link With Sample View 175 Load command 446 log error 376 log file 350 M Main Display Area 428 Main Library window 295 Main Window 45 Manual Calibration of Tx Path from Jammer 247 Manual Trig button 79 manual trigger 79 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 251 Memory Assignment 258 Memory Size 103 MiniSAS 22 mini SAS connectors 19 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Move drop down list 175 Move Event to option 434 moving events 434 N NACA test 271 NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 251 network 34 Networks 26 New Batch Script command 285 New Event button 431 option 4
316. fic displays Statistical reporting Trace memory of up to 32 GB Sierra M122 or 64 GB Sierra M124 GbE amp USB 3 0 host interfaces to connect to a host machine CATC API Automation API Error Injection Functionality InFusion Jammer Traffic Generation Functionality Trainer 1 3 Receiving Your Analyzer The analyzer package includes the following components E DOCO DDD 1 Sierra M122 Analyzer identified in the packing list 2 miniSAS HD cables 1 meter 1 USB A B 2 0 cable 1 8 meter 1 USB A B 3 0 cable 1 meter 1 Ethernet cable 10 feet 1 Three Prong AC power cord 1 Installation DVD ROM with software and documentation 1 Sierra M122 Getting Started manual 1 4 Unpacking Your Analyzer Inspect the received shipping container for any damage Unpack the container and account for each of the system components listed on the accompanying packing list Visually inspect each component for absence of damage In the event of damage notify the shipper and Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Retain all shipping materials for shipper s inspection 18 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analyzer Front Panel Teledyne LeCroy 1 5 Analyzer Front Panel The Analyzer has the following features Power Switch Frame Speed Link Error and Trigger LEDs External Trigger Input and Output Initiator and Target mini SAS connectors 4 Expansion In Out data ports and Clock In Out connectors Status and Configuration LDVD
317. formation to display using the Display Options window To open the Display Options window Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Teledyne LeCroy QO Select Display Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR ck HH a Click on the Toolbar You can select Color Format Hiding Level Hiding and Headers display options The following sections describe these display options Restore Factory Presets sets all Display Options values to the installed values 5 12 1 Color Format Hiding Display Options To modify the colors formats and hiding options select the Color Format Hiding tab Display Options E 3 E x Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers he E mm ee T z Bit Order El Display Units C Hexadecimal g MSB to Lob E CRC Decimal L3B to MSB E Time E Binary Hiding FI Protocol aiu H Address Frame E Primitives H SSP Frame H SMP Frame E Out OF Band Signals amp STP SATA STP FIS E Channels AT Command E Tracker Fields Ho colors available for selected item TCG Packet E spand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load Cancel Apply Figure 5 27 Display Options Dialog Color Format Hiding Tab Color Display Options The program uses a default set of colors for each type of data in each group of data The colors and color combinations are appropriate for most graphic systems You can alter any color
318. from the view menu and choose Cursor Position A to Y Ons xto T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 160 Cursor Position Toolbar Display Configuration The Analyzer ships with a default display configuration of field and viewer settings You can define your own field and viewer settings for a particular testing scenario Right click in the Packet View and select Preferences or select Setup Preferences Trace Viewer Configuration The Trace Viewer Configuration dialog displays see Figure 3 161 on page 239 Trace Viewer Configuration The Trace Viewer Configuration dialog allows you to change the following display settings a Field Setting m Format Decimal Hexadecimal Binary m Visible m Byte Order Right Align Left Align QO Field Header Setting m Text color m Name m Abbreviation m Foreground color Q Viewer Setting m Wrap Packet m Enable Tooltips QO Data Payload m Columns in Row 1 2 4 8 16 m Bytes in Column 1 2 4 8 16 Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Defined Based on System Time Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format LeCroy Milli Micro Save Trace Viewer Configuration in a file Load Trace Viewer Configuration from a file Factory Setting restores default settings Font opens Font dialog LDLLDLDLDLDLDUDLDLU Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer
319. g x Generation Rules 3 Newevent Wi 4 cia a ge T Config is valid Save Save As Defaut Load Cancel 2 Click the New Events button and select an event from the menu The selected event should appear in the Available Events area along the left side of the dialog box 3 Drag the new event button to the Global State cell 436 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 4 Right click the new event button and select Specify Action s A menu appears showing the letters A through F and the option No action AT x Generation Rules Newevent M CR Qe is Available Events Global State active at all times Primitive NO ACTION Specify Action s KT Move Event To d Copy Event To im Delete This Event B C D E F Properties No Action Click to Select Right Click for menu Double Click for Properties Save Save s Defaut Load 5 Select a letter from the menu The menu closes The event button should now point to a neighboring button that has the letter value you assigned Global State active at all times 6 After the condition has been defined you can then add the Wait For command line with whatever letter you assigned to your script For example Wait For WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT A 5 11 20 Find Find allows searches on an open tr
320. g or create a new generator file Creating a Traffic Generation File on page 363 you can assign the script to one or more ports Click the Port Configuration button to open the Set Port Configuration dialog see Port Configuration on page 108 Select a port configuration For example Trainer may be on Port1 and Port 2 or Port3 and Port4 After you select port configuration the Assign Active Script Remove Assigned Script for Link 1 2 3 or 4 buttons have colors For example for Trainer on Ports 1 and 2 the buttons are O BA After you open or create a script in the Trainer window click the L1 or L2 button to assign the script to Port 1 or Port 2 A display appears to the left of the script in the Trainer window S Ta E That link now has link specific Start Stop Resume Connect and Disconnect buttons See the previous page for the button descriptions Use the link specific buttons to control each link separately You can click the L1 or L2 button again to remove the script from the link After you select port configuration the Trainer toolbar changes to display the Generation buttons Start All Generation Stop All Generation Resume All Generation Connect All Link and Disconnect All Link 376 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generating Traffic Teledyne LeCroy oh re a Sele S o 199 e i9 t rH 6 e 6 0 Use these buttons to control all links You can click
321. g triggering and memory usage A project can be saved as a sac files for later use Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups After you install the Protocol Suite software see Software Installation on page 20 and set up the Analyzer see Hardware Setup on page 21 launch the Protocol Suite software see Launching Your Analyzer on page 34 to display the default Protocol Analyzer in Easy Mode at the Capture tab The default Protocol Analyzer uses the Easy Mode which allows triggering and data capture Main Window Use the Easy Mode to get a comprehensive overview of your analyzer s capabilities Use the default Analyzer Project or create a new project For SAS on the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt SAS Protocol Analyzer to open a SAS Protocol Analyzer dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 45 Teledyne LeCroy Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups 46 What analyzer triggers on Project Tree display 4 Project Tree E D uA S ProtocolAnalyzerl Capture Trigger Settings Hotes g Everything Exclude SATA CONT Exclude SATA SYNC Exclude OOB Signals Exclude 22x Exclude Payload except 0 Diword s C Pattern Parameters Exclude ALIGN Exclude RADY jv Exclude NOTIFY v Exclude Idle Define different patterns for pre trigger and past trigger data captures Bh Easy switch to Advanced made Capture memory settings a H4 Capture g Evyeruthing Exc
322. g Else If Nochange NoJump Exclude Items Idle Notify Capture Set capture settings of all states as state 0 C Everything v Exclude Idle D Bunk ide go C Nothing Exclude DOB Signal RDY Pattern Exclude ALIGN v Exclude NOTIFY Exclude SATA CONT Exclude SATA SYNC Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s C neues the following Patterns Exclude Bus Condition Primitive STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors Advanced switch to Easy mode Ir Multi Sequencer Pot i T1 y Make Same as Current AddState JE Delete State For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 80 SAS State Programming Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 111 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 SO Start State 0 9 xi Nochange NoJump No change No Jump No change No Jump No change No Jump y Else If Else If qp Rp up SP Capture Set capture setting of all state as state C Everything v Exclude Idle C Nothing Exclude DOB Signal Exclude xx Pattem Exclude CONT Exclude SYNC Exclude Payload except o Dword s C Mese the following Patterns Exclude Bus Condition Primitive FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern Protocol Errors Ad
323. ger allows each unit to do JAA To manage the license select Setup gt Manage Setup Licenses The Floating License dialog displays the available functionality by Function Total Ports Assigned To ports and Not Used It also displays the Current License Configuration by License Type Serial Number Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator and InFusion Note Sierra M122 currently does not support Device Emulator Host Emulator and InFusion Floating License Available Functionality by Setup and Licensed Features Function Total Ports Assigned To Ports Hot Used A Analyzer 0 B B Device Emulator o B B fica Host Emulator B ET Infusion o T B Current License Configuration Type Serial Num Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator Infusion Simulation SN 00 Al E a HE gt Er Default Licenses Close Figure 3 183 Floating License Dialog 3 20 External Trig Setting The External Trig Setting dialog displays the External Trig Out Setting and External Trig In Setting as High Active Low Active or Toggle 260 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Update Device Teledyne LeCroy External Trig Setting External Trig Out Setting Type High Active C Low Active C Toggle External Trig uk pulse width 1 x 66 ns High Active Low Active C Toggle cw Figure 3 184 External Trigger Setting Dialog To display the External Trig Setting dialog
324. gn 3 and go to Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As in previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 339 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Fix Aligns Test File Library c 7 0 X Scenario Name Fix Alis Test Description Detect incorrect order of Alis FIX IT and beep when it happens d Sequencers ex i Align T est Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Sequence Wait for Aligqgnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Wait for Timer 100 us Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Wait for Alignl Wait for ALIGN 1 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for A licgnz Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with
325. gnaling The main purpose of this feature is enabling the user to mark specific parts of the captured traffic for better tracking See Generating a Jammer Marker on page 316 Opens a window to count the number of events that occur during a session A session is a time interval during which a scenario runs Removes the targeted event from the traffic In InFusion A Remove primitive action is implemented by replacing the primitive with an idle data DWORD A Remove frame action is implemented by replacing the start of frame and end of frame primitives with an idle data DWORD 309 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 310 4 8 1 Action Description Restart All Sequences Restart all sequences in the scenario Current Sequence Restart the sequence that contains this action definition SNW Speed Negotiation Set RCDT SNTT ALT TLT TX speed TRAIN Retime TRAIN DONE pattern and or PHY Capability Speed Negotiation Set Violation Type Violation Stop Scenario Stops all scenario activity Substitute Data DWORD Substitutes a data DWORD in the traffic with SAS Primitive Substitutes a SAS primitive in the traffic with SATA Primitive Substitutes a SATA primitive in the traffic Trigger Output Sends a signal out the trigger port to the device downstream The trigger point in the Analyzer that caused the analyzer trigger action will not be the selected event it will be the selected event with some offset Only shown in
326. h For window to look for points where speed changes occurred in the trace Search Packet View Search For Search tems A Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames 8E5I Commands SMP Commands A Task Management Func PATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source 545 Address Fl Destination SAS Addres Protocol Error Tag SCSI Task Attribute ATAPI SCS Command Device Sleep A Training Sequence Speed Changes Miscellaneous Search By Hashed 545 Address a SAS Address Search Direction a Forward Backward Search Fram ie Start 5 Trig Pointer 5 Pointer 2 AMD Selected Items 2 Y Painter a OR Selected Items 3 Last Found ina Figure 3 137 Search by Speed Changes Search Logic Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 225 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 226 3 8 9 Show Hide Ports You can Show Hide a Single Port or you can Show Hide Multiple Ports To do so click on the Ch Down Arrow Show Hide Single Port If Show Hide Single Port is selected you can click on one port button at a time to show hide the capture for that port Show Hide Single Port is time consuming as it shows or hides one port at a time Show Hide Multiple Ports p o If Show Hide Multiple Ports is selected you can click on multiple ports to show or hide them This mode is much faster Clic
327. hat the D Symbol choice does not have a down arrow To choose a D symbol click the D symbol option button and enter a Hex value Primitive Double click Primitive in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Primitive dialog Primitive Primitive Type IP NORMAL NOT Lancel Mot Specific To Type OF Connections Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections Used Inside STP Connections Traffic Speed 4 1 5 gbps 4 3 0 abps W 6 0 gbps 4 12 0 abps Check All Uncheck all Count Expected number of occurences on each link Figure 2 47 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options 84 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Click the down arrow next to the Primitive dropdown list scroll the list to choose a primitive on which to trigger and click OK Note Users need to exclude the ALIGN capture for the SAS SOF EOF trigger and exclude the XXX capture for the SATA SOF EOF trigger in order for the trigger to precisely display on those primitives in the Link Data frame Note Check the box to the right of the Primitive Type to use the logical NOT x Primitive Primitive Type AIP NORMAL C NOT Cancel AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION
328. he data about the project Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 109 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 110 Pre T rigger Capture Trigger Post Trigger Capture Settings Notes Project Name a N ote P Creation D ate 08 041 3 on Tuesday Jul 08 08 Last Modified N ot saved yet Last Run Not run yet B Easy switch to Advanced mode Figure 2 79 Project Notes Tab 2 2 20 Project Tree B SASProtocolAnalyzer2 a Pre Trigger Capture Exclude Include Xxx Include SATA SYNC Include SATA CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Aj Trigger Non Sequential y Post Trigger Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include 29 Include SATA SYNC Include SATA CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Exclude Idle Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed I1 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 89 Connection Details Simulation Mode amp Collapse All Expand All Advanced Mode User Defined Advanced Mode expands Analysis capability by allowing you to program complex triggering and data capture projects The Advanced Mode is a state machine with up to 23 different states You can program
329. he DFE_Control values for a DFE Tap1 DFE Tap2 DFE Tap3 DFE Tap4 DFE lap5 reference voltage OOOO O Advanced Probe Setting x TX Signals VOD 30 Pre emphasis first Pre emphasis Pre tal 4 y Pre emphasis second DFE_Control DFE Tapi DFE Tap2 0 DFE_Tap3j0 DFE Tapijt DFE_Taps 0 reference voltage c mv y cancel Figure 3 169 Advanced Probe Setting Dialog References Probe Setting The References Probe Setting dialog see Figure 3 170 on page 247 allows you to set the three reference points defined by the SAS 3 0 specification Reference 1 Reference 2 and NoEq in cases when the default reference points do not result in a clean link These settings only need to be applied once for each analyzer as they are saved by the SAS SATA Protocol Suite application on the host machine Connecting to a different host machine requires reapplying the settings Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual TxRxVout amp Preemphasis Teledyne LeCroy References Probe Setting eS Reference 1 VOD 33 Pre emphasis first 29 Pre emphasis Pre taf 15 Pre emphasis second 3 Reference 2 VOD 25 Pre emphasis first 16 NoEg VOD 22 Pre emphasis first 0 Pre emphasis Pre tap 0 Pre emphasis second Figure 3 170 References Probe Setting Dialog 3 17 3 Manual Calibration of Tx Path from Jammer To manually calibrate perform the following steps 1 Select Setup gt TxRx Vout amp Preemph
330. hen new sample file opens When you want to open a new sample file the software closes any open sample files Create statistical report read write page The software creates a Read Write page in the statistical report Enabling this setting displays the Read Write Stream DMA command in the Read Write page Show Quick View Warning The Quick View Warning pops up when attempting to close a trace that has not yet been saved and is only shown in Quick View mode This checkbox allows to turn off this popup LBA mode Checking this box enables LBA mode for ATA decoding CHS mode Checking this box enables CHS mode for ATA decoding According to LBA mode in ATA command Checking this box enables decoding according to LBA mode in ATA command for ATA decoding Configuration Clicking the Configuration button in the Trace Viewer tab in Preferences displays the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog see Figure 3 179 on page 255 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy Trace Viewer Configuration E E X Field Setting Format Hexadecimal e visible Byte Order light Align Field Header Setting e Normal Output Features i L Logical sectors per lagi SectorCount i SectorOffset Name Abbreviation Foreground Error Output 3 MD Error w LBA Low e LBA Mid Viewer Setting Data Payload s High e Wrap P
331. ht notice WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your Teledyne LeCroy product please visit teledynelecroy com recycle Teledyne LeCroy 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 TEL 800 909 7112 USA and Canada TEL 408 653 1260 worldwide Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual ii Chapter 1T IBtFOOUC CIO Nadie lid idats 17 T 1 Analyzer OVOTVIOW 2 992 9 0802 85 95 0022288 9130 22 0GeDa eus Coca esate Da deu EIU E esu Esc ss ceu A 17 MA FOCA UT 18 1 3 RECEIVING Your PNAlY Ze Ronin 18 14 Unpacking Your AnalyZel asa 18 T 5 Alalyzer Front Panel ussseesensxsedzavod seduce uv uo duaads aeu cena a 19 TOCEDS sU UL mE EIE I EE LE MI I EE 19 1 6 1 Status and Configuration Display 1 leeeeeeeieeeeeeeeieenie enne e enhn n nnn n nnn anu sauna unns n nnns a nn nnns 20 1 5 2 Temperature and HUM iia 20 1 7 Installing Your Analyzer ini in ew urs ui au ouo dioe ood supr CS cb mb a icu cena uisa o UND Edd Ta TRU ERE cda 20 1 8 Software InstallallOl x5 3 cibi taa SR SCIRE Er ui eU ME RRNER Ia RAUE SUN as 20 1 9 1 System restart ud E OOO uo echa a du USA PD wa tu eR ea edu ed UFU a A ERV E FEE 20 1 8 2 Error Message inco dioere odori Sul A dedo ae e deua
332. ialog till generation mode change Cancel Figure 5 33 Connection Parameters Dialog You can set the Identify frame parameter settings to keep the link connected O Device Type End Device Edge Expander or Fanout Expander SSP Initiator Present or Not Present STP Initiator Present or Not Present SMP Initiator Present or Not Present SSP Target Present or Not Present STP Target Present or Not Present SMP Target Present or Not Present SAS Address hex eight digits eight digits PHY Identifier hex two digits Zone Device Yes or No Zone Broadcast Method hex two digits LDLLLLLDLDLDLDUDLcD O You can select to not show the dialog until there is a generation mode change 5 12 3 Resetting the Toolbar The Analyzer Toolbar has the following Q Launch Jammer Switches to InFusion frame Launch Analyzer Switches to Analyzer frame Start Recording Start Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame Stop Recording Stop Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame Abort Recording Abort Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame OOO O Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 447 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options The Generator Toolbar has the following Q Start Generation Stop Generation Resume Generation Connect Link Disconnect Link Q Generation Options LDLDLDL From time to time such as following a software upgrade it is possible for the buttons on the toolbar to
333. ication numbers states consecutively from O up 1 2 3 and so on New Scenario O d P Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator I Global Rules Click here to add an event Click here to add a Sequence gt Figure 4 48 Example 7 Adding a Sequence By default the name of the first sequence in a scenario is Sequence 0 The name of the first state is State 0 To change the name of a sequence or state or to associate a description with it click the name of the sequence or state A dialog box displays that allows you to enter that information Note The description does not appear on screen but you can bring it up by clicking the name of the sequence or state 4 Inthe State O area click the prompt to add an event Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 331 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence New Scenario O bx Status Mot saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Rules Click here to add an event State oO Click here to em an evaent sClick here to add another state Click here to add another sequence Figure 4 49 Example 7 Adding an Event for the First State The Event Properties dialog box displays 5 Inthe Event Properties dialog box select Address Frame as the event 6 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 7 In the State O area click the prompt to add an act
334. icted H SMP Target Port H 21 f 0x0 identity x1 End Device STP Target Port M SSP Target Port H Link Data H x eT me Retry Data Frames M NumofF Btes M Tag M Target Port Transfer Tag H SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest SAS Addr H Hashed Src SAS Addr H Changing Date Pointer H ReTransm H Retry Data Frames H Num of Fill Gytes H na 122 S4 COAL 0 Xo Y 53 840 us XtoT 5333 un l Y toT 59 173 fus Figure 2 18 SAS Analyzer Trace Capture Display For details about the results display see Displ F llation on page 121 and Patterns and Data Capture Setup You can refine data capture by choosing Pattern and then selecting specific patterns for capture Additionally you can define a different set of patterns to capture after trigger To define specific patterns for capture click the Pattern button see 4 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 63 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 64 AS SATA Protocol Suite File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help gt al lt gt Trainer Y Jammer E Record ch S45ProtocolAnalyzer1 _ ja xi tope Everything LU Exclude SATA CONT n E Exclude SATA SYNC Pattem E Exclude OOB Signals E Exclude KXXX Exclude Payload except O Parameters Pattem STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame Add gt SSP Fra
335. ide or Show the column To show the same columns permanently select Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer gt As Previously Saved Right click the column to Add Bookmark or Edit Bookmark Set Time Stamp Origin go to Preferences choose Time Stamp Format Change Background or Foreground Color or Goto a position Note You can double click a data frame to display the data payload view The Status column can show ABRT and UNC status Primitives Displayed in Both Spreadsheet and Packet Views The following primitives are shown if they are inside a frame A RRDY NORMAL ACK NAK CRC ERROR CREDIT BLOCKED DLL Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 139 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis BREAK DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT DONE NORMAL AIP NORMAL SAS ERROR See Figure 3 29 DOOCD O E tie Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Frame Sins T4 i P WAITING ON DEVICE x3 171 ins EUN R_ROY NORMAL x3 R RDY NORMAL x3 Ad n amp i E A a nam 125 2354 Us S R ROY HOF MAL x2 ee T2 R RD NORMAL x2 9 ns 2 ams d asi 2 Bry ib 125 ns BD 218 ns gt P R_RD NORMAL Transport B serene HashedDestSASAddr H Hashed Sre SAS Addr H Ch 29 Corie gt Command CEBO 431015 mi _ CRC m Durata D00000000000000000000000A0000000009 J BC BCTSAGTT 0x0 ACK 53 ne
336. iding Tab Available headers are O O CDODOODDODODDODDO OOOO ooo oo oO SSP Frame Header SMP Report General Request or Response SMP Report Mfg Info Request or Response SMP Discover Request or Response SMP Report Phy Error Log Request or Response SMP Report Route Info Request or Response SMP Configure Route Info Request or Response SMP Phy Control Request or Response SMP Phy Test Function Request or Response SMP Configure Phy Zone Request or Response SMP Configure Zone Permission Request or Response SMP Report Zone Permission Request or Response SMP Report Zone Routing Table Request or Response STP Register Host to Device FIS STP Register Device to Host FIS STP Register Device Bits Device to Host FIS STP DMA Activate Device to Host FIS STP DMA Setup FIS STP BIST Activate FIS STP PIO Setup Device to Host FIS STP Data FIS STP Frame Summary Header Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 445 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options n n SATA Frame Summary Header SAS Delta Time Check boxes to allow a field when the selected header is collapsed Example header fields are LDLLDL a Frame Type Function Result Offset FIS Type You can move items up and down You can select to Restore Defaults for the selected header or all headers Saving Display Options You can save a set of Display Options values make a set the default settings or use a saved set of values with
337. iew Help YY Target 7 27 3 10 2 10 2 K28 5 Align 27 3 10 2 10 2 K28 95 Align xX ox f e MM Open Address Frame wp f 2 2 2 Open SSP Connectign w if 01 4 30 0 24 0 K28 5 SOAF FF FF 08 91 44 33 22 11 88 77 66 55 cc dd ee ff 88 GO aa hb ao 01 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 J CRC Ef 31 4 07 3 24 0 K28 5 J EOAF f a Read DMA Command wf fe Register Host to Device 5 355 d OOO MON M OOO MONS ON soo OOO 10 2 10 2 21 4 K 8 3 R ROY 10 2 10 2 21 4 K28 3 R RDY 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 CONT Pe e dd PRA MOON OOO 27 3 10 2 10 2 K28 5 Align 7 3 10 2 10 2 K28 5 Align OOO JU XXX y ODO YE OO A AAAA f Ox OOO f XXX Jj 21 2 21 2 21 5 K28 3 ey R_IP Ww 21 2 21 2 21 5 K28 3 R IP 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 CONT OO SOOO OMM M ORO OO OOO 21 1 21 1 21 5 K28 3 JE ROK 21 1 21 1 21 5 K28 3 ROK 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 CONT Figure A 1 Sample Pattern Generator File spg 452 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements ASA SHAILA 8 E
338. iew after trace uploading finishes Note Users must press CTRL Home to go to the beginning of an uploaded trace and CTRL End to go to the end of an uploaded trace 122 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trace Properties Teledyne LeCroy 3 1 3 Using the Viewer Display To configure the data viewer display use the toolbars You can display the same data in Packet view Spreadsheet view Column view with transactions grouped for each active port Text view with transactions grouped for each active port Waveform view Frame Inspector view Histogram view Bus Utilization view Data Report Statistical Report view Power Tracker View SATA LDLLLDLLDLDDLULUUDLU O To change the view type when opening a sample change the default workspace or save options in the Preferences dialog To toggle among open windows use CTRL TAB To reverse toggle order use CTRL SHIFT TAB To make a frame a trigger pattern in Packet View right click any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture Viewer Display enables you to also perform the following O Decode Assignments Refer to Decoding Assignments on page 125 for more details Q Compare Two Data Payloads Refer to Compare Two Data Payloads on page 190 for more details a Run Verification Scripts Refer to Running Verification Script Engine VSE on page 198 for more details 3 2 Trace Properties You can view the Tr
339. ified in the same format as specified in the SATA Standard OCDOO O For example for Register H gt D FIS Pattern 0x00000027 Mask 0Ox000000FF OFFSETS 10 SOF Type SATA SOF Analyzer Trigger Trigger the Analyzer when the Scenario event matches You can see the trigger on the Analyzer Status Bar The Analyzer Trigger feature functions when the Analyzer trigger pattern is set to Pattern Infusion and is running a scenario which activates the Trigger analyzer action A message Triggered Post Trig Capturing displays on the Software Status bar This is different from the external trigger mechanism You do not need an external trigger cable When the analyzer triggers it triggers on a packet before the actual trigger event occurs The trace triggers more than 1 us before the event actually occurs The trigger is on the Initiator side instead of the Target side as set in the scenario Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy 4 7 6 Adding NOT Property to SAS and SATA Primitives V Event Properties Type Address Frame Analyzer Trigger Any Dword ATA Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up CRC Error Dword Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type Frame Type Internal Trigger Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 12G Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB gt Primitives L Primitive Group SAS Primitive SATA Primitive
340. ight click a packet to change the background and foreground color see the arrows in Figure 3 32 on page 143 L Ee 9 Mo 02010000 B 00000000 Link 159912 a CRC SECSOSES lt ist DW of 10 DWords gt gt OAR K D K28 5 D24 0 D30 0 D1 4 811E18 BC B 110000 0101 110011 0100 O nn aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa a a a a a a a ee ee OR IOREOR OR NOR NOR NOR NOR NOR NOR ENES 011110 0100 7 011101 0010 E 10040E00 gt 10040E00 E 50060580 50060580 E 069ECD10 069ECD10 M ABAABAAA AAAAAAAA E 02010000 03010000 Figure 3 32 SAS Column View Right click in the Column View to display commands a Add Bookmark Expand All Preferences Time Stamp Format LeCroy Format Milli Second Micro Second Go to Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Time Stamp Book mark Begin End Set X Pointer Set Y Pointer Change Background Color Change Foreground Color OOO O OOO O Note The Column View displays the CRC value To see different formats 10b 8b scrambled and so on select a format by clicking its Tool menu button Note The Column View displays the CRC value To see different formats 10b 8b scrambled and so on Export to Text Excel command is not available Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 143 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Resize Columns You can resize the columns in Column View by clicking in the column boundary and dragging the boundary to a new position
341. igning Variable Values You can set variable values in different ways Constant value Q varNamel 1234 Other variable value varNamel varName2 Result of expression on other variables QvarNamel varNamel varName2 Fields of last received frame varNamel SSPFrame LRF FrameType where LRF is Last Received Frame Note Specifying packet type SSPFrame before LRF causes last received frame to be this packet type and field start bit position is calculated according to the packet type definition Part of last received frame Q varNamel LRF startBitOffset endBitOffset where offsets are bit based Example SendssPFrameCommand Initiator Data LRF startBitOffset endBitOffset Tag 0x101 The constraints are 1 Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported and 2 Offsets StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 Random values Q varNamel Random Expression on Variables Mathematical expressions such as sum subtract and shift QvarNamel varName2 QvarNamel varName2 Q varNamel amp varName2 dvarNamel varName2 396 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy QvarNamel lt lt 2 Logical expressions such as compare equal not and and or QvarNamel gt varName2 varNamel lt Q varName2 varNamel varName2 Q varNamel QA varName2 logical expressionl amp amp
342. iguration for InFusion on page 289 Batch Script Setting see Scenario Batch Files on page 347 Browse UserData System or InFusion folder Help Help Topics and About InFusion Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface Teledyne LeCroy 4 2 3 Main Library You can Show Main Library GOGH Ex Scenarios al me New Scenario 0 Figure 4 2 Main Library The Main Library has Scenarios Using the buttons from left to right you can n n n Create a new scenario and save a scenario Save a library and save a copy of a library View edit a scenario insert copy of a scenario and delete scenario Copy and paste 4 2 4 File Library You can display the File Library see Figure 4 3 on page 287 File Library cXprogram filesylecroyxsas protocol suitevexamplesynfusionsscsi sbc2 infdb D E C 3 EP Hx x Us ER scenarios Inject Errors Remove Substitute amp Branch Substitute with Primitive REDUNDANCY GROUP IN SEEK 6 WRITE ATTRIBUTE MAINTEMANCE IN Detect ACCESS CONTROL IN Detect Erase 12 Detect INQUIRY Detect Log Select Detect Log Sense Detect LOCK UNLOCK CACHE 16 Detect MEDIUM SCAN Figure 4 3 File Library Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 287 Teledyne LeCroy Interface A File Library has Scenarios currently available in the device Using the buttons from left to right you can
343. igure 3 9 to display the details 1 42 311 543 720 min 2 gt Standard Inquiry Data H 0000031238001 004534541 47415445205354 gt que 3 3 9 Packet View Metrics The following additional packet information is displayed when the Metrics field is expanded Refer to Figure 3 10 on page 130 Performance Reference Definitions Trp No Number of Transports The total number of transports that compose this exchange Resp Time Response Time The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the beginning of the first frame in the command to the end of the last frame in the command Pld Bytes Payload Bytes The number of payload bytes this operation transferred Latency Time The time measured from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Data Stat Time Data to Status Time The time between the end of data transmission for this command and the Status frame Thrpt MB s Data Throughput The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second Duration The time taken from the first DWord to the last DWord in a line Source Address H Destination Address HJ Operation Code EWP Hi CMDDT H Page or Gpcode HJ Allocation Length 0H Contr 5 DDEOC42FBSDUD4 500065000051F775 Task Attribute Tag Hi status LUM Hi l Trp Mo Resp Time Pid Bytes Duration 3 527 093 uz 36 S66 ns Relative Time Duration atio Duration
344. iming 150 Customize command 448 dialog box 448 Customize the color of any operation code field 128 D data pattern 67 show 233 DATA FIS 77 data format 233 Data Pattern definition dialog 67 Data Pattern Mask and Match 435 439 Data Payload View 188 data report 186 Data Report button 186 196 Data View 39 DataPatternCapture 123 Decode CDB of Commands 257 Decode Toolbar 229 Decode toolbar 42 Default Workspace 251 253 default workspace 251 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Teledyne LeCroy default infdb file 295 Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures 48 Delete button 434 Delete This Event option 434 deleting events 434 Device Identifier dialog 269 Device List 270 Device Setup dialog 261 Device Sleep 131 Device Type field 447 DHCP server 34 direction search 360 440 Disconnect 25 Disconnect Link 359 Disconnect Link button 363 disparity indication 229 display fonts 242 display Configuration 238 display configuration 238 Display License Information 266 display manipulation 123 Display Options 359 Color Format Hiding tab 441 factory settings 441 level hiding 443 loading 446 saving 446 values 441 window 440 DMA activate FIS 75 DMA setup FIS 76 Don t care Snapshot 78 dragging buttons 432 DVD ROM 20 Dword Matcher 305 E Easy Mode 35 Edit as Text button 362 Edit Comment 358 Edit script 202 e mail 455 Email CATC Support 455 Enable
345. imple 226 666 671 75 ns 1 4 42e 3 5 129 866 60 ms 707 100 00 Figure 3 64 Statistical Reports SCSI Command Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 165 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis SMP Command Report To display the SMP Command Report see Figure 3 65 on page 166 click the SMP Command tab The SMP Command Report displays information in the following columns a LDLDLDLDLDLDLDUDLU Function All Custom Report General Report Manufacturer Information Dis cover List Port All H1 I1 H2 I2 H3 I3 H4 I4 or Custom Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Check Condition Good Task Attribute Simple Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences 96 Percentage of total count File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help O Q E E Ej al amp eo T L gt 1 Move X Cursor General Primitive Bus Condition SSP Transport SMP Transport SCSI Command SMP Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Function i Function Result SMP Function Accepted Port Duration Count All All v All 296 875 000 00 ns Custom SMP Function Accepted 14 75 000 000 00 ns 1 8 33 Report General SMP Function Accepted n 896 875 000 00 ns 1 8 33 Report Manufacturer Information SMP Function Accepted Dp 584 375 000 00 ns
346. iner can send commands and complete them in normal or some popular error conditions SATA Host can issue NCQ commands necessary for SATA compliance tests on SSD devices Limitations are O Does not save Read data or reuse bulk read data for next commands a Sends only limited Write data patterns SATA Device As a Device Trainer can receive commands and respond to them in normal or some popular error conditions Limitations are Q Uses only one command at a time Command queuing is not supported QO Does not save incoming write data Sends back data for all LBAs or generates counter random data Cannot be used as a real formatted partition To use the Trainer as a SATA Device in real configurations only tools like IO METER that can work with un partitioned and un formatted drives can be used Variable Definition Variable definition is like definitions in programming languages You can define up to 512 DWORD 32 bit variables There is no constraint on variable names except you cannot use keywords Variable scopes are general and you should define them in the script header before the generation block Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 395 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language The syntax of variable definition is VAR32 VariableNamel VariableName2 VAR64 QVariableName VAR64 holds field values greater than 32 bits such as SASAddress Note Variable names always start with 8 Ass
347. ion New Scenario 0 bx Mo action specified Far the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State O Click here to jump to the pra Status Mat saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Rules lt Click here to add an event Sequence State O P Wait for Click here to add combined event Click here to add anpaction Click here to add anoth amp 2s event lt Click here to add another state Click here to add another sequences Figure 4 50 Example 7 Adding an Action for the First State The Action Properties dialog box displays 8 For the action select Branch to gt New State 9 Click the OK button to close the Action Properties dialog box 10 This saves the action and automatically creates an area for State 1 in the scenario 332 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 11 In the State 1 area click the prompt to add an event The Event Properties dialog box displays 12 Choose the Address Frame event In the Direction column select From Target you want State 1 to trigger on an Identify Address frame received from the target 13 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 14 Click the prompt to add an action for State 1 New Scenario 0 bx Mo action specified Far the event Address Frame 0x00 IDEM
348. ion dialog See Port Configuration for InFusion on page 289 Launch Analyzer Returns to the Protocol Analyzer or Target Host Emulator window Launch Trainer Goes to the Trainer window Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 285 Teledyne LeCroy Interface 286 Run Batch Script Runs a scenario batch file Stop Batch Script Stops a running scenario batch file Record Starts recording on the current analyzer using the current project Stop Stops recording on the current analyzer Abort Aborts recording 4 2 2 Menus The InFusion interface has the following menus File See command descriptions in Buttons on page 285 E DOOCOD DOOCD Setup LDLDLDL View O O Configuration a a Tools New Scenario Open Scenario File Library or Main Library Open an InFusion database infdb file Launch Analyzer Launch Trainer New Batch Script Save Batch Script As New Library Close Library File Library or Main Library Save Library Save Copy of Library As Open Log File Print Setup Recent Trace Files Recent Project Files Close External Trig Setting see External Trig Setting on page 260 Update Device see Update Device on page 261 All Connected Devices Status Bar Views Library Output Port Assignment Customize commands Toolbars Key board Menu and Options Smart Docking Toolbar Status Bar Port Configuration see Port Conf
349. ion shows or hides captured FIS items in the Trace Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Trace Viewer Protocol Error Port When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Trace Viewer When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides packet traffic for the selected port ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Miscellaneous 3 8 6 3 8 7 When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In see Filter Miscellaneous on page 214 Enable Filter Select Filtering Enable Filtering or click the P Filter Enable button on the display menu bar to toggle between Filtered and Unfiltered display Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 8 8 IDL You can quickly filter idles by clicking the x Filter Idle button This button toggles between Show and Hide items Search The Search menu and toolbar options permit you to examine any data capture file to quickly
350. ion to happen at other multiples of event occurrence for example 5 25 1000 and so on You also can set the action to happen at random within a specified number of event occurrences 3 _ Replace RRDY Normal b x Scenario is valid Scenario Mame Replace BEDY Normal gt Description Wait for BEDY Normal and replace it with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for EELY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add a Sequence gt E For Help press F1 Figure 4 37 Example 2 Complete Scenario 322 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 4 9 3 Example 3 Creating OR Conditions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for either of two types of RRDY primitive and replaces them with an ERROR primitive This example includes a combined event a logical OR association of two or more single events Here the combined event consists of any occurrence of RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 1 a Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box As you did in example 1 of this chapter choose RRDY Normal as the first primiti
351. iptor list Discover list descriptor 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F A7 1E 00 B2 05 06 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 10 41 IN SAO E AH Attached Device Type 399 e No device attached i a LN MO A E 7 7B Loc rcm E E sere 3 200 Details of a Single Discover List Decio If you right click in the Value Field you can Copy text Show First Field or Change the data format to binary decimal or leave it in hexadecimal format See Figure 3 201 on page 275 Field Name Discover list descriptor 00 00 00 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 FF FF 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A 80 00 00 2A 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 04 00 00 Qa nn nn nn nn nn nn nn nnan MA NA MA M1 07 01 BB 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Copy Text D 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3B 00 1D 00 v Show First Field Discover list descriptor 0000000020202 z 00 00 00 00 00 00 C Format Decimal 01 00 00 04 00 00 00 VOUT UU 00 00 0 OU UU OU UU UN OU e mal 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F a7 1E 00820506 exadecima 00 00 38 00 1D 00 10 41 Binary Figure 3 201 Discover List Descriptor List Showing Different Options and Format
352. is inside a frame or not Q Because the pattern can be inside or outside of frames there is no offset Q You can make user defined primitives This is the reason this feature was cre ated Q You can use any K D pattern Address Frame With Infusion you must enter all values in reverse MSB LSB order For example a SAS Address in the viewer 5000C50056B8C829 should be entered like this in Infusion 29C8B85600C50050 SAS Data Pattern When you create a SAS data pattern keep the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SOF or SOAF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SAS standard 0x12345678 hex where 1 is the first digit on the cable and is the MSB as given in the SAS Stan dard LDLDLDL For example for an SMP Request Pattern 0x40000000 Mask OxFFO000000 Offset O Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 305 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events 306 4 7 4 4 7 5 SOP Type SOF SATA Data Pattern When you create a SATA data pattern keep the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SATA_SOF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be spec
353. is opens selection dialogs for each of the categories displaying all parameters for that category All of the patterns added appear in the project tree Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Exclude Patterns Check this box to allow capture of everything except the patterns added to the Project Tree When you check this box the system adds the Primitive category to the parameter window and enables Exclude Idle Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree wea SASProtocolAnalyzer Everything Exclude SATA CONT 5 Capture Exclude Pattern Exclude SATA_SYNC v Exclude Idle Include SOx Exclude ODE Signals Exclude 960 Exclude Payload except fa Devore s 4 Include SATA SYNC 4 Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals amp Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Parameters Primitive amp P Primitive AIP NORMAL STF Frame Addiess Frame Ary Address Frame Type P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Address Frame m Trigger Non Sequential SMP Frame zu Settings SSP Frame 4 Trigger Position in Memory 50 Data Pattern Capture Memory Size 10000 KB 4 Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Protacol Errors Speed s 30 Gbps 11 T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP B3 Connection Details Simulation Mode v Exclude pattem
354. it acts Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 311 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 312 4 8 3 4 8 4 Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event 1 or Event 2 Capturing a Data DWORD InFusion provides the ability to capture individual data DWORDs and provides four different registers to store captured DWORDs DWORD 40 1 2 and 3 To capture a data DWORD select Capture Data DWORD from the Action Properties screen as shown below Select the register to be used to store the DWORD from the drop down menu under the Capture Register property 2101 xI Type Properties Type Descnption Action z Capture Data Dword Mo E Inject Ha
355. izes Note If traffic is balanced on ports sample size is the same whether you check or uncheck the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option Note Memory Assignment depends on traffic load distribution at the time when the system tries to re assign physical links to memory banks Therefore if you repeat a capture with the same Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters the resulting sample size may not be the same However if traffic load distribution is similar sample size will be similar Note The buffer status indicator shows buffer by FPGA not by port If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked Each physical link or logical link if MUX is enabled is assigned to a specific memory space memory bank depending on the Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters Important If any physical link fills its memory bank the recording process stops Other memory banks will typically be less than full and can be empty The sample file might be smaller than the user defined Sampling Memory Size You might even think that the Analyzer malfunctioned Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 259 Teledyne LeCroy Floating License 3 19 Floating License Note License Manager is only available when in Cascading mode For example if one unit is licensed only for JJJJ and a second unit is licensed only for AAAA cascading the two units and using the License Mana
356. k speed is 1 5 Gbps a 2Align Primitives should be inserted with in every 256 DWORDS when the link speed is 3 Gbps a 4Align Primitives should be inserted with in every 512 DWORDS when the link speed is 6 Gbps a 8Align Primitives should be inserted with in every 512 DWORDS when link speed is 12 Gbps Due to implementation constraints 2 Align primitives are inserted in every 128 DWORDS when the Link speed is 1 5 Gbps and 2 Align primitives are inserted in every 256 DWORDS for other Link speeds In 6 Gbps designs one align primitive is inserted in every 2048 DWORDS 12 Gbps Speed Negotiation is Added a 12 Gbps Speed negotiation Tx training window and Rx training window is added Due to differences in Serdes blocks and Trainer Receiver Clock differences between 12 Gbps and 6 Gbps designs the Rx path of 12 Gbps designs may have a different reception delay compared to 6 Gbps designs This may affect Wait for Statements time taken to exit wait statements may be different Rx Path of 12 Gbs Designs a Rx path of 12 Gbps designs may have different delay compared to 6 Gbs designs HOLD HOLDA Response Time Due to Serdes Difference Hold HoldA response time is different in 12 Gbps designs compared to 6 Gbps The table below shows the Hold HoldA Response times in Number of Dwords Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 449 Teledyne LeCroy Differences Between Sierra M12x Trainers and Sierra M6 x Trainers 450 9
357. k on multiple ports to show or hide them 11 12 T2 ladra 14 9 Single Port Multiple Pa Figure 3 138 SAS Show Hide Ports Toolbar Ch ubi H2 D2 H3 D3 H4 D4 Single Port Multi Port Figure 3 139 SATA Show Hide Ports Toolbar You can also show or hide a port by right clicking a Port ID in Text View or Column View and choosing Show or Hide see Figure 3 143 on page 230 Packet View Toolbar The Packet View toolbar allows wrapping zooming and configuration Packet View Toolbar i E x O rs wooo we oy The Wrap Packets button on the Viewer Toolbar wraps the packet data in the display to eliminate the need for horizontal scrolling Go to CATC Navigation View Click this button to change the trace display to a CATC Trace You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Trace Viewer Configuration see Trace Viewer Configuration on page 238 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy tok The Show Hide Link Packet button displays hides the Link layer SAS only The Show Hide Transport Packet button on the Layers Toolbar displays hides Trp the Transport layer and below SAS only App E The Show Hide All Commands Packet button shows hides the Command layer and all layers below SCSI Cmd and Task Mng SMP Cmd and ATA Cmd SAS only mi lk Click the down arrow on the Show Hide All Commands Packet ETE but
358. l All All f l All l 0 4 2048 Normal Output N A 236300015 ms 94 bee E Custom 0 Dp 3 2048 Normal Output N A 6 990 720 27 ms 201 67 00 Write DMA Ext 0 p 3 512 Normal Output N A 10 493 332 86 us 1 0 33 Read DMA Ext 0 p 3 512 Normal Output N A 22 613 332 75 us 2 0 67 Identify Device 0 B 2 2048 Normal Output N A 26 520 000 46 us 1 0 33 Write DMA Ext 0 Dp 1 0 Incomplete N A 2 480 000 02 us 1 033 9 415 826 80 ms 300 100 00 m File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Gb E Y Tene Y same 81 e rec od m K EN e APPO RSS aj DR ll x a SOSGQROEtLS 1 of1 Read DMA ATA Command Move X Cursor ATA Command Performance Lanes PM Statistic PM Performance Pending IO Others Command PM Port Port Number of FIS Payload Size Status Time out Duration Count PAT All 5 All sj All All All T 512 Normal Output N A 5 666 666 98 us 1 16 67 Custom 0 Hi 3 512 Normal Output N A 262 386 657 71 us 1 16 67 Read DMA 0 Hl 3 0 Normal Output N A 3 000 000 00 us 1 16 67 Identify Device 0 Hl 2 0 Normal Output N A 2 026 666 64 us 1 16 67 Soft Reset 0 Hl 2 0 Normal Output N A 2 000 000 00 us 1 16 67 Recalibrate 0 Hi 2 0 Incomplete N A 1 693 333 39 us 1 16 67 Initialize Device Parameters 276 773 315 43 us 6 100 00 Read Sector s File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help sues vam we es aii PALLARS pal l s E fell
359. l Custom or a number of occurrences 96 Percentage of total count DLDLDLDLDLDUDLUC B File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 5 El Q Tene Y Jammer OO Recos mu tilg ilesi gt APPLY OB R DL B ch gt x j AUGAD FS pT 0223 Wero SCSI Comma Term General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport FIS ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Enor Performance Lanes Pe Command Port Number Of Transport Payload Size Status Task Attribute Duration Count al AM E All All 5 All All a Am All DES 5 2048 Good Simple 175638676 ms 229 34 24 Custom il 3 128 Good Simple 959 999 938 96 ns 1 0 02 Writel0 2 4 2048 Good Simple 3 343 893 53 ms 446 65 18 Inquiry u 2 0 Check Condition Simple 479 999 969 48 ns 1 9 36e 3 Read10 ai 3 20 Good Simple 600 000 000 00 ns 1 0 01 Mode Sensel0 n 1 0 Incomplete Simple 213 333 343 51 ns 1 416e 3 Presistent Reserve Out n 2 0 Check Condition Simple 479 999 969 48 ns 1 9 36e 3 Report Target Port Groups n 3 24 Good Simple 613 333 31299 ns 1 0 01 Read Capac 2 3 36 Good Simple 10 666 666 98 us 16 0 21 Report Target Port Groups 2 3 16 Good Simple 1 200 000 05 us 2 0 02 Read Capacity D 2 0 Check Condition Simple 986 666 687 01 ns 2 0 02 Read Capacity D 3 8 Good Simple 1 146 666 65 us 2 0 02 Read10 D 3 512 Good Simple 4 506 666 66 us 2 0 09 Read10 B 4 2048 Good Simple 7 506 666 66 us 1 0 15 Read10 Dp 1 0 Incomplete S
360. l Analyzer User Manual 251 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences Port Configuration Setting These options pertain to Port Configurations that have unused ports as marked by a dash in the Port Configuration table e g AA This allows the user to control these ports if unused by the analyzer platform are to be disconnected or are to be used as pass through meaning the traffic will simply pass through them default setting It is sometimes useful to force disconnect on unused ports to cause all traffic to pass through the used ports Select the desired option Disconnect unused ports Pass through unused ports 252 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy 3 18 2 Trace Viewer Tab Preferences General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Open Trace File In Optimization Default Workspace 2 Sampling memory usage optimization C As Previously Saved v Quick View 2 More Info vf Switch to CATC Navigation 7 Cancel button kills upload immediately Reverse Link Data Clase previous trace file when new trace file opens Pack Repeated Primitives Create statistical report read write page a scroll Horizontally to Show matched ATA decoding mode Mni Ed LBA mode CHS mode According to LBA mode in ATA command mannii tasty Figure 3 178 Preferences Dialog Trace Viewer Tab Open Trace file In Default Workspace The software opens a trace file in view s based
361. l tx parameter Qtemp variable as input status Local Tx status word temp status control Send ttiu Qtemp 0x36 0xA Local Tx status word This instruction is for getting the status of the local tx parameters for the previous requested tx parameter change This is a 32 bit word in which LSB 16 bit contains status word and MSB 16bits are ZEROS Set OOB SpeedNeg TX TAT Tx training analysis time This setting defines the time for Link analysis i e time for counting errors in the received dwords after this time trainer request for new attached tx ph y change depending on the error count in Auto Tx training mode This is a global setting Send RAW TTIU SendRawTTIU Pattern marker 320bits of BMC encoded TTIU IDLE count Repeat count This command is for transmitting a Raw ttiu i e BMC encoded 320 bits ttiu can be specified here User is given a flexibility to specify the pattern marker Generation sendrawttiu 3ff 3ff 000 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3e0 3ff 01f 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 393 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 394 5 11 8 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 0x3a 0x10 j For TRAINING ERROR COUNT Change local tx parameter Tx status word commands hardware creates separate variables with pre defined address When user specifies this command software should compile the commands in to variabl
362. le Declarations You can declare a variable var name as a frame of type frame type Svar name frame type Note Frame variables can be declared re declared and used many times 384 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Changing Frame Fields You can change some fields in a frame variable Change var name field name value Preprocessor Integer Arithmetic You can declare DWORD variables make arithmetic operations and use them in field and parameters assignments Note Arithmetic expressions are allowed only in numeric variable assignments Examples Legal Operations x oc 2 yc ND CELZ g X SOME DEC DATA 3x45 8 Z eS ux us s Some Hex Data constant may be used in operations xt y Z Xx y SS OX XO EXER 3 295 uL X2 SOF Repeat x Idle y X Fieldl16 OxEEEE Example of the data payload assignment which usesbothintegervariables constants hexliteralsanddatapatterns Data vy y y y lalalala Some Hex Data Some Hex Data 8b8b8b8b DZ Gg OpPAISBESN I Repeat 10 Idle y uses integer variable for parameter setting Illegal operations LN E SOF Repeat xty 7 cxoLLegal use 2 XTY T SOF Repeat 2 amstead 5 11 5 Loops Loops can be used in two modes 1 Using an integer number loop a specified number of loops This number has to be smaller than 64
363. ledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Figure 2 73 Settings Menu Power Management Power Management Setting Saving Voltage Current Time Interval 20 us Save Following Voltage Div sor Pas Plis Eli FP Remote cance Figure 2 74 Protocol Errors Dialog Set the Saving Voltage Current Time Interval duration Check the applicable Voltage value that you want the Analyzer to save See Power Tracker View SATA only on page 196 for more information Protocol Error Mask Click the Protocol Error Mask button to open the Protocol Error Mask dialog xI Pratacal Errors O Code Violation O Disparity Error O ALIGN Error Lanes J STP Signaling Latency Error CJ STF Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive STF Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout O Frame Type Error O Frame Length Error O Frame Direction Error O CRC Error C amp CE NAK Timeout O Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation Check Disable Protocol error detection Check Al sicilia Un Check Enable Protocol error detection Figure 2 75 Protocol Errors Dialog Check the Protocol Errors that you want the Analyzer to ignore When RD Error and Code violation Error are set as trigger events RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the OOB sequence RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the recovery from the PM state These errors ar
364. lign O0 and switch to Align 1 if an Align O is detected SPEED NEG ALIGN 0 SendAlign_1 primitives until the count is exhausted 1 Do nothing at all Generation Options Use the Generation Rules to set triggers and filters To display the Generation Options dialog select Generate Generation Options or click l n the Setup Generation Options d button TK x Generation Rules Toolbar i wewsen w C QQ ea GF Config Status Indicator Available Events Area Main Display Area Save Save As Default Load Cancel Figure 5 16 Generation Options Window The page has the following areas a Toolbar Contains buttons that control the Generation Rules page Q Available Events Area Area where you can park Event buttons that you intend to use in the Main Display area a Main Display Area Area where you configure trigger and filter rules You config Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy ure rules by dragging Event buttons from the Available Events area and then assigning actions to those buttons Q Config Status Indicator A button that indicates if the rule is valid or invalid If a trigger or filter rule is configured correctly the button is green and indicates Con fig is Valid If a rule is not configured correctly the button is red and indicates Config is Invalid Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or ar
365. lly Please wait until device SW 61475 restarts Figure 3 187 Info Dialog Then the update is complete Device Setup h Dev Name Type Cur Reg Status File Name Siera Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Sierra Analzers2 1310 13 10 EN C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Update Al Sierra Emulator 2 2310 23 10 EN C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Sierra Analyzer 3310 3310 MEN C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Siera Self Test 4312 4312 MBE C Program FilessLeCrov 5 Siera Infusion ERES C Program FilesLeCroy 5 k Sierra Trainer iles Le raus lose Figure 3 188 Device Setup Dialog with DONE Device Status Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 263 Teledyne LeCroy User Defined Decoding 3 22 User Defined Decoding User defined decoding allows you to create a definition file to interpret commands and frames that are not in the standard set recognized by the software Select Setup gt User Defined Decoding to open the User Defined Decoding dialog See Figure 3 189 ATAPI amp SCSI Commands IC ATA Commands I ssp Framers I stp Framers SMP Frame s TOG UDD Scripts Level Discovery TOG Features ComPacket cub PFacket El El Packet El El Paryload Set as default Figure 3 189 SAS SATA User Defined Decoding SAS adds SCSI Commands SSP Frames and SMP Frames Select one of the script types and click on the tab Se
366. lnc and SendBulk when you are employing RateMatching since the automatically generated data will not get rate matched Raw Data Scrambling Mode Only those raw DWORDs will be scrambled that contain only data bytes no 10 bit symbols or K bytes Scrambling is reset by changing ScramblingMode or by any valid SAS or SATA frame When Scrambling is on scrambling is done by Trainer engine It automatically detects scrambling type SAS or SATA by start frame primitive When Scrambling is off data is sent without any scrambling Possible Values SCRAMBLING MODE NONE SCRAMBLING MODE SAS SCRAMBLING MODE SATA SCRAMBLING MODE AUTO Default Value SCRAMBLING MODE AUTO Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Default Setting Value Wait Timeout Settings WaitTimeout 1000 AUTO_WAIT_SAS_AFTER Settings AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE CLOSE FOR CLOSE AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE EOF FOR ACK AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE EOF FOR ACK OR NAK AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE OPEN FOR OPEN ACCEPT AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE OPEN FOR OPEN REJECT AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE IDENTIFY FOR IDENTIFY FRAME AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE SMP REQ FOR RESP AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE Settings AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE CLOSE FOR CLOSE AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE SOF FOR CREDIT AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE IDENTIFY FOR IDENTIFY FRAME AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE OPEN ACCEPT FOR OPEN AUT
367. lowing three figures Filter m Filter Options I Bus Condition IL Primitive incomplete Frames IL amp ddress Frames IL 55P Frames SMP Frames STF Frames 8C5lI Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functions IL amp T Commands I 8C5I Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Par S55 Address Protocol Error IL STP Part IL Tag IL amp TAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type o Hide Show wi wI2 413 1 M ni T2 Tal Reset All Check All Save Load Filter Idle 123 04500 05006056000000305 gt Ox 5000626000001 044 IL JOx50060560000003C4 gt 045000626 000001 074 00500001047B5 gt 0 001074 NN i 0x5000E 85000000001 _J0s5000E 5000000001 50000 500001030 31 IL 0s5000C500001 030 91 05000E 85000000001 JOx50000500007 030 31 gt 0x5000626 0000017 0174 05000626000001 074 gt 0 50060560000003C5 105000626000001 07 4 gt 0x5000C50000104765 1025000628 000001 07 4 gt 0x5000C500001 03091 05000626 000001 Ur 4 Ox50060560000003C4 r Filter Logic i Multi Level Filtering C AND Related Items OF Iv Use Pair SAS Addresses e Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Next gt Figure 3 123 First Level of Multilevel Filtering Cancel Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy E Filter Options Bus Condition J Prirnitive
368. lt mask value is set to all ones i e waits for all 32 bits to match with the received TTIU Changing the mask value gives the flexibility to wait for some specific bits in the TTIU Giving Change TTIU with mask value waits for any change in the specified Bits in the Received TTIU compared to the previous received ttiu Example Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Generation Wait for ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 waiting for change in tx init bit of TTIU Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Wait for ttiu 0x0000A000 0X00008000 waiting for train comp bit to go high j LRT Last received TTIU This instruction is for having access to the last received TTIU User can have access to the received ttiu and reuse it as required Example for using this command in the script is as follows ttiu_mask 0x0006000 ttiu LRT ttiu_temp ttiu and ttiu_mask If ttiu_temp 0006000 Send ttiu 0x0006000 y j Training ERROR COUNT This instruction is for having access to the error count of the received Dwords This will give flexibility to user to decide on changing remote tx parameters to get the optimal link with minimal errors Example Var32 Oerror count Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 error_count Training ERROR COUNT If Qerror count 2 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Ma
369. lude NOTIFY g Include 2050 g Include SATA SYNC g Include SATA CONT g Include ODB Signals g Include Payload of Dafa Frame Include RADY g Exclude Idle a ac Trigger Hon Sequential i r Snapshg Be e fl Settings MEZ 4 Trigger Position in Memory 1 v amp Capture Memory Size 10000 KB i vee Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s i vee 4 Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 f Descrambling Enabled amp Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP B Connection Details Simulation Mode E Collapse All zm Expand All Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 1 SAS New Analysis Project Dialog The New Project dialog opens with default settings to capture Everything on the bus and to Trigger On on Snapshot The analyzer captures everything immediately without triggering on anything in particular Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups Teledyne LeCroy 2 1 2 For SATA On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt SATA Protocol Analyzer to open a SATA Protocol Analyzer dialog What analyzer triggers on Project Tree display Capture Trigger Settings Notes 7 Exclude SYNC o Exclude OOB Signals din Exclude Dev Sip Packets T Exclude CONT Everything Exclude Payload except 0 E Exclude XOX Parameters E Exclude ALIGN Cap
370. ly updates the setting bars and Frames shown in the trace window iA View Options Opens a menu with three options Enable Outlining Toggle Outlining and Show Line Numbers See View Options Menu below Cut Copy Paste Undo 3 Print zi E Redo B E mex AE le Add Remove bookmark Allows markers to be set or removed to aid in navigation Go to next bookmark Go to previous bookmark Clear all bookmarks Find Find and Replace Go to Trace View Go to Definition of Selected Keyword Open File under Cursor Opens the file pointed to with the mouse in the script This command works with Include statements Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Starting the Script Editor Teledyne LeCroy View Options Menu The View Options button displays a menu with the following options EEN Show Line Numbers By Bio Enable Outlining Toggle Gutlining Q Enable Outlining Adds an expandable collapsible tree structure to the left side of the Script Editor showing the hierarchical relationships of the script lines a Show Line Numbers Adds line numbers to the left side of the Script Editor win dow QO Toggle Outlining Switches between collapsed and expanded states Pop up Menu Left click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options Display Options Edit as Text LU Zoom In LU Zoom Guil Cra
371. lyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 6 To the right side of the window you can see the Packet Column Spreadsheet and Bus Utilization Views are selected 3 3 6 Spreadsheet View Spreadsheet View displays all of the Packet View fields in a time sequential soreadsheet format To display the Spreadsheet View of the current capture click Analysis gt Spreadsheet View or click the H button on the toolbar see Figure 3 27 on page 139 Command aa Time Stamp Relative Time in Bre S45 Address Dest 545 Address Frame 1 24 Ba Ban 0 040 mir 0 n La pe COMIMIT O ing COMIMIT O tne O ne pnm mz g 70 723 453 ms O 32 701 253 me aa BL s o 2571 EIUS l g E 916 026 71 199 066 mz A A 1 24 8591 299 513 min 71 199 080 m COMINIT zi Figure 3 27 SAS Spreadsheet View xj Ime Stamp elatiwe Time Pu a oo El 11 511 578 666 51 la D iz it E Ox 290 Execute Device Diagnostic 11 511 598 960 5 20 293 us 0x290 Execute Device Diagnostic 3 z FIS2T H 5DReg o uxEL identity Llewice ni uxEL Identity Llewice ms DEC Identify Device 52 053 us DE Check Power ode 23 us a 1 FIS 34 D H Reg UxES Check Power Made Figure 3 28 SATA Spreadsheet View Right click a column heading to go to Preferences make all columns the same width choose Time Stamp Format or Goto a position Right click a column heading to H
372. m Initiator Click here to add combined event then Monitor Count and Stop Scenario after 500th occurrence and Internal Trigger Action Index 3 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Click here to add another state Click here to add another sequence gt Figure 4 29 Scenario to Turn Off Scenarios with Internal Triggers 4 8 6 Generating a Jammer Marker The main purpose of this feature to enable the user to mark specific parts of the captured traffic for easier tracking of data In Sequence O shown below the Event is Waiting for a CRC Error After that event occurs an Action will be taken see Figure 4 30 on page 316 Y Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 0 ttd File Setup View Configuration Tools Help E P O Analyzer Trainer Bj BR Record M ON 4 New Scenario 0 No action specified for the event CRC Error From Initiator in Sequence O State O Click here to jump to the prok Scenario Name New Scenario 0 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Smart Hold Yes OOB Setting Normal Spec Value Sequence O Add an Event Event CRC Error Global Rules Click here to add an e Sequence 0 State 0 Q E Wait for CRC Error From Initiator Click here to add combined event Click here to add an action gt Click here to add another event Add an Action Click here to add another st
373. m target to initiator The direction for traffic modification is defined on a global basis for the entire scenario In other words any scenario action that modifies line traffic only affects the traffic flowing in the direction established at the top of the scenario in the Scenario Properties Scenario events can be monitored in either direction and therefore the parameters for events provide the ability to specify the intended direction for monitoring traffic for that event See Figure 4 17 WV Scenario Properties me a Properties Type Scenario Name New Scenario 0 Description Direction From Initiator v Smart Hold From Initiator mum 3 Set OOB ETA OOB Definition Normal Spec Value Direction ox Coma Figure 4 17 Scenario Properties Direction of Traffic Smart Hold SATA Scenario Properties have a Smart Hold option which is on by default Figure 4 18 on page 300 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 299 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Properties y Scenario Properties Cae Xx Properties Type Scenario Name New Scenario 0 Description Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yes v Set OOB Yes OOB Definition Smart Hold o jJ coma Figure 4 18 Scenario Properties Smart Hold Each port monitors incoming data which originated with the other device s receiver as close as possible to where it enters the bus engine If a port detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA fra
374. mal Scenario Name Remove RADY Normal Description Wait for BPDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for BRDY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt zLlick here to addygan action Click here Click here to add a sequence For Help press F1 COP MUM SCEL Figure 4 35 Example 1 Entering an Action The Action Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 24 on page 308 10 In the Type column on the left choose the action that you want to occur when an RRDY is detected In this example it is the Remove Primitive action Select Random Yes or No N for Every Nth occurrence and Monitor Count as Monitored or Not Monitored 11 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 _ Remove RRDY Normal Scenario is valid Scenario Mame Bemove BRDY Normal Description Wait for BPDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for BRDY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Pemove lt Click here to add another action add another event Click here to add a sequence gt For Help press F1 CAP MOM SCEL Figure 4 36 Example1 Complete Scenario 12 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 321 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 4 9 2 Example 2 Wait for
375. mal Spec Value Lj T Global Rules lt Click here to add an event gt lt Click here to add a sequence gt 26 11 55 For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 15 Structure of New Scenario O 4 6 1 Scenario Generation Your New Scenario O already has several Scenario Properties defined for it Q Scenario Name New Scenario O a Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Q Smart Hold Yes Q OOB Setting Normal Spec Value You can change any of these parameters by selecting them Scenario Name Selecting Scenario Name allows you to customize it See Figure 4 16 z A y Scenario Properties Properties Type Scenario Description Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yes E Set OOB OOB Definition Normal Spec Value Figure 4 16 Scenario Properties Name 298 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties Teledyne LeCroy Direction of Traffic Selecting Direction allows you to change the Direction of Traffic You identify direction of traffic change or modification in terms of traffic origin The application uses the following conventions a From Initiator Change is made to traffic coming from test host for example CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from initiator to target Q From Target Modification is made to traffic coming from the target for exam ple CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent fro
376. matically decoded using the MMC6 SPC4 specification Some removable SATA multimedia devices utilize the PACKET feature set also known as ATAPI devices These ATAPI based devices use a subset of the SCSI command set by default will be decoded using the Multi Media Commands 6 MMC6 SPC4 Some SATA multimedia devices may alternately use the SCSI Streaming Command set SSC2 SPC4 For these devices it may be necessary to manually assign the decoding to the SSC2 SPC4 spec See Figure 3 7 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Hash Destination 545 Address SCSI Specs MMCE SPCA SSC2 SPC4 E Add to Assigned List Assigned SCSI Specs Hash Destination SAS Address SCSI Spec Remove Remove All Figure 3 7 Decoding Assignments SATA To make changes to the default decoding use the Preferences window to assign the specific SCSI specification for all future traces By changing the default decoding in the Preferences window the Search and Hide options will also reflect the correct decoded fields See Figure 3 8 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 127 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 128 3 3 3 c users public documents Vecroy sas sata protocol suite User Template Files F Protocol Analyzer F New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode Default Workspace C Users Mike Micheletti Documents temp workspacemm wss NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 1000
377. me Read Response Time Avg NA 14 191253 ms Avg Read Response Time Total Read Response Time Total Read Commands IO Per Second Read NA 125 336235 cmd s Read IO z Total Read Commands Whole Trace Time Total Write Size NA 663552 Bytes Total number of Bytes Written in the trace Total Write Duration NA 4 148386 ms Total time spent writing Total Write Commands NA 325 Total Write Commands Write Throughput Min MB S NA 0 077116 MB S Write Throughput Write Payload Size Write Response Time Write Throughput Max MB S NA 28 186334 MB S Write Throughput z Write Payload Size Write Response Time Write Throughput Avg MB S NA 0 710992 MB S Avg Write Throughput Sum of the Write Payloads Sum of the Write Response Times Write Latency Time Min NA 0 052506 ms Latency Time from Command transmission to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Write Latency Time Max NA 25 278066 ms Latency Time from Command transmission to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Write Latency Time Avg NA 2 713533 ms Avg Write Latency Time Sum of all Write Latency times Total Write Commands Write Response Time Min NA 0 069293 ms Response Time Time to transmit a Command from beginning of the first Frame to end of the last Frame Write Response Time Max NA 25 327173 ms Response Time Time to transmit a Command from beginning of the first Frame to end of the last Frame Write Response Time Avg NA 2 738586
378. me Data Pattem lt lt Remove Protocol Errors E Exclude pattems E Define different pattems for pre rigger and post4rigger data captures tor ns sto T O ns _ _ _ EEE _ III Figure 2 19 SAS Choosing Capture Patterns an A A A A A A OC UENIT Project Tree 545 ProtocolAnalyzerl B k Capture Po b Include iots 4 Include SYNC 4 Include CONT 4 Include OOB Signals Leg Include Payload of Data Frame LA Trigger Non Sequential Settings E vM amp Trigger Position in Memory 50 a Capture Memory Size 10000 KB E vM amp Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dwoard s Speed AutoSpeed 14 T1 I2 T2 I3 T3 I4 T E vM amp Descrambling Enabled 0 5a Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP BIS Connection Details All Ports Y to T Ons SESS SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC The SAS Parameters window displays the following pattern capture choice categories a STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern a Protocol Errors LDLDLDL The SATA Parameters window displays the following pattern capture choice categories a FIS a FIS Pattern Q Data Pattern a Protocol Errors Choose a Parameter To choose a parameter for capture from any of these categories highlight the category in the parameter window and click the Add button Th
379. me the port stops reading data from the FIFO and generates HOLDA The HOLD propagates through the bus engine and eventually goes to the other device where the HOLD causes the other device to send HOLDA The bus engine FIFOs must be deep enough to hold all the traffic that the other device sends while the HOLD propagates The port drops all incoming HOLDA conditions so HOLDAs are never put in the FIFOs or made visible to the sequencers After this the port that had been receiving the HOLD stops sending HOLDA and attempts to read data from the FIFO The termination of HOLD propagates through the bus engine and then causes the other device to restart transmission which puts data into the FIFO Note If both sides send HOLD primitives that overlap the receivers drop the HOLD conditions to avoid overflowing the FIFOs If you turn off the Smart Hold option the port does not send HOLDA when it detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame OOB Definition Select OOB Definition to set the Out of Band conditions You have three choices see Figure 4 19 on page 301 Q Normal Spec Value o Violated Q Custom User Defined Normal uses Spec Values for OOB conditions 300 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties Teledyne LeCroy Normal Spec Value Y scenario Properties d Le e Properties Type Scenario Name New Scenario 0 Description Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yes Set OOB O
380. mmand right before each OPEN REJECT primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR Open Frame command right before each primitive of AIP group When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SMP Request Frame command right before each SMP Response Frame 425 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Default Setting Value AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER Settings AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE X RDY FOR R RDY AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE WTRM FOR STATUS AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE PMREQ S FOR RESPONSE AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE PMREQ P FOR RESPONSE AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE SYNC FOR SYNC AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE Settings AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE PMACK FOR PMREQ AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE PMNAK FOR PMREQ AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE RERR FOR WTRM AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE ROK FOR WTRM AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE RIP FOR SOF AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE R RDY FOR X RDY 426 Description When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA R RDY command immediately after each case of SATA CONT primitive following SATA X RDY primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA R ERR or SATA R OK command immediately after each case of SATA CONT primitive following SATA WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA PMACK or SATA PMNAK command immediately after each case of SATA CONT primitive following SATA PMREO S primitive When set
381. n SATA Data Pattern 2 SMP Frame EP SMW gt Final SMW Properties Type Description Count Randomly Counter Value Direction FO AddressFrameT ppe Value 4 Bits FO AddressFrameType Mask Fl DeviceT ype Value 3 Bits Fl Devicel ype Mask Fe Reserved Value 1 Bit F2 Reserved Mask F3 REASON Value 4 Bits F3 REASON Mask F4 Reserved Value 4 Bits F4 Reserved Mask F5 Restricted Value 1 Bit F5 Restricted Mask FE SMPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit Fb SMPinitiatorPort Mask Fr ST PinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit FY STPinitiatorPort Mask FS SSPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit F8 S5PinitiatorPort Mask FY Reserved Value 4 Bits F3 Reserved Mask FIO Restricted Value 1 Bit FIO Restricted Mask F11 SMPtargetPort Value 1 Bit F11 SMPtargetPort Mask F12 STPtargetPart Value 1 Bit F12 STPtargetPart M ask F13 55PtargetPart Value 1 Bit F13 55PtargetPart Mask F14 Reserved Value 4 Bits Fl4 Reserved Mask F15 DeviceMame Value 64 Bits F15 DeviceMame Mask F16 SAS address Value B4 Bits F16 SAS address Mask Fl PhylD Value 8 Bits Fl PhylD Mask F18 BreakHeplyCapable value 1 Bit F18 BreakRHepluCapable Mask F13 Requestedinside lt PSDS value 1 Bit F13 RequestedlinsidePSOS Mask F20 InsidezPSOSpersistent Value 1 Bit F20 Inside lt PSD S persistent Mask F21 Reserved Value 5 Bits F21 Reserved Mask F22 Reserved Value 48 Bits lol xl Event a Ho 1 From Initiator O 00 IDENTIFY F O 00 Re
382. n Custom 279 024 993 90 us 95 1 12 Bus Condition il 20 462 499 62 us 12 0 14 Bus Condition Ti 279 293 731 69 us 95 1 12 Bus Condition 2 20 449 998 86 us 12 0 14 Bus Condition T2 278 837 524 41 us 95 112 Bus Condition B 20 462 499 62 us 12 0 14 Bus Condition T3 279187 500 00 us 95 112 Training Sequence 4 63 498 214 72 ms 912 10 74 Training Sequence 63 500 450 13 ms 894 10 53 Figure 3 55 Statistical Report General Port a Duration All Custom or time unit Q Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Q 96 Percentage of total count Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 157 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 158 Primitive Report To display the Primitive Report click the Primitive tab The Primitive Report displays information in the following columns Q Primitive See Figure 3 56 below Q Port See Figure 3 55 on page 157 All Custom I1 T1 I2 T2 I3 T3 I4 T4 Q Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a Percentage of total count Primitive Port a NT All AC Custom T2 SATA CONT B SATA EOF T3 SATA HOLD 2 SATA_HOLDA T2 SATA_R_IP T3 SATA R OK D SATA R RDY T SATA SOF SATA SYNC SATA WTRM SATA_X_RDY ACK B EOF B SOF T2 EOAF B SOAF Dp DONE NORMAL T2 RRDY NORMAL B AIP NORMAL p AIP WATING ON DEVICE T2 ALIGNO B ALIGN1 D ALIGN2 T ALIGN3 BROADCAST_CHANGE CLOSE NORMAL OPEN REJECT RETRY OPEN_ACCEPT Figure 3 56 Statistical Report
383. n either direction of the communications link InFusion can modify traffic in only one direction within a given test scenario but that direction can be either from the Initiator or from the Target InFusion is specifically designed to verify recovery characteristics within a subsystem An easy pop up menu interface allows you to create specific test scenarios in just minutes Once a InFusion session starts the system automatically handles protocol handshaking between devices InFusion transmits a faithful copy of the original data stream down to the CRC value which if needed it recalculates InFusion allows test engineers to systematically verify error recovery in ways not possible with other test platforms An Infusion event can trigger an analyzer Infusion supports all commands in the SATA 3 0 specification Key Features The key features of InFusion are Q Error Injection Injects CRC disparity 8b 10b encoding framing and coding errors a Break Link Recovery Programmatically breaks the connection to test link recov ery QO Value Replacement Monitors the link for specific values patterns or primitives as low as bit level and replace with user defined values You can replace values on every occurrence after a specified number of occurrences or after a speci fied time interval Q Packet Drop Removes individual primitives address frames or data frames from the stream to verify retry behavior a Primitive Manipulation
384. n nnn nnn nnn nnn nn nnn nnn nnn 385 LO Rer lee 385 5 1126 Controlling Connection Speed 5 acea eo qo co inci E IA EEEE 386 AP TTU etc Rm 387 Manual Transmitter Training Commands and Descriptions sees 387 5 13 9 Trainer Script Enhancements ida 394 Vanaple Dento eer rr Ec 395 Assigning Variable Values ia da 396 Expression on V ANIAIDICS is 396 If While in Logical Expressions cuasi dica lata 397 Using Variable Values in Creating Patterns on BUS 00conncoccconccocononcncnnnnennnenancnnnnnnnrnnnnrnnrrnnnrenanenans 398 XA P a a 400 PATTERN COUMTE it ie cra Spr E OUR IMUN 400 Procedure DETINITI ON eec nm 400 5 11 9 Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 0cccoccoccconcconcccnconccnnccnnonnnonnnnnnrnnrnnnrnnrrnnrrnnrnnrrnnrrnnrnnnrnnennnrennnenanos 401 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 13 Teledyne LeCroy Contents General C OMIM AIG S data ais 401 SATA GoOmmahds sinu usui a 404 Primitive Commands escana Dos exacts e ioter mut Tact ED DM In ek n ODE ET PED Ee C M EE 404 SAS Specific Script Defined Constants 1 11 ceeeceeeeeeeieeeniee sienne enhn nahm n nnn nnn nan 406 Primitive Category ee 407 Wat Commands TOS EET LET 409 Wait Command GIOUDS unii ac chori idas 415 Predefined AS ec m 417 Generation SEINS ei ou E SAA AA 417 5 110 Auto Speed Negollall H nacida ontario ei sect etu e seo rYLa e dr ivo Due Ees GE gat urea oy ELE v v
385. nd Bookmark Description v Sort bookmarks by start time H2 ATA Cmd 5 ATA Command Add Delete Go To Time Difference 0 Save as text Print m Figure 3 118 Go To Bookmark Dialog Box Highlight the bookmark to which to go then click the Go To button or double click the selection Command SAMA 0x60 Read FPDMA Queued Figure 3 119 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Bookmark Description To get a quick description of a displayed bookmark position the tool tip over a bookmark The name and description of the bookmark display Set Time Stamp Origin Right click in the sample viewer to open the fly out menu see Figure 3 120 e ree B sector Count exp icco Show Field gt mM View Fields Add to Trigger yan Copy Frame Host to Device 0x25 Read DMA Ext Collapse All Transport Packets E ae mish 73 ns 20 ns Goto Response Connection Rate Set Time Stamp Origin d Absolute gate 0 Trigger Time Stamp Format X Current Position Goto R Based on system time a e A Figure 3 120 Set Time Stamp Origin Trigger 206 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Highlight Set Time Stamp Origin and choose either Absolute Trigger Current Position or Based on system time Example Trigger Mode An example Trace showing the Time Stamp set to Trigger Mode in both the Packet View and the Column View is sh
386. nd Event s occurs before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur s Note Start Events start the timer and repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Events are encountered or the timer expires Cancel Figure 2 61 Timeout Pattern Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 95 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars ATA Command Pattern SATA only Double click ATA Command Pattern to open the ATA command pattern selection dialog xi Format Command Any Command X C Binary Check Power Mode OxE5 Hexadecimal Configure Stream 0x51 Device Configuration Freeze Lock 0xB1 C1 Device Configuration Identify 0xB1 C2 Device Configuration Restore 0xB1 C0 Command Device Configuration Set 0xB1 C3 Device Reset Dx 8 Show P Download Microcode 0x92 Sector NU E vecute Device Diagnostic 0x90 Cylinder Li Flush Cache OxE7 Cylinder H Flush Cache Ext OxES DEV Heal Bet Media Status OxDA v Sector Num exp Cylinder Low exp Cylinder High exp x X34 Features exp MH MH MH Hs VDI MD MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 62 SATA ATA Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Command OK FIS SATA only 96 list box choose an ATA command
387. nd Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Disable Scrambling If checked causes the Analyzer to assume that no traffic is scrambled By default the Analyzer assumes the scrambling state of the devices under test Show XXXX value Check this option to display XXXX values Pack training sequence Checking this option allows hiding the details of the Training Sequence which can take up large portions of the trace unless packed ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA Choose the ALIGN Transmission Period for SSP and STP by clicking the corresponding option button then open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Power Management Setting Click the Power Management Setting button to open the Power Management Setting dialog File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help Trace Memory Status Trigger Position In Memory 1 Entire Memory 1 33 Partial Memory 10000 KB Upto 16384 MB Trace File Name c users publicdocuments Mecray sas sata pr E Don t upload trace and open upload manager automatically 7 Auto Run Number of Run 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DWORD 4 Show XXXX nm Disable descrambling HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 255 Iw Pack trainin ao ALIGN Transmission Period 2048 for SSP256 for STP 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Speed 111 71 AutoSpeed 2 I3 T3 Auto Speed v 12 T2 Auto Speed 14 T4 AutoSpeed Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 105 Te
388. ndam Link Even Hth occurence 1 z Monitor Count Montor Count Mot monitored Z Remove Direction From Initiator n Stop Scenario Capture Register Dword 0 H Substitute Offset Dword 0 Trigger Output word 1 Diword 2 Diword 3 Capture Register x ere A Figure 4 25 Capture Data DWORD Action Using Captured Data DWORDs Captured data DWORDs can be used in creating events for data that match the captured DWORD s or in creating actions to substitute the captured DWORD s into the data stream Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy To create an event using the captured DWORD in the Event Properties menu select SAS Data Pattern or SATA Data Pattern and then select any of the 12 DWORDs DWORD 0 Type through DWORD 11 Type The drop down menu provides the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORDs see Figure 4 26 on page 313 If you select a captured DWORD the Value field beneath this selection is hidden the Value field is only used for specifying custom DWORDs Note that choice of a mask and an offset are still available when using captured DWORDs E Event Properties D a Type Properties ATA Command Frame Type Event l H ATAPI Description _ Both Links Up Count Randamly No s CRC Error Counter Value 1 Dword Matcher Direction From Initiator Z FI5 Frame Start of Frame SUF FIS Type E Condition 0 m Frame Type
389. ner script syntax allows you to use counters on a number of defined events in generation settings Syntax for loading counters in variables is varNamel COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A varNamel COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT B varNamel COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT C varNamel COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT D varNamel COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT E varNamel COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT F Syntax for clearing resetting counters is CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT B CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT C CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT D CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT E CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT F Example CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A While GCounter lt MaxPrimitiveCount Counter COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A Procedure Definition 400 Procedures allow creating simple syntaxes for complex reusable parts in scripts You can write such code once as a procedure and use everywhere required Sierra Trainer Generation Language Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Procedure definition syntax is procedure procedureName Calling procedure syntax is Call procedureName 5 11 9 Sierra Trainer Generation Commands General Commands IDLE n CLEAR CREDIT AVAIL RD ERROR CONNECT DISCONNECT PAUSE OUTPUT ON OOB Commands Generator will insert n idle DWORDs into the generation stream This commands clears the credit established wi
390. ngs SAS_AFTER CLOSE CLOSE EOF ACK EOF ACK NAK OPEN ACCEPT OPEN REJECT ldenFr IdenFr SMPReq Resp OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Auto Wait Settings SAS_BEFORE CLOSE CLOSE SOF Credit IdenFr IdenFr ACCEPT OPEN REJECT OPEN AIP OPEN SMPResp Req Auto Wait Settings SATA AFTER X RDY R RDY WTRM Status PMREQ_S Resp PMREG P Resp SYNC SYNC For Help press F1 e e Figure 5 10 New GenFile 2 Click the Edit as Text button to enter Generation Block or Change Settings instructions in the Generation Script Editor See Starting the Script Editor on page 372 364 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Traffic Generation File Teledyne LeCroy 9 9 2 Editing an Example Generation File Generation sendssPFramebata 1 Data 21223344 55667788 S39AABBCC SendssPFramextfTerR dy Data 51223344 55667788 SS5AABBCC SendssPFramecnommnarnd sendssPFrameResponse SendssPFrameTask Data 51223344 55667788 SS5AABBCC SendssPFramevendor GEN MODE SATA Host SSC is ON CONFIGURATION AutoOOB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AutoALIGN AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg 1 2 OOB Settings COMWAKE Num Bursts Burst Length Idle Length Negation Len 8 8 7 8 9 0 n 12 SATA Link Initialization Settings GEN D1 GENE Frame 2 MFER RDY Tag Data CRG EOF Idle Time Stamp 8 ps 0x0000 112 bytes 112 bytes Ox669F7A95 M E O000ns 000
391. nnect Parameters Set the Identify frame parameter settings to keep the link connected See Connection Parameters on page 446 Generation Options Setup the Generation Rules See Auto Speed Negotiation on page 427 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 359 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Menus Gegerate Search wiew Tools y Start Generation ur z Ta Stop Generation 1 4 Resume Generation E Connect Link Disconnect Link Connect Parameters Te Generation Options Figure 5 4 Trainer Generate Menu 5 1 4 Search Menu Go to Event Opens a dialog that allows you to go to a frame and time A eee x Go Frame i Time O OOOO000000 secs omen Figure 5 5 Go to Event Dialog Go to Marker Positions the display to the selected marked packet Go to Packet Types SSP Frames SMP Frames Primitives Errors Data Lengths Speed SATA FIS Type SATA FIS Port or Hash Address Source or Destination See Figure 5 6 on page 361 Find Displays the Find dialog See Find on page 437 Find Next Applies the previous Find parameters to the next search Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu 360 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Menus Teledyne LeCroy 5 1 5 Search View Tools Window Help Go to Event Ctrl G finn Ws Go to Marker 55P Fram Ln Find
392. nning Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 197 Teledyne LeCroy Using the Power Expansion Card 198 er ge z x Power Y v Voltage Y Current The Insert Time Marker button on the toolbar enables inserting a time marker at selected spot in the view see Figure 3 108 on page 197 The Sync by Time button on the toolbar toggles between synchronizing and un synchronizing all the views by time The Show Hide Power Tracker types W V A button on the toolbar allows the user to select the parameters to view from the list The Change Power Tracker graph type W V A button on the toolbar allows the user to select one of the three graph types to view from the list Displays the voltage saved during trace capture This is selected in the Power Management Setting dialog see Power Management Setting on page 105 3 6 Using the Power Expansion Card You can use the Power Expansion Card to power the drives under test See Using the Power Expansion Card on page 28 3 7 Running Verification Script Engine VSE You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script instructs the application to send trace and analysis information to the script A verification script also contains script code written using CATC Script Language CSL see the CSL RefManual pdf document in the docs directory of the installation used to pr
393. nnonncanonnnanronronronennrs 121 3 1 2d riu c e 121 O een 121 3 1 2 QUICK VICW T PM 122 3 1 3 Using the Viewer DISDIAY iii alicia 123 A A ne eee EIU M E MEME eee ee eee 123 EXCEPIT 124 3 9 1 SNOW Analysis TOOIDAN i2 n Cale etu vedere v d AN SERA Coea prat uu gia E Vosa ape A N 124 3 3 2 Decoding AssIgnmenls risiau ocv we A cw du AAA AAA AAA 125 3 3 9 ACK CLV LOW Aa 128 cle CIR IA dre 130 Performance Reference Definitions 1 eceeeieeeeeeeee sienne nennen nnne n nnn n nnn anna nana nnns 130 4 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy Copying Packets from a Trace to a Host Emulator Script oococccoccccnnocccnccccnconnnonronononncnnrnnnnnnns 131 Device Sleep DEVSID a ad 131 Viewing Check Condition Sense Data leeeeceeeeeeeieeeseee sienne enne nnn nn nnn nnn nnn nnn 132 Goto Command Go to ReSDOMSO csi epsc rra ese Ee ERE DES Esa ye EAE CE vue GE Fes ve so ee E ro EDO ERE 134 24 Changing the Default VIGW exea vou sue cuu vu Nu o RUE CRqUa ica 135 2 9 9 Updating the VOLKSDACe aia 136 3 3 6 Spreadsheet Vi Wii 139 Primitives Displayed in Both Spreadsheet and Packet Views 139 Export AS TexUEXCO cons 141 Change Format of Logical Block Address LBA 1 eeceeeeee eee eren nennen nnn nns 141 Spreadsheet View Context Mens aid 141
394. ns events 434 protocol error mask 106 Protocol Analyzer 35 Protocol Analyzer setting 251 protocol error report 169 protocol errors 68 Protocol Errors dialog 90 Q Quick View 253 R Read Write report 167 Rec Analyzer command 286 References Probe Setting 246 Refresh append to the list of found devices 251 462 Refresh Device List 27 register device to host FIS 74 relative time display 50 Remove Device 26 Rename Title of Port dialog 230 renaming port 230 Repeat decoded command in frame column 257 Reset clear the list of found devices 251 Reset All button 449 resetting Toolbar 448 Response frame 231 Restore Factory Presets button 441 Restore Factory Presets option 441 Resume Generation 359 Resume Generation button 363 Reverse Link Data 254 rules validity 429 Run Batch button 349 Run Batch Script command 286 run hardware 50 Run Scenario button 341 Run scripts button 200 Run statement 352 Run Verification Scripts dialog 198 running disparity 229 Running verification scripts button 198 Rx Tx Settings dialog 245 247 S Sample View link 175 Sample View Settings 253 Sampling memory usage optimization 253 Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option 258 SAS Address 362 SAS Address Alias 243 SAS Address field 447 SAS Address report 168 SAS data pattern 305 SAS Parameters window 80 SAS Verification 271 SAS SATA Protocol Suite 35 SATA data pattern 306 SATA Parameters window 1 save Display Options 446 partial
395. nual 391 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 392 Send ttiu 0x0000A000 0x36 OXA Reset Training ERROR COUNT ResetTrainingErrorCount During manual tx trainig resetting error count can be done using this command Ex Var32 Qerror count Generation Send_ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OXA Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 error_count Training ERROR COUNT If Qerror count 2 Send ttiu 0x0000A000 0x36 OXA Rest Training Error count j j Change Local tx parameter changelocaltxparameter 16 b data variable This instruction is to change the Local tx parameters It takes either 16 bit data which represents the control word of the TTIU or 16 b variable that represents control word of the TTIU when this command is given 32 bit data or variable value will be written in to a constant variable memory location address location is 511 Example var32 received control var32 Status var32 control 0x00100000 var32 temp Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 Change Local tx parameter 0x0400 requesting to change the tx parameters to reference 1 received_control LRT temp received_ control amp 0x1111000 0x11110000 is the mask data so that the variable contains only the control word of the received ttiu Change Loca
396. o Device FIS Pattern FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 i2 Hager Hod to Devine Xxx XGEGXEXXXX Figure 2 30 FIS Pattern Register Host to Device Dialog Register Device to Host IFIS Pattern 0x34 Register Device to Host PM Port Status Error Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp XGXXXXXXXxXx Figure 2 31 FIS Pattern Register Device to Host Dialog 74 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Set Device Bits FIS Pattern Tuna le Mana Dido 5 5 Format FIS Type Set Device Bits oA F s Figure 2 32 FIS Pattern Set Device Bits Dialog DMA Activate IS Pattern Figure 2 33 FIS Pattern DMA Activate Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 75 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 76 DMA Setup Iris Pattern DMA Buffer id Low DMA Buffer id High DMA Buffer Offset DMA Buffer Transfer Count Figure 2 34 FIS Pattern DMA Setup Dialog BIST FIS Pattern icy h Bi Data 15 8 MH H Vv H3 lvp2 lv D3 Figure 2 35 FIS Pattern BIST Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy PIO Setup FIS Pattern Ox5F PIO Setup Sector Number mE Cyl Low Cyl High D
397. o change ES State O No change hd No Jump 7 Else IF Timer 1 Elapsed State 1 51 Else If Capture Everything Exclude Idle Exclude 9920 Sag y eee eo e 5 C3 Nothing C Exclude ODB Signal Exclude RADY s Patten Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY TE C Exclude SATA CONT C Exclude SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except NN Diward s Capture Everything Exclude tems Idle Notify Primitive HARD RESET then Go To State Advanced switch ta Easy mode Multi Sequencer Part H4 T1 Make Same as Current FI Add State Jal Delete State Figure 2 88 State Machine with Multiple Patterns and Timer Elapse In Figure 2 88 the port detects HARD_RESET which starts the Timer When the timer expires it jumps to another state If a trigger occurs between timer start and end the captured trace will have corrupt frames because of hardware queue overflow Advance Mode Settings Notes Project Tree State 1 r3 State 0 50 Start Ext Out Pattern Cont Trig Timer State 0 No change ha No Jump El No change gt No Jump ha El No change gt NoJump Else If Else If Else If Capture Everything Exclude Idle Exclude 2c Nothing Esclude OOF Signal Exclude RADY Pattem Esclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY Exclude S amp T amp CONT Exclude SATA SYNC Esclude P
398. oSpeed I1 T1 12 T2 I3 T3 14 T Symbol 0 Descrambling Enabled Primitive j Es Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP m B9 Connection Details All Ports STP Frame ATA Command gt Figure 2 40 SAS Select Patterns for Trigger The SAS Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame SCSI Command Data Pattern Protocol Errors O O OCODODDODDODO Do oo oC 80 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy The SATA Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive FIS STP Frame ATA Command ATA Command Pattern ATAPI Soft Reset Data Pattern Protocol Errors O O DL D D D D D D D D D D D LU Note In packet view you can right click on any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture to make it a trigger pattern Choosing a Parameter Either highlight the category and click the Add button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog To remove an item highlight it in the Project Tree then click the Remove button Triggering on a Timer Selecting a timer for a trigger in the
399. ocess trace data and output that data in different formats Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform custom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verification Script Engine Reference Manual To run a verification script over a trace 1 Select the main menu item Analysis gt Verification script or click the Running verification scripts button Ld on the main tool bar The Run Verification Scripts dialog opens from which you choose and then run one or several verification scripts Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Verification Script Engine VSE Teledyne LeCroy Emu SAS Protocol Suite Run verification script s C Program FilessLeCroy SAS Protocol SuiteUserSampleSegt scs zBHASBnE IPTE B Verification script Result Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of processing Se ATAPI SCSI commands count of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level YA sample ata commands SS sample ssp protocol bid SMP_Discover ndReporT racking I 11 12 T2 13 13 14 T4 This script counts some specific a commands that is issued by ATAPI commands These SCSI commands are count Inquiry Read 10 write 10 ModeS elect 1 0 and ModeSense 10 O Run scripts ATAPI SCSI commands count E Expand Log ITEM E EN Done Figure 3 109 Run Verification Scripts Dialog To expand the Log
400. of memory is 16 GB Partial Memory To reduce the memory size check Partial Memory and enter a buffer size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes Note If the size of a data packet exceeds the buffer memory allocation the project runs but no data capture occurs You must increase buffer memory size to a value greater than the packet size Segmented Memory Alternatively you can use Segmented Memory Enter an integer of Segment from 1 to 32 then enter an integer Segment Size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes divided by the number of segments The default segment size is 10 MB Each time a trigger condition occurs the system records a new segment You can use a Snapshot or Pattern trigger but not Manual Trigger As the same trigger automatically repeats the system makes the number of segments that you entered Upload Manager To upload segments manually in the Upload Manager select the Don t upload segments and open upload manager automatically checkbox To upload segments automatically for display as the system creates them do not select the checkbox Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 103 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 104 2 2 18 To view segmented trace files click the Upload Manager button beside the Record button to display the Upload Manager dialog see Figure 2 72 on page 104 Upload Manager be E X Upload Save Delete
401. ol Analyzer User Manual Description A G4 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G4 12 Gbps with SSC A G4 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G4 with SSC The PARITY bit provides for error detection of all the SNW 3 phy capabilities bits The PARITY bit shall be set to one or zero such that the total number of SNW 3 phy capabilities bits that are set to one is even including the START bit and the PARITY bit 423 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 424 Default Setting Value SATA Speed Negotiation Settings OOB SpeedNeg RCDT 750000 OOB SpeedNeg SNTT 163840 OOB SpeedNeg SNLT 153600 Speed Settings Speed gt gt gt gt gt RateMatching 0 Scrambling Mode Settings Scrambling gt gt gt gt gt Description Maximum time in OOBIs during the speed negotiation window for a transmitter to reply with ALIGN 1 Time in OOBIs during which ALIGN O or ALIGN 1 is transmitted at each physical link rate during the speed negotiation sequence Time in OOBIs during which the transmitter shall transmit idle between rates during speed negotiation Link Speed Possible Values LINK SPEED 1 5G LINK SPEED 3G LINK SPEED 6G Default Value LINK SPEED 1 5G Possible values O disabled and 1 enabled When RateMatching is enabled the software programs every other dword as Align O primitive cutting the throughput in half It is not recommended to use Send
402. ol that are located on the panel of the expansion card Holes in the Expansion Card 2 Insert the extraction tool prongs into the holes in the expansion card panel Note If the prongs do not slip easily into the holes use a small nail file or similar device to remove paint from the prongs Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 31 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability 3 Rotate the extraction tool to a horizontal position to lock the prongs into place and make a handle 4 Using the screwdriver loosen both retaining screws by rotating them counter clockwise approximately two full turns until feeling slight resistance Do not force the retaining screws after two turns 5 Using the extraction tool as a handle gently wriggle the expansion card forward about 1 8 32 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 approximately three times until the card is free from the retaining screws and you can remove the card from the system Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 33 Teledyne LeCroy Connecting via Ethernet 1 11 Connecting via Ethernet The Ethernet connection can have any of these configurations 1 Analyzer connected to a network using a hub or switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device 2 Analyzer connected to the host machine machine running the application software using a hub or s
403. ollowing fields or Intersection AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ALL of the following fields e 5 Optionally set the search Direction and Origin 6 Optionally check to Search in Hidden or Find All 7 Click OK After the search finishes the program displays the packets meeting the search criteria 5 11 21 Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event Group in the Find dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit see Figure 5 26 on page 440 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 439 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options 440 Search by Hex Search by ASCII Bitrmask Mask Oo 07 CH E to Pe c3 Figure 5 26 Data Pattern Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want Note If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match 9 11 22 Find Next To apply the previous Find parameters to the next search a Select Find Next under Search on the Menu Bar OR ti a Click on the Toolbar 5 11 23 Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu 5 12 Display Options You can select what in
404. ombined events then Branch to Error Detected lt Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined ewvent then Branch to Wait for Align3 Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator w File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 COP NUM SCRL Figure 4 54 Example 8 Top Half of Scenario Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 337 Teledyne LeCroy Align Test x File Library c 4 X Wait for Aliqnz Wait for then Wait for OF OF then ALIGN iz Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN i1 ALIGN i3 Branch toa Click here to add Wait for Aliqns Wait for then Wait for OF OF then ALIGN 3 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN iz Branch toa from Initiator Wait for Align gt from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected another event from Initiator Wait for Alicon from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Creating a Sequence d 5Sequencers ex di Align T est
405. ommand is for transmitting a Raw TTIU i e BMC encoded 32 bits TTIU can be specified here The user has the flexibility to specify the pattern marker Example Generation send raw Ceru Perou0o0d Fr COOP PCOQ Pr CODE FCUO EX CUOE BCOQ CER CODE ECOO EB ICLEO 7COO BE CO0OOF ECOO Fr IE ECOO Fr SCOUR EGCUOJ Tdle 54 Where ffffc0000 is the pattern marker Send_TTIU SendTTIU 32 b DATA Variable Idle count Repeat number This instruction is mainly for sending a specific TTIU with variable number of idles 32 bit TTIU value can be specified either by directly specifying the 32 bit data or by specifying a variable when the variable name is given trainer reads the data in the specific variable and considers it as TTIU value Idle count defines the number of idles to be transmitted after the 32 bit TTIU and repeat number defines the number of times the same TTIU to be transmitted Note The proper BALANCE bit is calculated automatically regardless of its value in the SendTTIU 390 Example Var32 ttiu 0x00006000 Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA ttiu with specific data Send ttiu ttiu 0x36 OxA TTIU with variable j Wait For TTIU WaitforTTIU DATA Change TTIU MASK This instruction waits for specific TTIU During this instruction previous transmitted TTIU will be transmitted User can trigger wait for specific TTIU Change in TTIU or part of TTIU by specifying 32 bit mask value Defau
406. omplete Scenario 9 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Creating a Sequence This section gives several examples for creating sequences Recall that a sequence can have multiple states but only one state is active at any time In other words at any point in time a sequence waits for one event or combined event and responds with the corresponding action or set of actions when the event occurs A sequence is more powerful than Global Rules because you can create branching or looping test logic with a sequence You can include up to two sequences in a scenario but each is completely independent of the other There is no branching or other interaction between the two except through the Restart All Sequences action You must follow some simple rules when creating sequences TABLE 4 5 Sequence Rules You can use only two branch actions per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use two instances of Branch to an Existing State or Branch to a New State If you try to use more than two a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use only one restart sequence action per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use one instance of Restart Current Sequence or Restart All Sequences If you try to use more than one a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can
407. on 23i El 24 OUTPUT ON 25 26 dd 2 Setting timeout value for future wait sessions us 28 set WaitTimeout 239 29 30 did 31 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 32i E WAIT FOR WF ACK UF SATA X RDY UF OPEN RESPONSE 33i 34 did 35 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 36 with timeout previous global timeout value assumed 37 E WAIT FOR WF ACK UF SATA X RDY UF OPEN RESPONSE WF TIMEOUT 38i 39 did 40 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 41 with custom timeout global timeout value ignored and unchanged 42 E WAIT FOR 566 WF ACK WF SAT X RDY WF OPEN RESPONSE WF TIMEOUT 43 44 45 BHBSHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHBHHHHBHHHHHHHHEHHHHHHBHHHHBHHHHHHHHHHHHEHHBHE 36 Advanced wait sessions with conditional branching 47 did 45 49 wait no timeout value specified it means we assuyme current global VW 50 El 51 E when WF ACK WF SATA SYNC do 52 E 53 ACE 1161 4 b M 4 gt sBranchingSample ssg Da E Figure 5 12 Script Editor Script Editor Toolbar Bo Boor Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Keke M AS S a C The Script Editor toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions fig 6s trs Figure 5 13 Script Editor Toolbar 373 Teledyne LeCroy Starting the Script Editor 374 The buttons have the following functions Save Saves your edits and immediate
408. on 213 options 212 save setup 209 type 209 filter enable 218 filter idle 202 219 filtering 207 direction 209 filtering column content 175 Filtering menu 207 filters 428 Find command 438 utility 437 Find and Replace button 363 Find button 363 Find command 360 Find Device 269 Find Device button 270 Find Next 360 Find Next command 440 FIS Command Report 162 FIS Type selection dialog 72 Fit to Graph Area 183 Floating License dialog 260 Force Add Connect Attempt 26 format display options 443 Found Device List Mode 251 Frame Inspector View 148 frames hide 178 From Initiator 299 From Target 299 G general report 156 460 Generate Menu 359 Generating Traffic 363 377 Generation Commands 401 Generation Files 365 Generation Language 378 Generation Options 359 Generation Rules 428 Generation Rules page 428 Generation Rules toolbar 429 Getting Started manual 18 Gigabit Ethernet interface 34 Global Rules 293 examples 318 Go to ATA SCSI Cmd 183 Go To button 202 Go to command 360 Go to Event 360 Go to Event dialog 360 Go to Marker 360 Go To Timestamp dialog 204 Goto Command 232 Goto Label statement 351 Goto Response 231 Goto Within Packet command 232 grouping by port 104 H hardware run 50 hardware setup 21 Hash Address Utility 362 Hashed Address field 362 Help Menu 362 Help Topics 266 362 Hide All Primitives 202 Hide RRDY Primitives 202 Hide Unassociated Traffic 202 hiding display options 443 l
409. on 363 y Connect Parameters 359 c Connect Parameters command 446 bl Connection Parameters dialog 446 pres contact 455 Cancel button kills upload immediately 254 Controlling Connection Speed 386 capture Controlling TTIU 387 pre and post trigger 65 Convert 358 l Capture tab 47 Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm 251 cascading 22 CATC Script Language 198 CATC Technical Support 455 Cell pop up menu 434 cells 432 highlight 432 Changing Default View 135 Check Condition Sense Data 132 144 Check for Updates 268 362 Choose Port Speed 107 Click here to add another script command 348 Click here to add script command 348 Close previous sample file when new sample file opens 254 Collapse All 234 Collapse Log button 199 color 241 colors Display Options 441 column hiding 177 rearrange 144 resize 144 column content filtering 175 sorting 177 Column View 39 column view 143 Columns in Row 241 Combined Event 293 Command Parameters dialog 348 Command Properties dialog 348 Compact 361 compensate for line loss 244 Complex Wait For Conditions 436 components 18 conditional statements 350 Config Status Indicator 429 458 Copy Event to option 434 copying events 434 Count Randomly 311 Counter Value 311 counters 311 CRC Calculations 371 Create statistical report read write page 59 254 crossover MiniSAS 22 Current License Configuration field 260 cursor position status bar 237 cursors locating 203 positioning 237 t
410. on and Analyzer panes by using the Alt Tab keys the Windows Task Bar or by pressing the respective toolbar button in each pane Trainer The SAS Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device Traffic generation enables engineers to test designs under realistic conditions and to transmit known errors allowing engineers to observe how devices handle faulty link conditions Traffic generation is performed via the execution of text based scripts These traffic generation files ssg contain statements about the types of traffic to be generated These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the included Script Editor utility Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 43 Teledyne LeCroy Trainer Click on the Trainer icon 99 Tanet to invoke the Teledyne LeCroy SAS or SATA Trainer see Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation on page 357 You can toggle between the Trainer and Analyzer panes by using the Alt Tab keys the Windows Task Bar or by pressing the respective toolbar button in each pane Note When it runs the trainer turns on the voltage on all channels whether they are turned on or off previously 44 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Analysis 2 1 2 1 1 A default analyzer project is created automatically when the application starts An analyzer project contains all the settings for capturin
411. on of the Command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Max Read Latency Time NA 1 128540 ms Maximum Read Latency Time Latency Time measured from the transmission of the Command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Avg Read Latency Time NA 0 208346 ms Average Read Latency Time Avg Read Latency Time Sum of all Read Latency times Total Read Commands Figure 3 104 Trace Expert Performance Analysis You can use the scroll bar to see more data Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 193 Teledyne LeCroy Trace Expert 3 4 2 Error Reports To view the Error Report click on the that button See Figure 3 105 o Te _ 8 x 5 Teledyne LeCroy Tra x 3 A E i QC D file C Users James Allen Desktop SAS Protocol Suite 5 92 B1061 ALPHA SAS Protocol Suite 5 92 B1061 ALPHA Deliverables SASSATASuite PublicDocs User SAS962012G h 5 Apps El iGoogle 3 Lenovo Recom J Fin_Sites 7 Teledyne LeCro E FIT BugTrack Tutorial Video L Yahoo Finance Yahoo News L PSG Intranet 37 Google News ASA TELEDYNE LECROY m pe Everywhereyoulook Fao SAS SATA Protocol Suite Version 5 92 Trace Expert Analysis Report for the SAS 12G scs trace This report contains a comprehensive analysis of performance errors and event statistics of the trace It is a stand alone HTML file that you may save print and share with no dependency on
412. on the horizontal axis Hover anywhere over the view to display the information pop up 196 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Power Tracker View SATA only Teledyne LeCroy B 235 fora Pop up Voltage saved during capture Time Marker M 2 45 TA 5 251 B 257 Power 4 uw Dx Voltage 1600 uv Current 2800 uA F 20 i Sample Time 422 01 us b 78 2712 i H 275 I i q n 3 281 i H 28 p 29 NY 0 ivi 1 299 3 305 i 5 a E 317 W an 3 35 e i SSS _ aa __ a gat p 99 i35 bn H 3 41 I I I I I I xw forrest pe Figure 3 108 SATA Power Tracker View T The Zoom In button on the toolbar magnifies the data display area on the screen The Zoom In button on the toolbar magnifies the data display area on the E screen A The Zoom By Selection button on the toolbar magnifies the user selected SEN area in the view ch The Zoom By H Drag button on the toolbar magnifies the area selected by horizontally dragging and selecting in the view The Zoom By V Drag button on the toolbar magnifies the area selected by ls vertically dragging and selecting in the view Em The Full Screen button on the toolbar Toggles between normal and full screen view m The Pointer Mode button on the toolbar changes the cursor to a pointer The Hand Panning button on the toolbar changes the cursor to a hand for W pa
413. on the specified default workspace As previously saved The software opens a trace file in view views based on the last saved configuration for the trace file Optimization Sampling memory usage optimization Enables memory cascading for two ports The analyzer will use memory of another port if there is not data on another port see Sampling Memory Usage Optimization on page 258 Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the host machine s hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you do not check Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the host machine s hard drive Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 253 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 254 Other Switch to CATC Navigation Packet view will open in CATC mode Reverse Link Data The software shows DWORDS of link data as reversed Pack Repeated Primitives The software packs repeated primitives just after opening a sample file Scroll Horizontally to Show matched Column in Search When unchecked makes columns stationary even during search Use new PHY capabilities decoding Decodes PHY capability bits in reverse order per the latest specification Cancel button kills upload immediately The software kills the uploading process if you press Cancel Close previous sample file w
414. on to display the Set Port Configuration dialog Set Port Configuration E Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer o Available 0 Available 2 Available 2 Available 2 Available Out af 2 Qut of 0 Out af 2 Qut at 2 Out af 2 Ports Configuration For Current Setup Type Serial Num Ports Assignment Sierra M122 10857 fOx2469 oi Ed oz Y Figure 2 77 SAS Set Port Configuration Dialog The dialog shows the current port configuration To select a port configuration click the down arrow to display the Select Port Configuration dialog 108 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy select Port Configuration All Configurations Filter Analvzer Emulator Jammer Trainer All valid port configurations For SN 10857 0x2469 Port 01 Port 0 O Close Figure 2 78 SAS Select Port Configuration Dialog Port configuration depends on the application you run Use the checkboxes at the top to filter the list of port configurations by the required function Note To display the current Port Configuration click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 235 2 2 19 Add a Project Note To enter and save information about the current project click the Notes tab and enter t
415. ontext Menu is available by performing a right click on a packet See Figure 3 39 ses KH File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help xI 1 sa Trane y V lamme i EJ ec m nf ISEE s aed 134 E fe 9 4 ch dl ELI ger Z4 EL a vi anm Add LP Goto Next 14 F2 Goto Previous 14 Shift F2 m 7 Goto Next Source Address F9 Goto Previous Source Address Shift F9 ase Goto Next Destination Address CN ic Goto Previous Destination Address Shift F11 Pares De Goto Next non SMP Request gum m r Es Goto Previous non SMP Request gt M5 Goto Response 44 i Goto Next SMP Request r p 158 Goto Previous SMP Request E is moy Hide SMP Request Show SMP Request Filter by Range ame Change Background Color Iz emm ed gt q Change Foreground Color Preferences Shift S Time Stamp Format j 13 Goto ME TELS Enable Field List View X to Y 817 686 209 ms XtoT 65 Mode OT Fran Transport For Help press F1 TxVout Disat Initiator Emulato Application or Inactigl Simulation Stop MY NU i Both Figure 3 39 Text View Context Menu From this window you can select the Enable Field List View and the Field List View will popup see Figure 3 40 c gt n n gt I File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 10 x 5 E O Traine Viamme Bs J
416. oose an SMP frame type on which to trigger Then click the down arrow next to the Function dropdown list choose a function and click OK SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the SSP Frame Pattern dialog SSP Frame Type Any Type X v Hexadecimal x P ox pate E Destination SAS Address AA A A A A ACACA ACACA ACA ACA Source SAS Address ROOOOOOOOOOOOOON Changing Data Pointer ReTransmit Retry Data Frames Number of Fill Bytes Tag NK Target Port Transfer Tag XXX Data Offset X000 009 wn Mak MRB mi MT MT MT M T4 Check All Uncheck Al Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 59 SAS SSP Frame Type Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 93 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an SSP frame type on which to trigger and click OK SCSI Command SAS only Double click SCSI Command in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the SCSI Command Pattern dialog x Type Format Any SCSI Command C MMC 6 C SBC3 C SMC3 C SPC 4 C SSC2 PSN C OSD 2 C ADC 3 Cancel Hexadecimal Command Type Ary Command x CDB Type Any CDB Type y any CDB Ty Je Show Reserved 6 Byte Command
417. op Generation button iw Resume Traffic Generation If traffic generation is stopped prior to the end of the script it can be resumed To resume traffic generation click the Resume Generation button 12 Sierra Trainer Generation Language The Sierra Trainer File Generation Language is an API that allows you to separate traffic into text commands These commands are used construct primitives and frames that are sent to the host or the device File Structure Traffic Generation files ssg should have the following structure Declarations Q Global generation settings Constants Data patterns Chain of symbols primitives raw data Packet templates LDLDLDLDL Note Some declared objects could be used in further declarations as long as they are previously declared No forward declarations are allowed at this time 378 Generation Blocks a List of generation instructions Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Note It is possible to create many generation blocks but currently only a block with the name Generation executes Calls of some blocks from another blocks are not currently allowed 5 11 2 Language Comments is the Comment symbol The line remainder after this symbol is ignored is a Comment Block All the text between and is ignored pt This is an example of a block of comments ui Includes
418. or Columns in Row select 1 2 4 8 or 16 For Bytes in Column select 1 2 4 8 or 16 Time Stamp Origin Select Absolute User Defined Trigger or Based on System Time Start Time and Port You can use the same color for the start time and port Packet View Condense Mode You can enable Packet View Condense Mode to minimize Packet View rows Time Stamp Format Select Teledyne LeCroy Milliseconds or Microseconds Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 241 Teledyne LeCroy Set Port Alias Font To change display fonts click the Font button to open the Font dialog box Fon ee Font Font style Size Arial Black Cancel O Aral Narrow El AaBbYyZz Script Westem Figure 3 164 Font Choose the font font style and size and click OK Save Load Settings You can save the customized configuration settings in a cfg file by clicking the Save button and completing the Save As procedure To load a previously saved configuration file click Load and choose an appropriate file 3 15 Set Port Alias Port Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each port to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view see Figure 3 165 on page 243 To assign port names in an open sample view select Setup gt Set Port Alias TC x Set As Default Cancel 242 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Address Alias SAS only Teledyne LeCroy Figu
419. oughput MB s 4 iih E mano iui pd dle to alld Wi EE a 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 H Operation Time SCSI IO Response Time H lt ih dla r Hai i al i T i T ibn TUM Al hi m jl luc yn id ebd Operation Time HW A to Y O ns x to T 2 869 213 ms Y to T 2 869 213 ms For Help press F1 TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inacti Si Figure 3 91 Waveform View for Full Trace Select Packet View to see both the Packet and the Waveforms See Figure 3 92 on page 183 182 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy ol Suite N Sample scs iB j File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help GF El Traine Wiamme 65 5 m n EI RIpsies s P Oe AAA en y E sti E a nm Dues ce Trp App w CQ DN we SB se adl Sy a i a oe SUP itor Por 0x0 Identify 0x1 End Device 0x0 Unknown reason SAS Address H reverts eer o H Inside ZPSDS Persistent H ENZO 5000E85000000001 0 SLUMBER CAPABLE H TN Link Data H 3 E Duration 5 Sai 0 000 000 ms OxFFFF 0 000133 ms Address Frame Type Device Type Reason En 0x0 identify 0x2 Edge Expander Device 0x0 Unknown reason SMP Initiator Port H STP initiator Port H SSP initia
420. own below in Figure 3 121 e File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 2181 xl G E Traine Y lamme 8 Recon an B 9 5 s ap 2 x Re taa OB eG E swe Bx e FO ERM OR e 00 00 0 ns Target RI Relative Time CLOSE NORMAL x2 zi 73 ns Address Frame Type Protocol intiatorPort H Connection Rate Features H ntiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SASAddress H Source Zone Group H 1 Open 0x1 ssp 0x9 30Gbps 0 F l 5000C50000104785 000000001 PY FIS Type ATA Command LBA H SecCount H Link Data H sf Relative Time 7 731 0x2 7 Register Host to Device 0x25 Read DMA Ext TI TT 089293 0004 x9 3 0 Gbps 0 FFFF Pathway Blocked Count M Arbitration Wait Time M More Compatible Features M CRC H Link Data M Retstve Time 00 03 8 ol 49108812 40 ns Relative Tine Target RI EE R_ROY NORMAL 2 13 ns 3 8 2 Figure 3 121 Time Stamp Set to Trigger In the Packet View upper pane the Red T for Trigger shows that the trigger occurs within Packet 79 and setting the Time Stamp to Trigger shows O ns In the Column View lower pane the Red T for Trigger shows that the trigger occurs 566ns within Packet 79 The reason the two trigger times are different is because the Column View is more accurate The Packet View tells you that the trigger occurs within Packet 79 but the Column View tells you that the trigger oc
421. p LBA Mid exp vi Y T1 4 I2 4 T2 0x27 Register Host to Device x X X X X X HE S V4 I3 4114 J4 T3 4 TA Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 25 FIS Pattern Dialog A H Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose an FIS type to capture or exclude and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types 0D D OO DO DOU O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Vendor Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Address Frame Type Pattern xi Format Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type X y C Binary Le Hexadecimal C ancel Value E Address Frame Type X Any Address Frame Type wn make MRB vM vn PT MT3 lv T4 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 26 Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Types list box and choose an address frame type SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog xi Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type x Y C Binay PA G Hexadecimal _ Cancel el Response t Parameter i ee Value SMP Frame Typ
422. p Scenario Substitute Trigger Output Internal Trigger Index Figure 4 28 Internal Trigger Index Example of Using Internal Triggers to Stop All Scenarios The example scenario can be generated to use any of the internal triggers to stop all scenarios When this scenario New Scenario 1 is run on all ports as soon as any port finds the 500th occurrence of SSP Command Frame the scenario will stop on that Port and send an internal trigger signal to all other ports This internal trigger will then cause the scenarios running on any other port to stop The commands used in the script are shown below lt Global Rules waits for Internal Trigger Event then stop scenario gt lt Sequence waits for SSP Command Frame then Internal Trigger Action and stop scenario gt The commands to generate this scenario are shown below see Figure 4 29 on page 316 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 315 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 4 New Scenario 1 Scenario Name New Scenario 1 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Smart Hold Yes OOB Setting Normal Spec Value Global Rules Wait for Internal Trigger Event Index 3 Click here to add combined event then Beep 50 ms and Stop Scenario Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Sequence 0 State 0 Wait for SSP Frame 0x06 Command FO Frame Type Value 8 Bits 0x06 Command Mask OxFF Fro
423. perty j PH FH ld PH 1 5006056000001 TETTE un PHY 2 ten PHY 3 PHY 4 Loss OF Cord Syne Count men PHY 5 FH Y Reset Problem Count men PHY B men PHY Y a PHY B men PHY 3 men PHY 10 PH 11 500605600001 Find Device in k Fn Bre Sle my Running Disparity Court General Protocol Supported D SSP SMP T STP Number OF PHY 12 Vendor Id LSILOGIC Expander Change Counk 163 Product Id 5451 46 0 Expander Route Indexes 144 Product Rey Lev Id 32 Config O Export Save Load Close Figure 3 196 SAS Identified Devices Click a device in the Device List to display information about that device 270 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Verification SAS Teledyne LeCroy Aliasing You can enter a 16 character alias name for a device In the Device List right click the device name and enter an alias after the colon The alias name appears in the Device List Exporting You can export a device specification to a text file Click the Export button to open the Export dialog 3 25 SAS Verification SAS SAS Verification consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SAS specification Note Speed Negotiation and all other SAS tests are documented in the SAS Verification Test Descriptions pdf file in the installed Documents directory Note With the exception of the NACA test the SAS Verification tests can be run at 12G To run aSAS Ve
424. r Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen You can use whole screen Path to the template file for a new script You can use a template for the script Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and warnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder indicate output log file path and save logs automatically 3 Click the Run scripts button after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the output windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list 200 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Verification Script Engine VSE Teledyne LeCroy 45 Protocol Suite Run verification script s 3 Program Files LeLroy 545 Protocol Suite User SampleSegl scs VS ATAPI SCSI commands count sample ata commands sample ssp protocol SMP_Discover ndReporT racking Figure 3 111 Run Verification Scripts Dialog 4 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts Run verification scriptis Edit script Mew sc
425. r File 451 DL RO WOOS quii iai s idu dev voL ii aid 451 5 2 Comment TOFmhal i ue eis Eee ci puros rd ih Ced Saved dais 451 6 3 Primitive definition format iiio im Eie E box C E EVE Du ey Eb id 451 6 4 Loop definition to Matinal 451 6 5 Scramble definiti n TOMA unitaria 451 6 6 Role definition TOMA tuviese 451 6 7 END OF FICE definillOD sica 452 Appendix B China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table 453 FT WAN Opera O Mat 454 Appendix C How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy 455 FINO IR 457 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 15 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 16 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Introduction This manual describes installation and operation of the Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M122 Protocol Analyzer and includes examples of typical applications Sierra M122 e nioge a D SAS SATA Si Initiator 00 Link o0 Target ierra Mldd o rr Available KO O O Frame 00B 6 2 E gt a H Ti 12 T2 Figure 1 1 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M122 Protocol Analyzer 1 1 Analyzer Overview The Sierra M122 is a SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer allows the examination of the communication between SAS SATA devices by displaying and decoding the protocol traffic exchanged by these devices The Sierra M122 Analyzer is typically used by Hardware Firmware Design and Application Engineers during
426. r User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy ej File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help GP ll O Tene Yie O 0 Bs oa PLD ale xi cj mg SR Q 213 Dl 1 39 TestUint Ready ATAPI Command Move XCusor General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Protocol Eror Performance Lanes Pending IO Others Command Port Number Of Transport Payload Size Status Duration Count o All y Al s All AF All 3 1 0 Good 189013338 ms 33 9097 Custom H3 2 4096 Good 606 613 342 29 us 6 143 Test Uint Ready H3 3 8 Good 608 213 378 91 us 23 5 46 Read10 H3 3 12288 Good 480 079 986 57 us 2 0 48 Get Event Status Notification H3 2 2048 Good 215 440 002 44 us 3 0 71 Read10 H3 3 16384 Good 2 211 11989 ms 0 95 6 011 600 02 ms 421 100 00 Figure 3 63 Statistical Reports ATAPI Report SCSI Command Report To display the SCSI Command Report see Figure 3 64 on page 165 click the SCSI Command tab The SCSI Command Report displays information in the following columns Q Command All Custom Write 10 Inquiry Read 10 Mode Sense 10 Persistent Reserve Out Report Target Port Groups Read Capacity Test Unit Ready Port All H1 I1 H2 I2 H3 I3 H4 I4 or Custom Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Check Condition Good Task Attribute Simple Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count Al
427. r unchecking Port ID Primitive Double click Primitive available only if you check Exclude Patterns to open the Primitive selection dialog Primitive l Primitive Type AIP NORMAL yi NOT Port ID Core O Not Specific To Type Of Connections Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections Used Inside STP Connections raffic Speed 4 1 5 abps 4 3 0 abps J 6 0 gbps 4 12 0 abps v 1 J I2 J I3 J I4 4 T1 V T2 V T3 Y T4 mn Mirar Figure 2 22 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive drop down list box choose a Primitive to exclude and click OK Repeat for additional Primitives Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern to open the Data Pattern definition dialog x fe SSP Hashed Source SAS Address RRO Pa STP Hashed Destination SAS Address ROK Hexadecimal Cancel Data Data Offset 0 Dwords 0 255 POCOOOORNK Dwi POOOOOORN Dw POOOOOORN Dw3 AS Dw2 RX Dw5 HOOK Dw4 X0000 Dwi X0000 Dwg POOOOOORK Dw9 POOOOOON Dw8 360066004 Dwii 300000004 Dw10 OS Dw13 POOOOOON Dw12 POOOOOORN Dw15 POOOOOONN Dwl4 Vv it Mi mi mis MT PT MT M T4 Check All Uncheck an Figure 2 23 SAS Data Pattern Dialog
428. rame Type 2 Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G In the Type column in the middle of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the event Click Direction to choose the direction of traffic to monitor for the selected event the default is From Initiator which is what you want for this example Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which you want to wait in this scenario In this example it is RRDY Normal Properties Type Description Count Randomly Mo Counter Value 1 Event Direction From Initiator PSEUD NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUF OOB Signal NOTIFY POWER LOST EXPECTED E Primitives NOTIFY RESERVED 1 Po DE Primitive Group NOTIFY RESERVED 2 pue 545 Primitive ACK bd Running Disparity Errar H SAS Data Pattern m SATA Data Pattern L SATA Primitive HAF CAC ERROR i SCSI ARDY RESERVED D 55P Frame AIP NORMAL Nem AIP RESERVED 0 2 IEEE IUE AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION k ALE Puta Cea Figure 4 34 Example 1 Event Drop Down List 8 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 320 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 9 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action _ Remove RRDY Nor
429. rating Initiator TraffiC ooocconcconnconnnccnncccnonnnoncncnanconaronanenancnannnnanenas 363 5 4 Setting Up for Generating Target TraffiC oocconnccnncconncccncccnccnnconnrcnnnnnnnnonnnonnnrnarenanrnannnnas 363 5 5 Creating a Traffic Generation File oooonnccnncccnnccnciccnnocnnecanonanenannnnnnonanonnronannnnnrnnnrnnnnnnanenns 363 5 5 1 Creating a New Generator FIG ccce mide ru ae orRsuuun eeu eco A vu CEU da Var ye x nnmnnn nnmnnn 364 5 5 2 Editing an Example Generation Ple unida 365 5 5 3 Converting an SATrainer Traffic Generation File leeeeeeeeeeeeeee seen eene nennen nnn nnn 366 5 5 4 Opening a Traffic Generation File iiie cien andaan aa aana rue abd caue o ce vd ao oou CE RR EPa req essa E cp pax aue Eia roche 366 Dis A maet ETE SEI SN 367 5 6 Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files 367 9 6 1 Traffic Generation SSG FOSA a 367 562 Das oe nImMmas ING TETTE QD TIU EM 368 The Global Setting AUtoALTIQB oasis ica 369 Placing Global Settings in the Generation Block 1 eeeeeeeeee eene eee nene nenne 369 5 7 Primitive and Frame Definitions 1 eleeeeeeeeeeeeeneeen innen enhn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnns 370 5 64 Special Conditions for Frames caia Ride ee dla cede tao E bas 371 9 152 PTIMIIVES DEC INC ipe 371 9 1 3 Address FraMeSDECl ING Ple iii ii 372 Dif A SOP ETAMES
430. ration file and edited there oinclude Generation IncludelPrimitivesDeclino oinclude GrenerationIncludeVsettings inc set Generationldode GEN MODE SATA HOST Generation i When editing global settings keep in mind the following rule The last line encountered before the generation block takes precedence Thus if the following two lines about the device emulation were added just above the generation block the second would take effect set GenerationMode GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST set GenerationMode GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Teledyne LeCroy Sinclude Generation Include Settings inc Sinclude Generation Include SSPFramesdDecl inc set GenerationMode This will Set GenerationMode take effect GEN MODE SATA HOST GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR Generation 1 The Global Setting AutoAlign AutoAlign is a global setting that may be on or off depending on the type of device you are emulating There is an AutoAlign setting for SAS and one for SATA for example set AutoAlignSAS ON and set AutoAlignSATA 0FF QO SAS Sends AutoAligns every 2048 DWORDs Q SATA Sends AutoAligns every 256 DWORDs If you plan to set and reset AutoAlign in the middle of traffic generation you need to know what the defaults are for AutoAlign The defaults are as follows For SATA host device emulation
431. rations left and the corresponding byte streams right Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 371 Teledyne LeCroy Starting the Script Editor 9 7 3 5 7 4 5 7 5 5 7 6 5 8 372 5 Primitive 0AF 7 Primitive EOAF ai KES 18 1E 61 RBC 18 67 OF 9 Primitive ALIGN 0j 10 Primitive ALIGN 1 11 Primitive ALIGN 121 12 Primitive ALIGN 3 kBC 44 44 TE KEES 07 OF OF KEES 61 61 61 kBC 7B B VB To generate Primitives copy relevant portions of text on the left not the bytes shown right from this file into the generator block section of the ssg file Address FramesDecl inc File The AddressFramesDecl inc file defines Address frames SSPFrames inc File The SSPFrames inc file defines SSP frames SMPFrames inc File The SMPFrames inc file defines SMP frames STPFrames inc File The STPFrames inc file defines STP frames Starting the Script Editor To edit an ssg file use the Script Editor The Script Edit editing tool displays the ssg file and its supporting Include files The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields The Script Editor example below shows several commented lines followed by some instructions The Script Editor has three areas toolbar top script window and file tabs at the bottom of the window If errors occur a log opens at the bottom of the window
432. re 3 165 SAS Assign Port Alias Assign a meaningful name to each port in use and click OK The assigned names replace the port numbers in the sample view If you elect to save the capture sample file the assigned port names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Restore Factory Presets Click the Restore Factory Presets button to restore the settings to the factory settings Set As Default 3 16 If you want to set these port aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default port aliases SAS Address Alias SAS only SAS Address Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each SAS address to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view To assign SAS address names in an open sample view select Setup Set SAS Address Alias see Figure 3 166 on page 243 SAS Adress Alias GAS Address Hash Address E Alias Hame 5000628000001074 FFFF54 Intrasever E 5DOBDSSDODOOOCA 8B2525 Network tools 1 5DODE 85000000001 DB182F Catalyst FOOBOS60000003C5 500252 Network toals 2 5000C500001047B5 CCAD3C Seagate 1 5000050000103D91 ESAE OS Seagate 2 Apply alias to all view Set4sDefault Cancel Figure 3 166 SAS Assign SAS Address Alias Assign a meaningful name to each SAS address in use and click OK The assigned names replace the SAS address in the sampl
433. red by RRDY Reserved 0 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 b x Scenario is valid Scenario Name BODY Normal 4 EDDY Beserved 0 Test 1 gt Description Peplace BODY Normal w ERRO R If BODY Reserved 0 Inject BD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Lill Global Fules Wait for BRADY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Wait for BRADY RESERVED 0 from Initiator E then Inject Punning Disparity Error x For Help press F1 Figure 4 42 Example 4 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 325 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 4 9 5 Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event In this example an event triggers a set of actions The actions occur at the same time The device waits for an ACK from the initiator When it occurs the device beeps injects an RD error and increments a counter monitoring for that event ACK from initiator 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Beep as the action From the Action Properties drop do
434. red from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Data Stat Time Data to Status Time The time between the end of data transmission for this command and the Status frame Thrpt MB s Data Throughput The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second Duration The time taken from the first DWord to the last DWord in a line Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 151 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 3 3 11 Statistical Report Whenever a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer a Statistical Report selection in the Report menu and a Statistical Report Button on the viewer toolbar are enabled You can create a Statistical Report for the entire capture or select a portion of it To display a Statistical Report click the Statistical Report button on the viewer toolbar or select Report gt Statistical Report to display the Select Statistical Report Range dialog see Figure 3 48 Select Statistical Report Range a All Traces From T Cursor To T Cursor From Link Ma To Link Mo Cancel Figure 3 48 Statistical Report Range Dialog The default statistical report has All Samples You can set a specific Statistical report range between defined cursor positions or events Generating Statistical Read Write Report To create a statistical read write page perform the following steps Click on Setup gt Preferences Click on the Trace Viewer tab Check the
435. ress Destination Address H Operation Code FUA_NV H FUA H DPO ROPROTECT Logical Block Address H Group Number Gi _ Number H Transfer Length D Control zia CDB Padding H 01 000000000000 A m x Figure 3 94 Packet View and Waveforms Synchronized Then you can zoom in to the waveforms associated with the selected packet See Figure 3 95 on page 185 184 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy qs File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 18 x in PBR o i RI 2 Sl ch v ju E Q Traine V lamme Ie O Recor B o f es les 8 A 2 J E a 1 840 1 845 1 850 1 855 1 860 1 865 1 870 1 875 1 880 1 885 1 890 1 895 1 900 1 905 1 910 1 915 Time ms 4 HT j SCSI IO Throughput ES nm 1 Throughput MB s 1 910 1 915 Time ms 1840 1 845 1 850 1 855 1 860 1 865 1 870 1 875 1 880 1 885 1 890 1 895 1 900 1 905 Operation Time 1 915 Time ms 1 840 1 845 1 850 1 855 1 860 1 865 1 870 1 875 1 880 1 885 1 890 1 895 1 900 1 905 1 910 4 HET SCSI IO Response Time e Operation Time 1 915 Time ms 1 840 1 845 1 865 1 870 1 875 1 880 1 885 1 890 1 895 1 900 1 905 1 910 1 850 1 855 1 860 4 TH b A to Y 0 ns A to T 2 869 213 ms Y to T 2 869 213 ms For Help press F1 TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactgg Simul
436. rification Test 1 Select Analysis on the main toolbar and choose SAS Verification to open the SAS Verification dialog see Figure 3 197 on page 271 SAS Verification Speed Negotiaton DUT Type 7 1 Test B 7 2 2 pee egohation Indaw ee 7 1 Test 5 7 2 3 E tart TE a dem Train Speed Negotiation Window Test 6 7 2 4 DL Link Layer e E l l Save O LINK RESET O CONNECTIONS Fa Clase 155P FRAMES O CLOSING SSP CONNECTIONS a EE O CONNECTIONS THROUGH EXPANDERS p O BREAK BR DUT Name Device lt lt Remove ote be Transport Layer O SSF FRAMES STRUCTURES O SSP COMMAND IU Add All gt gt O SSP DATA IU O 55P xXFER Br IL lt lt Remove All O SSF RESPONSE ILI O 55P ERROR HANDLING Application Layer fod Test E 7 24 Connection Hate AutoS peed 7 l l j 99s x ge 999 Report file c pregram Files lecrouyszas protocol suibte slIzersS ASVverfication Device rtf Browee Wiew Saved Traces Ho Test Mame Purpose Result Detail Figure 3 197 SAS Verification Dialog a Speed Negotiation has Speed Negotiation Window Three and Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 271 Teledyne LeCroy SAS Verification SAS EP HN M d cie 9 Train Speed Negotiation Window Q Link Layer has Link Reset Connections SSP Frames Closing SSP Connections Connections through Expanders and Break Q Transport Layer has SSP Frames Structures Command IU Data IU XFER_RDY IU R
437. rios e Ports are Ready to Aun Library Scenario WF SN 61658 New Scenario 1 wil Y SN 61658 New Scenario 3 Figure 4 5 Device Ports Dialog Alternatively assign the scenario using the Library and Scenario drop down lists Fot func Library Scenario WF S5N 6155 Mew Scenario 1 a a W sues ProductionT estBeep Mew Scenario 1 Mew Scenario 10 Mew Scenario 3 Mew Scenario 4 Figure 4 6 Scenario Drop down List After you have assigned scenarios to ports in the first row of icons use the first green arrow icon to Run Stop All Ports or use the numbered green arrows to Run Stop an individual port Note A port row is grayed out when that port is running a scenario 4 3 Port Configuration for InFusion The InFusion Jammer port configurations must match the Analyzer port configurations for the infusion analyzer to work Select Configuration gt Port Configuration to display the Set Port Configuration dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 289 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios 290 To record traffic both before and after the InFusion modifies jams it select Analyzer Jammer Analyzer on the port that you want to jam In the following figure there is a match on Port O Select Port Confiquration AE Configurations Filter W Analyzer Emulator W Jammer Trainer All valid port configurations for SM 11044 0x2B24 Port 01 Port 02 Port 03
438. ript Show Grid Show Description windiow A Shaw Output Settings Figure 3 112 Run Verification Scripts Menu Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 201 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 202 3 8 Run verification script s Start running selected script s Edit script Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings New script Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verification script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE Navigation View Toolbar The Navigation View toolbar allows you to navigate search filter hide RRDY all primitives and unassociated traffic zoom tile views and select ports Navigation iew Toolbar E xj APPLAR E ur e o Loe Position Y Position Single Port Multiple Ports Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin The down arrow on the Go To button allows location of cursors or specific packets Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Timestamp Bookmark Begin and End The Search button opens the search dialog see Search on page 219 The Filtering Setup button opens the Filter dialog see Filtering on page 207
439. rn 545 Data Pattern Figure 5 18 New Event Menu Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 431 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 2 Select an event such as Primitive The event appears in the Available Events area Available Events Figure 5 19 Available Events Area 5 11 15 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button To drag and drop the Event button 1 Place the mouse cursor on the Event button in the Available Events area Click the left mouse button 2 Drag the button to the cell When the button is in the cell a dashed highlight line appears around the cell Drop the button in the cell release the left mouse button The Event button appears in the cell a Newevent mo OC Q Quir Available Events Global State active at all times Figure 5 20 Event in Main Display The default label for the first cell is Global State which is active at all times 432 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 11 16 Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can
440. rn Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS The FIS Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box r Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 Y C Binan Register Host to Device 0x27 e Hexa Register Device to Host 0x34 dH cet Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 DMA Setup 41 FIS Type oe c s t to Device LE I5 Elup x PMPO ata 0x46 C Vendor A SATA FIS Pattern Dialog Choices Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 97 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose a FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog ATA Command Pattern SATA only Double click ATA Command to open the ATA Command Pattern selection dialog ATA Command Pattern xj Format Command Any Command x 9s Hexadecimal Check Power Mode Cancel Configure Stream 0x51 1 Device Configuration Freeze Lock 0xB1 C1 Device Configuration Identify 0xB 1 02 Device Configuration Restore 0xB1 C0 Command Device Configuration Set 0xB1 C3 Device Reset Ox 8 Download Microcode 0x92 Sector NU Execute Device Diagnostic 0x30 Cylinder Li Flush Cache OxE 7 Cylinder H Flush Cache Ext OxE A DEV H eal et Media Status OxDA Y Sector Num exp Cylinder Low exp Cylinder High exp Features exp JEJEJEJE MH
441. robe settings Hence training sequences and speed negotiation cannot be jammed Another side effect is that pre jam and post jam recordings during these events are not the same Interface Buttons The InFusion interface has the following command buttons D 5m um B amp B E E P Analyzer lt p Trainer Bj BE Record E H New Scenario Begins the scenario creation process by listing Scenario Name Direction for traffic changes and Global Rules in the scenario window New Batch Script Starts a scenario batch file in Batch Script window Open Library Lists the InFusion Library Files infdb which contain the available scenarios in an Open dialog Save Saves the current scenario in the UserData folder Print Prints the current scenario Show Library Displays hides the Main Library window on the right which displays the available scenarios You can create a new scenario save a selected scenario save the library save a copy of the library display the selected scenario insert a copy of the selected item or delete the selected scenario Show Output Displays hides the Output window at the bottom which displays InFusion output Use the buttons to save output print output display options automatically save the log file with a path and size start logging stop logging and clear the Output window Show Port Assignment Displays hides the current port assignment Port Configuration Displays the port configurat
442. ronnrnnnnrnnnronnrrnnnrnnnrnnnnrenarenanens 441 GOJlOFDISPlaY ODUONS a 441 Formats Display ODUONS rs ua loci 443 FIGING DISPLAY ODTONS Sii AAA DU 443 Level Mdm OPIO Sica ias 443 Headers ODUONS na oo a eO Ui Md Ans e ee ORTE DE 444 Saving Display ODUOGnS ii dt d a USC Re NU eee 446 5 12 2 Connecuon Parametros 446 5123 RESCUING INE TOOIDAN iet 447 5 13 Differences Between Sierra M12x Trainers and Sierra M6 x Trainers 449 5 19 1 Auto Allg ECU in coder deae iva vE Pr ASE rate eee 449 5 13 2 12 Gbps Speed Negotiation is Added 11 leeeeeeeeleeeieeniee seen nnn n ne nnn hannah sana nnn 449 9 13 32 RX Path OF T2 GOS DESIGNS i 449 5 13 4 HOLD HOLDA Response MiNaS 449 14 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 5 13 5 Manual Tx Rx Setting Configuration siii ba 450 5 13 6 Extra Commands Added for 12 Gbps Designs 1 leeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nnn nnn nnn nnn 450 5 13 7 Added Support for Gen4 Designs 1 leeeleeieeeeeeieeieeni eene enne nhu nnum hhn nhu sana suas ausus sanas 450 5 13 8 Added Optical Mode SUDDOTL urne nouus Eukw ERR ERE Ru MEMBRIS ENRE MER tate aU EXPERS FOK CEU xk CRM PERO UNSERE S eM REM ER 450 5 13 9 Two Dword Processing in 12 Gbps Designs eeeeeleeeeeesee eene nennen nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn 450 Appendix A Creating a Pattern Generato
443. rotocol Analyzer User Manual 175 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display see Figure 3 78 on page 176 Custom Filter xi Show selected items Identify amp ddress Frame Open Address Frame Check All SMP Frame Reset All SSP Frame STP Frame C Show conditional items Equal to fo Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate Figure 3 79 SATA FIS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display see Figure 3 80 on page 177 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Custom Filter B xl Show selected items DMA Activate DMA Setup Check All Data Reset All PIO Setup Register Device to Host Register Host to Device Set Device Bits C Show conditional items Equal to gt fo cos Figure 3 80 SATA Custom Filter Check the items to display and click OK Sorting Column Content To sort column content click the heading for that column Repeated clicking of the column heading sorts the column in ascending or descending order Type A Direction Duration Count A y v All Id Ay Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 SMP Frame T 51 4 53333330 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SSP Frame T gt 1 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 STP Frame T gt I 85 8
444. rs dialog 114 Setting button 174 Setting dialog 174 settings advanced mode 119 Settings command 199 Settings dialog 199 Settings tab 101 119 Settings inc File 36s Setup command 20 Setup Display Options button 362 Setup Generation Options button 363 Setup Menu 359 show all data in data field 233 Show Description window 202 Show Device Library command 285 Show Grid 202 Show Library command 285 Show Line Numbers command 375 Show Output 202 Show Output command 285 Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length 257 Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View 257 Show XXXX value 105 Show Hide CMD packet in results display 227 Show Hide Command queue in results display 227 Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button 190 Show Hide DLLP packet in results display 227 Show Hide Field 231 Show Hide Link Packet button 227 Show Hide Physical Packet in results display 227 Show Hide TLP packet in results display 227 Show Hide Transport Packet button 227 Sierra M6 4 Protocol Analyzer 17 Sierra Trainer menus 358 Sierra Trainer toolbar 362 simulation mode 35 463 Teledyne LeCroy Index Sleep statement 354 SMP Command Report 166 SMP frame 71 SMP Initiator field 447 SMP Target field 447 SMPFrames inc 372 Snapshot mode 78 Soft Reset dialog 93 Software default 251 software installation 20 software overview 35 sorting column content 177 Spec View 148 228 Specify Action option 434 Speed Negotiation 271 Spread Sheet Color Setting 256
445. s Define different patterns for pre trigger and post tigger data captures B Easy switch to Advanced mode wf Collapse All Expand ll Figure 2 20 SAS Exclude Patterns Checked SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has Exclude Dev Slp Packets SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 63 To remove an item from capture highlight it in the Project Tree and click the lt lt Remove button Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture You can define one set of patterns for capture prior to the occurrence of a trigger and another set of patterns for capture after the occurrence of a trigger The selections and setup procedure is the same for both the Pre Trigger capture and the Post Trigger capture To define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data capture check Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data capture to enable the Post Trigger Capture tab see Figure 2 21 on page 66 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 65 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Everything Exclude SATA CONT Pattem Exclude SATA SYNC Exclude OOB Signals Exclude pii Exclude Payload except jo Diwordis EJ Pre Irgger Capture 4 Include lt x 4 Include SATA SYNC 4 Include SATA CONT 4 Inclu
446. s If you de select Show First Field the Data will be shown as Function Data Size and value of the data with an explanation See Figure 3 202 on page 276 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 275 Teledyne LeCroy Trusted Command Group Decodes in Spreadsheet View in dS DISCOVER LIST descriptor list ARO eme m p 3 AAA o pom A IO EI AAA AA e p m amp c 09 8 O A E AAA AA A AZ AN CN JN mew 1 9 A 1 Figure 3 202 Data Shown as Function Data Size and Value 3 2 Trusted Command Group Decodes in Spreadsheet View Trusted Command Group TCG decodes are now available in the Spreadsheet View See Figure 3 203 on page 277 276 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trusted Command Group Decodes in Spreadsheet View Teledyne LeCroy fe File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 5 El O Traine Wlamme B seco m n C11 51 83 v PBR Os RIP Primo ito CET cs v CQ 8 198 ee se PY CLAMA Transport FIS Type Data 12 Bytes CRC H iag 6 0x46 Data 0 ER 00 00 00 07 FF 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt m 486DADF3 FIS Type PM Port H 1 H Status H Error H LBA Low m LBA Mid H LBA High H 0 1 50 FF 00 F9A77970 out e ITI 13 36 4 320 us Hi 36 raya 4
447. s a little like the output on script command except that its effect cannot be undone for the duration of the script If this is turned on none of the out of band commands will work as the output enable is forced on When set in Connect command SNWA1 will be tried in Speed Negotiation phase Can only be set outside Generation block When set in Connect command SNW2 will be tried in Speed Negotiation phase Can only be set outside Generation block When set the generator pauses the Idle scrambler of Train TrainDone pattern When AdvanceConnect and ReconnectOnRun are set the Connect command forces the Trainer to disconnect the physical link before executing the Connect command When AdvanceConnect is not set this setting does not affect the Trainer When set the Trainer uses the PHY Capability and SupportSNW settings instead of the Set Speed settings for executing the Connect command If set to On Trainer puts DC Idle on line when it detects sync lost on the link Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Setting AutoMode Settings AutoOOBMode AutoHoldMode AutoDMAT AutoSpeedNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS COMINIT Settings COMINIT NegLen COMINIT IdleLen COMINIT BurstLen COMINIT NumbBursts Default Value On 800 480 160 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Description When
448. s assigned to a specific memory bank Post trigger the system can try to use empty space in all memory banks if you check the MA option Therefore Memory Assignment efficiency is maximum when Trigger Position is set to 0 snap shot trigger and is minimum when Trig ger Position is set to 99 or when there is no triggering you stop recording man ually a MUX When MUX is enabled each segment has four memory banks limiting Memory Assignment somewhat Here are examples of different Port Configurations and Trigger Positions One port configuration A Sample size is user specified sample size Two port configuration AA Ports 1 and 2 are on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has an effect If you use snapshot triggering the sam ple size is near specified size Two port configuration AA If you use manual stop Memory Assignment has no effect Sample size depends on port traffic loads Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 5096 and there is enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typi cally near specified size Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 5096 but there is not enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically more than half specified size with size determined by the amount of data captured before trigger Note Checking this option does not affect the sample It only allows larger sample s
449. s portion of the scenario waits for an ACK primitive from the initiator Each time the device detects an ACK it injects an RD Error into the traffic stream This state continues for a random period of time not to exceed 1 790 seconds After the time period has elapsed timer times out the scenario stops Although this example sets the timer for a random period you also can set the timer for known values 2 ms 5 mins 1 hr and so on 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Inject RD Error as the action Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 327 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 3 Click the prompt to add another event keep in mind this is not a combined event 4 TF ACK Inject Error A Scenario is valid Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for ACE from Initiator then Inject Bunning Disparity Error v i Click here to add a S quence 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 45 Example 6 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box displays 4 Inthe Type column on the left
450. see Figure 3 62 on page 164 The SMP Transport Report displays information in the following columns O Command Read DMA Queued PM Port Status Normal Output Payload Size Number Port All H1 I1 H2 12 H3 13 H4 I4 or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Percentage of total count LLIDLDLDLDLU File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help Lm nj E s es wy T JL gt of 4 Read DMA Queued Queue Command Move X Cursor General Primitive FIS ATA Command Queue Command Performance Lanes Pending 10 thers Command PM Port Status Payload Size Port Duration Count Read DMA Queued Hi 4 357 699 39 s 100 00 4 4 357 699 39 s 100 00 Figure 3 62 Statistical Reports Queue Commands ATAPI Command Report To display the ATAPI Report see Figure 3 63 click the ATAPI tab The ATAPI Report displays information in the following columns QO Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense 10 Read10 Request Sense Test Unit Ready Get Event Status Notification Port All H1 I1 H2 12 H3 13 H4 I4 or Custom Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Check Condition Good Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences 96 Percentage of total count LDLLLDLDLDLDULD 164 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyze
451. served O 00 Unknown reason O 00 indicates that an SMP initiator port is not present O 00 indicates that an STP initiator part is not present O 00 indicates that an SSP initiator part is not present O 00 indicates that an SMP target part iz not present O 00 indicates that an STP target port is not present O 00 indicates that an SSP target pork is not present OOOOOOOO00000000 OOOOOOOO00000000 OOOOOOOOO0000000 OOOOOOOO00000000 DOO OO FO AddressFramel ype Value 4 Hits Format Hex Indicates the type of address frame Figure 4 22 Event Properties Dialog x Cima E While many events are line conditions an event also can be a condition that occurs within a InFusion device for example detection of a trigger signal from another device The following table lists supported events Note that some events are applicable only in the context of creating sequences those events appear on the drop down list only if you are creating a sequence Sequences can have multiple states and they allow branching between states Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 303 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events 304 TABLE 4 2 Events Event Address Frame Analyzer Trigger Any DWORD ATA Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up CRC Error DWORD Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type Frame Type Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G Links Speed 12G OOB Signal
452. set to one indicates that the phy supports G1 i e 1 5 Gbps without SSC A G1 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G1 without SSC A G1 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G1 i e 1 5 Gbps with SSC A G1 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G1 with SSC A G2 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G2 i e 3 Gbps without SSC A G2 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G2 without SSC A G2 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G2 i e 3 Gbps with SSC A G2 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G2 with SSC A G3 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G3 i e 6 Gbps without SSC A G3 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G3 without SSC A G3 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G3 i e 6 Gbps with SSC A G3 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G3 with SSC A G4 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G4 12 Gbps without SSC A G4 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G4 without SSC Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Default Setting Value OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy gAWithSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy Parity Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protoc
453. stes tea ius GRE Get aa Dawes deTs I EEUU 251 Bneric4llke M N 251 OHE Aa 251 FOUNa Device LIST eere 251 Browse Default Pallars 251 Port Configuration Setting mmc A 252 3 102 Trace Viewer TaD A 253 Open Trace file M rnrn ia iia 253 leidas y A e 253 3 10 9 Spread Sheet VIEW TaD ere qox CHR EINE vCEDUE D upUER DU CERE EUREN as 256 Color SOWING ENTE OTT UELUT 256 Anchor th Selection Dani 257 2 106 42 COMMIT VIEW Tab sosta cis p a Cep Ropa aio 257 2 10 59 Packet VIEW TOD3 uico EE dee av eive va ed aes R Or E FERE E EF a 258 3 18 6 Sampling Memory Usage Optimization 11 eeeieeeeeee ee eeeieeeiee eene nnne n nnn nnn nna nnn n nana 258 If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked 258 If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked 259 3 19 FOUNO LICENS E icr esos ueniet aea a is 260 3 20 External Tig Set ic m 260 321 UBaate DEVIC caidas 261 3 27 User Defined DECO ec 264 2 29 BIBID MEM ounan E E 266 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 9 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 3 2321 Tell Teledyne LOC lO ett M 266 9 23 2 HEID TODIES 3 OCC eR DH Dr oua ca uo ad ethica vci abes m I cae aaa ua a E I HM LE MD EE
454. stogram View i JJ sd aba OF B Eg fuk E i rr Power Tracker Show Hide Bus Show Hide Frame Utilization View Compare 2 Data i Inspector View Payloads Show Hide Show Hide Running Packet View Spreadsheet View Verification Show Hide Statistical Report View Scripts Figure 3 4 View Type Toolbar 124 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Win UD Decoding Assignments Packet View Spread Sheet View E Column View Text View Frame Inspector View lg Statistical Report lil Histogram pl Bus Utilization E Data Report vi Trace Expert SAS Verification Compliance Test mE VSE Figure 3 5 SAS SATA Analysis Menu 3 3 2 Decoding Assignments The SAS SATA Protocol Suite is designed to automatically assign SCSI decoding to a trace by using SBC3 SPCA for SSP based transactions and MMC6 SPC4 for ATAPI STP based transactions To view Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 125 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 126 the current decoding assignment for devices in the trace click on the Decoding Assignments icon See Figure 3 5 and Figure 3 6 Decoding Assignments Hash Destination SAS Address SCSI Specs MMC6 SPC4 SBC3 SPC4 SMC3 SPC4 SSC2 SPC4 SCC2 SPC4 OSD2 SPC4 ADC3 SPC4 El Add to Assigned List Assigned SCSI Specs Hash Destination SAS Address SCSI Spec 0BB13F SBC3 SPC4 Remove x49C05D SBC3 SPC4 OxF
455. t 6 State J o Wait for FIS Frame OxAl Set Device Bits FO FIS Type Value 8 Bits OMAL Set Device Bits Mask OxFT From Target Click here to add combined event p then Inject CAC Error every 10th occurrence Click here to add another action 4 Click here to add another event le gt O Options Options tput Set options for this output window ad AA Set options for this output window 9x BS wu as OGG 16 1 27 042 000 000 SN 10542 Device Joined Port i 26 30 22 208 187 000 Inject CRC Error Value i 16 15 27 057 000 000 SN 10542 Device connected l Port 2 26 30 22 263 931 000 Inject CRC Error Value 0 16 19 39 887 000 000 SN 10842 Session started Port 1 I0 Meter Traffi E Port 3 16 30 22 309 455 000 Inject CRC Error Valusy 16 20 03 977 000 000 SN 10542 Session stopped Port 1 IO Meter Traff Port 4 26 30 22 347 695 000 Inject CRC Error Vel 16 28 55 795 000 000 SN 10542 Session started Ports 1 IO Meter Traf f 16 31 04 024 000 000 SN 10542 Session stopped Ports 1 IO Meter Traff Copy All 4 Set options for this output window CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 65 Copy Data from Log File Window 346 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy 4 13 Scenario Batch Files You can write a script with commands to run a sequence of executable scenarios automatically A Scenario Batch file is a text file with
456. t Extemal Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command SA SProtocolAnalyzer AVF POLOCOIANGIYZe File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help Gb E lt gt Trainer Y Jammer Q Record Project Tree gt 8 SASProtocolAnalyzer1 Capture Exclude Y Include xx Include SYNC Include CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle A Trigger Sequential P Device Sleep Rising Edge xi P Primitive AIP NORMAL 3 Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed I1 T1 12 T2 I3 T3 14 T Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP B9 Connection Details All Ports Figure 2 67 SAS Select Sequential Trigger Mode SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different patterns Timer The sequential triggering mode offers the option of triggering on a timer or inserting a timer in the triggering sequence to delay detection of the next pattern in the sequence To insert a timer int Timer Value fi Milli Seconds r Time Unit milliseconds C microseconds Enter a Time Value Defining Patterns he trigger list double click Timer to open the Timer definition dialog x Cancel choose the Time Unit and click OK The definition of patterns for the sequenti
457. t and LAST DWORD instead of start end frames m SendCRC is only supported on last DWORD before end of frame Q Raw 10 bits codes This definition might cause running disparity errors Example Primitive CHAIN TWO 305 2D4 YEA 362 Q Mixed bytes and 10b codes This definition might cause running disparity errors Example Primitive CHAIN TWO 305 2D4 1E4 362 CHAIN ONE Packets Frames Using the Frame or Packet keyword you can define a frame of traffic to use in the generation stream Declarations of prolog and epilog may be mixed with field declarations Frame name parent name Field Definition 0 Field Name Field Length Default Value Field Definition n Field Name Field Length Default Value Primitive Definition 0 Primitive name offset count Primitive Definition m Primitive name offset count Prolog primitive name Epilog primitive name j Field Definition a Field length is in bits means that the length is variable and is set based on the assigned value Q Field starting offset is calculated from frame start based on the length of the pre vious fields Examples Field32 32 OxAABBFFEE FrameType gt 8 12 HashedDest 24 HEX DATA Reservedl 8 OxDA Fieldl6 16 OxAAAA Reserved2 8 OxAD CRC 5o 382 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Data field Definition e Data
458. t delay ssg lt ut For Help press F1 tico O99 Figure 2 14 Trainer Script with No Added Delay Q Use Auto Alignment see The Global Setting AutoAlign on page 369 Q Select the Port see Setup Menu on page 359 58 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy QO Indicate Trainer Generation File Name and click Export to export the trainer generation file Note The resulting Trainer Generation file cannot exceed 2 MB or 1 000 000 packets Export Read Write Command Report You can create an Export Read Write Command Report as an Excel file csv using the Export dialog from the File menu In Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer you must first select Create statistical report read write page in order to create this report If this choice was not made when the trace was taken then use Save As to save the trace file with this preference This will append the Read Write Command Report to the trace file so this action need only be done once When you re open the trace file you should be able to export the report as described above 2 2 11 Export Paired SAS Address Report If Text View is activated from the File menu you can save a Paired SAS Address Report as an Excel file using the Export Paired SAS Address Report dialog see Figure 2 16 on page 62 3 Export Paired 545 Address Report Save in Je Samples o gt i Mame Dat
459. t in Advanced Mode c users public documents ecroy sas sata protocol suite System Pre Defined Workspace Defau NCG Commands Time out Threshold 1000 us ATAPI Spec Assignment wMce sPc4 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads le SCSI Spec Assignment SBC3 SPC4 Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm v Ask user to close the previous captured trace before running the new project Reset clear the list of found devices C Refresh append to the list of found devices Browse default path Software default Windows default m Seras ac Figure 3 177 Preferences Dialog General Tab Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy Paths User Path specifies the User folder path used by the software after launching the Open dialog Template Files Other Protocol Analyzer You can use a pre saved analyzer and or analyzer project file as a template Whenever you make a new project file the software uses the template to initialize the project file New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode When you use the New menu item to create a new project file the software switches to Advanced mode automatically Default Workspace specifies the default workspace file for opening a sample file You can Save any viewer configuration as a workspace and then specify it as the default workspace The software always open a trace file
460. t occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event For more detail see Pre Trigger on page 101 102 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Note Trigger Position only works when the triggering option is Pattern In certain cases when one port is recording traffic and filling up the memory much faster than another port you might see traffic appearing only on one port for a while and the other port s traffic will only appear later This occurs as a function of the trigger position and is normal expected behavior of the analyzer Trace File Name Click the ellipses next to the Sample File Name text box and choose a file name and location for the results of your current project Auto Run To repeat the current capture and trigger setup automatically check the Auto Run checkbox and enter the number of times in the Number of Run text box The capture and trigger repeat automatically for the specified number of times and the results are saved in consecutively numbered Sample scs files Memory Size In the Protocol Analyzer Settings tab you can allot memory for the trace recording Check Entire Memory to allow recording to use the whole memory to capture the maximum amount of trace data Minimum size of memory is 2 GB Maximum size
461. t of the file C End of the file Find All W Search In Hidden Figure 5 25 Find Dialog Packet Types Primitive OOE Signal All OOE Signal Undetermined OOE Signal COM ARE LOB Signal COMRESET LOB Signal COMSAS Open Address Frame Identify Address Frame one Broadcast Address Frame Short one Broadcast Address Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame ELECTRIC IDLE OFF ELECTRIC IDLE ON STP SATA Frame Haw Data Cancel 2 Select Frames Transactions SCSI Operations Management Transactions ATA Commands or OOBs from the top left list box to list that type of event in the Events Group box 3 Select one or more events from the Events Group box Primitives Source Addresses Hash Source Addresses Destination Addresses Hash Destination Addresses Data Length SMP Frames SSP Frames Errors FIS Types FIS Port Number LDLLLLDLDLDDLDULLUZLDSoOZLD6oL Packet Types Header PHY Event Transaction Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy a Channel O Data Pattern a Completion Time 4 Select one of the following options a Union Find all packets matching ANY of the specified events D Q Intersection Find packets matching ALL of the specified events Q Exclusion Exclude packets matching any of the specified events Exclusion works with the other two options Select Union AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ANY of the f
462. t you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar QO Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears with the options A through F and No Action Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears The Event pop up menu has the following options Q Specify Action s Opens the Actions submenu allowing you to assign an action to the event Options on this submenu are the same as those on the Action pop up described previously O Move Event to Moves the selected event to a different position in the Record ing Rules window Q Copy Event to Copies the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window QO Delete This Event Deletes the selected Event Alternatively you can use the Delete button on the toolbar or keyboard to delete events a Properties Displays the Event Properties dialog for the selected event Event Properties h x Primitive ACE AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 Label AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 hd Desc the specified Primtive Unknown on channel Generation Figure 5 23 Event Properties The dialog lists the Properties and their Values 434
463. tart Events are ignored until the End Events are encountered or the timer expires Cancel Figure 2 42 Timeout Dialog Start Events starts the timer in Timeout Trigger and End Events triggers the analyzer if first trigger mode is selected or resets the trigger if second trigger mode is selected Repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Event is encountered or the timer expires Select a pattern for Start Events or End Events enter a Timeout value then select Trigger Mode QO If End Events occur before timer expires QO If timer expires before End Events Note Timeouts can only be configured from the Timeout Pattern dialog The Timeout Pattern dialog allows configuring other patterns as triggers in combination with timeouts Other pattern dialogs do not allow configuration of timeouts External Manual Trigger To set up an external trigger click the External Manual Trigger category see Figure 2 43 on page 83 82 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Externa Manual Trigger Manual Trig 4 External Trig E C High Active Low Active Toggle For changing the external trig setting go to Configuration menu and select External Trig Setting Figure 2 43 External Manual Trigger Dialog Device Sleep To set up Device Sleep click the Device Sleep category Select Rising Edge or Falling Edge Device Sleep
464. te Filter Logic C AMD Related Items DR w Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Cancel 211 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Figure 3 125 Third Level of Multilevel Filtering Filter Descend Packets if Ascent Packet is Filtered 3 8 4 If you check the Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered checkbox the application will only filter onward from the highlighted trace selection bar If you uncheck this option the software only filters the filtered packet For example if this option is checked and any SCSI command is selected all transport and link packets of this command are filtered If you unchecked this option only selected SCSI commands are filtered Selectable Filter Options for SAS The SAS Filter Options are DO DOODODODODODODODoDoOo Do oo ooo oooO O O Command Data Pattern Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCSI Command Status see Filter Check Condition on page 213 Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port Tag see Filter by Tag Number on page 214 ATAPI SCSI Command Device Sleep Miscellaneous see Filter Miscellaneous on page 214 Training Sequence Command Data Pattern When selected depending on th
465. te ssg files created in other applications run in the Sierra Trainer After the file has been created it can be opened and displayed in the application You can invoke the application to transmit the traffic generation file by using the Start Generation button B Note For details about traffic generation files see Sierra Trainer Generation Language on page 378 5 5 1 Creating a New Generator File You can create a new Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator ssg file To create an ssg file 1 Inthe Sierra Trainer window select File gt New GenFile to display the Global Settings of a new ssg file in a trace view P Lecroy SAS Trainer Generator1 3 E a 12 x dE File Setup Generate Search View Tools Window Help AE WB Gu BH Bien nag l w i Yammer Q anaye Srosc m u O BH 6 CONFIGURATION AutoOOB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS PauseTmScrmblr ReconnectOnRun AdvanceConnect X ContPrimUsage ScramblingMode OutputOffAfterDC AddSyncAfterAlign NONE GEN MODE UNDEFINED II OFF 160 480 OOB Settings COMWAKE Num Bursts Burst Length Idle Length O 6 160 160 1440 2400 SATA Link Initialization Settings Align Time D10 2 Time 100000 100000 SAS Manual Speed Neg Settings Align1 Time Align Time Interspeed 61920 61920 750000 153600 163840 750000 2200 29998080 AS E SEA MED AAN UNE EA PS A EN A E PA IA E TA PE Auto Wait Setti
466. th the command WF CREDIT AVAIL See WF CREDIT AVAIL in following section on Wait Commands for explanation Generator will insert one idle DWORD into the generation stream which will intentionally break RD sequence creating RD error Generator will go through connection sequence using current GenFile settings gen mode speed and so on Generation will not resume until connection is established Generator will break existing connection to DUT Generator will come to a break and the user will be able to resume generation by pressing Resume button on Generation toolbar Generator shall transmit idle DWORDs while in the Pause Takes the Trainer out of Electric Idle state If it is already out of Electric Idle this is a NOP COMINIT Generator will send COMINIT OOB signals using current COMINIT settings COMRESET Generator will send COMRESET OOB signals using current COMRESET settings COMWAKE Generator will send COMWAKE OOB signals using current COMWAKE settings COMSAS Generator will send COMSAS OOB signals using current COMSAS settings SATA ALIGN Generator will go through SATA ALIGN stage of Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SATA SpeedNeg process using current SATA ALIGN settings 401 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language SATA D10 2 SPEED NEG RCDT SPEED NEG ALIGNO SPEED NEG ALIGN1 Set Speed LINK SPEED 1 5G Set Speed LINK SPEED 3G Set Speed LINK SPEED 6G
467. the development of a new product or the verification of an existing product The Sierra M122 Analyzer allows capturing triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI or Serial ATA traffic The analyzer provides for bi directional trigger and capture of commands primitives patterns and all bus conditions The analyzer allows to either capture all traffic or selectively include exclude certain types of traffic and traffic patterns The start of capturing can be either trigger based on specific conditions or manually by pressing a button The Sierra M122 Analyzer has a USB port and an Ethernet port to connect to a computer You can cascade analyzer units for higher port counts The analyzer allows you to select frames to include and exclude for capture Capturing can be triggered based on a specific event or manually The Sierra M122 Analyzer provides a full range of views and statistical reports Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 17 Teledyne LeCroy Features 1 2 Features O OOCODODODD Doo Doo oo O Up to 12 Gb s SAS and 6 Gb s SATA protocol analysis or error injection Capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI or Serial ATA packets Easy mode triggering Cascade up to 8 analyzers Sync with Teledyne LeCroy Sierra family products CrossSync Hardware filtering by Analyzer at Wire speed Automatic error detection Comprehensive decoding of SAS and SATA data traffic Logical and chronological traf
468. the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA PMACK or SATA PMNAK command immediately after each case of SATA CONT primitive following SATA PMREQ P primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA SYNC command immediately after each case of SATA CONT primitive following SATA SYNC primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA PMREO S or SATA PMREO P command right before each SATA PMACK primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA PMREO S or SATA PMREQ P command right before each SATA PMNAK primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA R ERR command right before each SATA WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA R OK command right before each SATA WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA R IP command right before each SATA SOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT FOR SATA X RDY command right before each SATA R RDY primitive Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 11 10 Auto Speed Negotiation The commands SATA_D10 2 SATA ALIGN SPEED NEG ALIGNO and SPEED NEG ALIGN1 operate differently based on the state of the Auto Speed negotiation Asng control bit which is set or cleared by configuration memory blocks in the stream and by the current SAS SATA Init Targ state of the Trainer Engine The table below illustrates different actions
469. the location of the log file See Figure 4 61 on page 344 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 343 Teledyne LeCroy Saving a Log File F Open 3 Ute gi s Users Public Public Documents LeCroy gt SAS SATA Protocol Suite Test Output Window sw 4 Search Test Output Wi P A WE Desktop Name Date modified Type J Downloads gt Recent Places LOG output txt 5 20 2015 5 51 PM Text Document 3 Libraries 5 Documents A Music Pictures Product Manuals Path to Log File Location A Videos amp Computer amp Windows7_OS C MARKETING Wcatc svr1 M a I annun Darnuan 0 File name LOG output txt v Teledyne LeCroy Infusion Log File txt Figure 4 61 User Defined Location of Jammer Output Window Log File L 3 LOG_output txt Notepad OS file Edit Format View Help 16 28 55 795 000 000 SN Session started Ports 1 IO Meter Traffic 2 IO Meter Traffic 3 IO Meter Traffic 4 IO Meter Traffic 16 31 04 024 000 000 SN Session stopped Ports 1 IO Meter Traffic 2 IO Meter Traffic 3 IO Meter Traffic 4 IO Meter Traffic m Figure 4 62 Sample Jammer Output Log File 344 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Saving a Log File Teledyne LeCroy 4 a G eh Users gt Public Public Documents gt LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Test Device Window o
470. the variable name is recognized the trainer reads the data in the specified variable and considers it as the TTIU value The Idle count defines the number of idles to be transmitted after the 32 bit TTIU and the repeat number defines the number of times the same TTIU is to be transmitted Example Var32 ttiu 0x00006000 Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA l ttiu with specific data Send ttiu ttiu 0x36 OxA TTIU with variable Wait_For_TTIU DATA Change TTIU MASK This instruction waits for a specific TTIU During the execution of this instruction the previously transmitted TTIU is transmitted The user can trigger a wait for a specific TTIU or change the TTIU or a part of TTIU by specifying the 32 bit mask value The default mask value is set to all ones The application waits for all 32 bits to match the received TTIU Changing the mask value provides the flexibility to wait for some specific bits in the TTIU Giving the Change_TTIU command with mask value waits for any change in the specified Bits in the Received TTIU compared to the previously received TTIU Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 387 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 388 Example Generation Wait for ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 waiting for change in tx init bie Or TELU Send ttr 0x00006000 0x36 UXA Wait for ttiu 0x0000A000 0X00008000 waiting for train comp bit to Go mrgh
471. ther action Click here to add another event B State i o Wait for ATA Command h l WRITE FROMA QUITED From Initiator Click here to add combined event 1 then Branch to State 2 after 20th occurrence Click here to add another actica gt b lt Click here to add another event State 2 Wait for FIS Frame 10xA1 Set Device Bits FO FIS Type Value 8 Bits OxMAi Set Device Bits Mask OXxIT Prom Target Click here to add combined event TQth occurrence Click here to add another action Click here to add another event LI 0 Options Set cos this output window Jx Device Output SN 10542 vax Be W Dua 116 1 27 042 000 000 000 SN 10942 Sevies Joined Port i 16 30 22 208 187 000 Inject CRC Error Velue 16 16 15 27 057 000 000 SN 10542 Device connected Port 2 16 30 22 263 931 090 Inject CRC Error Value 0 16 19 39 887 000 000 SN 10842 Session started Port 1 I0 Meter Traffic Port 3 16 30 22 309 455 000 Inject CRC Error Value 0 16 20 03 977 000 000 SN 10542 Session stopped Port 1 I0 Meter Traffic Port 4 16 30 22 347 685 090 Inject CRC Error Value 0 16 28 55 795 000 000 SN 10542 Session started Ports 1 IO Meter Traffic 2 IO Meter Traf 16 31 04 024 000 000 SN 10542 Session stopped Ports 1 IO Meter Traffic 2 10 Meter Traf n SR pas FOr ERI iia _ CAP NUM SCRL
472. tilization SSP bus utilization time SSP frames SMP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time SMP frames m STP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time STP frames a Report m Count or Time File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help S E Q Tene Y same russi 9 PP o amp xE IPSP d wio tix E a E amp gt T J c 1 Move X Cursor General Primitive Bus Condition SSP Transport SMP Transport SCSI Command SMP Command 545 Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Pending 10 Others a ems Report Idle No 0 Payload Size 8480 Sample Time 49 523 216 25 s Idle Time Initiator 0 000 000 00 s Idle Time Target 0 000 000 00 s SSP Bus Utilization 9 143 749 24 us SMP Bus Utilization 6 300 000 19 us STP Bus Utilization 0 000 000 00 s Figure 3 73 Statistical Reports Others Report 3 3 12 Statistical Report Toolbar a The Statistical Report toolbar provides the following functions accessible by but tons on the toolbar Export to Excel Save as Text Print Report Print Preview Report Display Settings Move to X Cursor Y Cursor or None LDLLILDLDLDLU m ERA rs 172 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Export as Microsoft Excel file Ey The Export to Excel button opens the Export to Excel dialog Choose a folder in which to save the Excel file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Sav
473. ting a particular primitive or error into the traffic stream You can enter multiple actions which take place simultaneously Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 293 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Libraries 294 4 4 3 4 5 After defining the event and actions within the Global Rule area you can save the scenario and download it to a InFusion device Sequences The Global Rules are all you need for simple test scenarios However a scenario also can contain one or two sequences which can define multiple states and allow branching between states With a sequence you also can do looping which allows you to repeat a test state or to execute a test for a specified period of time As with Global Rules the menu driven interface guides you in building a sequence Some of the prompts are different however because you now are encapsulating groups of events and actions as distinct states Recall that a state is a combination of events and actions at a specific point in time If the event or combined event defined by a state occurs the corresponding action or set of actions follows Scenario Name Test 326 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for SOF from Initiator then Beep 500 ms Sequence State O Wait for CRC Error from Initiator then Branch to State 1 Figure 4 10 Global Rules and Sequence Areas of a Scenario InFusion hardware provides the capacity to have up to
474. tion Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment 3 13 Using the Cursors and Bookmarks 3 13 1 Cursors The data viewer display incorporates three cursors labeled X Y and T All cursors are initially overlaid and positioned at location O which is the trigger position of the display The Trigger or T cursor is the measurement reference and is always at location O in the display Positioning the X Cursor To position the X Cursor within the viewer data display click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Positioning the Y Cursor To position the Y cursor within the viewer data display click the right mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Note You can also left click to set the X cursor and right click to set the Y cursor in the Frame and Column View by clicking in the narrow strip on the very left side of a cell Similarly you can set the cursors in the Waveform View by left and right clicking at the beginning of a waveform Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 237 Teledyne LeCroy Display Configuration 238 Time 3 14 3 14 1 Time differences between the cursors are displayed in the Cursor Position toolbar To display the cursor position toolbar select Toolbar
475. to Calibration A more precise but slower Advanced Auto Calibration is performed by the software and attempts to cover the whole solution space It may take as long as an hour PMA Analog Control Settings rcd se RXequalzaton control 3 Wite On pur Auto Calibration Ady Auto Calibration E Overwrite Tx Settings Advanced References Disable Px Training P E Number of emors per second 0 Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports Port Status Hx Equalization Control DFE Tap DFE Tape DFE Taps DFE T apd DFE Tap 1 5 TI Unsuccessful 2 Successful TZ Successful 7 I3 Idle Ir T3 Idle 7 14 Idle E T4 Idle Note Link establishment is a requirement for analyzer Auto Calibration Time Interval 300 ms Figure 3 175 Auto Probe Calibration Dialog Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 249 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 3 18 3 18 1 250 m OOo Fiha O Idle Target Eye Width a Idle Idle Idle 88 8 88 8 88 a e un Im Figure 3 176 Advanced Auto Probe Calibration Preferences Preferences allows you to define template files for new Analyzer projects to specify how sample files appear when opened and to set ATAPI and SCSI Spec Assignments Click Setup on the toolbar and choose Preferences to display the General tab see General Tab on page 250 General Tab Preferences New Protocol Analyzer Projec
476. tocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Pattern Generator File You may use any text editor or word processor to create a pattern generator file spg using the following conventions Note If you have purchased a license you can enable the pattern generator see Port Configuration on page 108 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 Key words ALIGN CONT DMAT EOF HOLD HOLDA PMACK PMNAK PMREQ_P PMREQ S R ERR R IP R OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X RDY XXXX LOOP Enable Disable Host Device Scramble Role END OF FILE Comment format Comment text Primitive definition format To add an ALIGN primitive use ALIGN or 27 3 10 2 10 2 K28 5 To add a CONT primitive use CONT or 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 Loop definition format You may write a defined pattern into memory repeatedly by enabling a loop Loop definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable looping use Loop Enable Scramble definition format Scramble definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable scramble use Scramble Enable Role definition format To specify SATA hardware role Role Host or Role Device Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 451 Teledyne LeCroy END_OF_FILE definition 6 7 END OF FILE definition A pattern generator file must include END OF FILE as the last statement in the file Figure A 1 illustrates a typical Pattern Generator file i DeviceRole spg Notepad File Edit Format V
477. ton to choose command types to show hide v ATA Cmd The Show Hide Physical Packet button toggles the display of physical layer PLY packets SATA only The Show Hide FIS packet button toggles the display of FIS layer packets FIS When OFF the FIS layer and its links are hidden SATA only The Show Hide CMD packet button toggles the display of the CMD packets CMD When ON only the command layer displays SATA only cQ SC The Show Hide Command Queue button displays queued commands SATA only The CQ button s hierarchy only applies to ReadDMAQueued and WriteDMAQueued The hierarchy for other queued commands is displayed as part of the regular application layer decoding The Order Reorder button toggles the time order of packets SATA only The Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives toggles packing repeated primitives in one port SAS only The 10B button displays the payload data as 10 bit encoded data The 8B button displays the payload as 8 bit scrambled or unscrambled data depending on the Scrambled setting The SC button selects scramble unscramble for the 8 bit payload data Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 227 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar El File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help l8 x SEO Toner Y me B 6 5 018 91 2 A PARA KL P amo The PV button shows hides the primitive value EV 3 9 1 CATC Navigation View To change the trace display to a C
478. tor Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port H STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H Device Name A SAS Address H Phy identifier H Break Reply Capable H Requested Inside ZPSDS H Inside ZPSDS Persistent H Imm 50060560000003C5 07 0 0 0 YO E 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 Time m3 Hi w eo r SCSI IO Latency Time 20 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 fime ms lt Lg SCSI IO Response Time ee 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 Time m3 ed G A X to Y 0 ns X to T 2 869 213 ms Y to T 2 869 213 ms For Help press F1 TxVout Disat Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactigi Simulation Stop Figure 3 92 Packet and Waveform Views Right clicking the mouse over the graph heading displays the graph legend Q Go to ATA SCSI Cmd Jump to command Q Synchronize with Trace View Synchronize all open views to that location in the trace a Fit to Graph Area Zoom to fit QO Hide Do not display the graph See Figure 3 93 on page 184 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 183 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis m Go to
479. ts Trace Analysis Statistics General Type Port Duration Coumt Open Address Frame 11 2 04062510us 62 0 75 Open Address Frame T1 4 596875 19us 138 1 66 Open Address Frame 12 1 99374998us 60 0 72 Open Address Frame T2 4 77500010us 142 1 71 SSP Frame 11 1 34452498ms 768 9 23 SSP Frame Ti 20 584 37538us 138 1 66 SSP Frame 12 1 333 934 43ms 762 9 16 SSP Frame T2 11 899 999 62 us 143 1 72 Bus Condition 11 75 937 50000us 30 0 36 Bus Condition Ti 15 10000038us 8 0 10 Bus Condition 12 75 88750458us 30 0 36 Bus Condition T2 15 27812481us 12 0 14 Training Sequence 11 256 023 895 26 ms 1004 12 07 Training Sequence T1 256 015 533 45 ms 1005 12 08 Training Sequence 12 256 040 130 62 ms 2000 24 04 Training Sequence 256 035 400 39 ms 2001 Figure 3 106 Trace Expert Trace Analysis Statistics You can use the scroll bar to see more data Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 195 Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker View SATA only 3 44 Trace File Information To view the Trace File Information click on that button See Figure 3 107 L Teledyne LeCroy Tra x YES M tQ CS file C Users James Allen Desktop SAS_Protocol_Suite_5 92_B1061 ALPHA SAS_Protocol_Suite_5 92_B1061 ALPHA _Deliverables SASSATASuite PublicDocs User SAS 2012G ht 5 3 Apps iGoogle CJ Lenovo Recom 3 Fin_Sites 7 Teledyne LeCro FIT BugTrack Tutorial Video L Yahoo Finance
480. ts for SATA in Packet View Link Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H 764 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps 5000 0C 471865000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H S5000E0C42FB5D004 0000 ooo00000 F87BA6ES Relative Time Duration 1 748 505 586 3 133 ns T1 Link Relative Time Duration E 3G 1 34 800 992 786 min 765 AIP NORMAL 320 ns 13 ns T1 Link Target RD Relative Time Duration E 36 1 34 800 992 813 min 766 AIP WAITING ON DEVICE uc xs 26 ns 13 ns nt Link Target RD Relative Time Duration lt lt 3G 434 800 993 080 min 787 OPEN ACCEPT T 266 ns 13 ns n n SMP Cmd Source SAS Address H Destination 545 Address H 2 36 1 34 800 993 280 min Product Id 4 Prat Rev Lvl H Func Result Duration 0x00 Smp function accepted 293 ns T1 Link Relative Time Duration lt 3G 1 34 801 048 613 min 770 CLOSE NORMAL x3 293 ns 40 ns n Link Initiator Relative Time Duration gt 36 134 801 048 706 min 771 CLOSE NORMAL x3 93 ns 40 ns n Link Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination 545 Address H gt gt 1 34 801 121 213 min 772 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps 5000E0CA71865000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathwa
481. ts a wide combination of Teledyne LeCroy s flagship analyzers including PCI Express USB DDR Serial ATA SATA Serial Attached SCSI SAS Fibre Channel FC and Ethernet CrossSync is Teledyne LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest Protocol Suite software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchronized window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual Teledyne LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally This feature is available with the Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite application Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 51 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 52 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 2 2 7 2 2 8 To launch CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite software application click on File and select Launch CrossSync Control Panel see
482. ttings to All Ports implements selected port s setting into all other port settings PMA Analog Control Settings allows you to select values for RX equalization DC and RX equalization write only Advanced displays the Advanced Probe Setting dialog See Advanced Probe Setting on page 246 References displays the References Probe Setting dialog See References Probe Setting on page 246 Overwrite Tx Settings check this box to overwrite the Tx settings See Overwrite Tx Settings on page 248 Disable Rx Training check this box to use the manually entered settings Port Status displays number of errors per second Apply applies the selected settings Start Reading Port Status implements reading of number of errors displayed in Port Status Restore Factory Settings restores default values Save saves the new values as a sng file Load loads back the saved sng file D Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 245 Teledyne LeCroy TxRxVout amp Preemphasis 246 3 17 1 3 17 2 Auto Calibration displays the Auto Probe Calibration dialog See Auto Probe Calibration on page 249 Advanced Probe Setting The Advanced Probe Setting dialog allows you to set the TX Signals and DFE_Control Decision Feedback Equalization parameters You can set the TX Signals values for a VOD Programmable Differential Voltage au Pre emphasis Pre tab a Pre emphasis first au Pre emphasis second You can set t
483. ture memory settings o i SATAProtocolAnalyzer J F Capture ve amp Everything Include OO Include SYNC Include DevSlp Packets 4 Include CONT a 2 Include ODE Signals 2 Exclude Idle 4 Include Payload o ata Frame Y 4 Exclude Idle fA Trigger Non Sequential a Snaps 2E Settings j j ve 4 Trigger Position in Memory 1 i i m 4 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB e 4 Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword Y Speed AutoSpeed H1 D1 H2 D2 H3 D3 H4 D4 Descrambling Enabled j i Align Transmission Period 258 BI Connection Details All Ports Define different pattems for pre trigger and postingger data captures Bh Easy switch ta Advanced mode Collapse All m Expand All tor One toT Onz Y ta T ns For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Device EmulatO Inactive Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 2 SATA New Analysis Project Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog does not show Exclude RRDY or Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA SYNC with Exclude SYNC Project Tree The Project Tree on the right side of the main window displays a comprehensive tree structured overview of the project The project tree shows the capture configuration trigger setups and the capture memory settings Capture Tab
484. u can remove expansion cards with two simple tools Cascading and Memory Size For example you have two units The first one has 2 GB memory The second one has 4 GB memory The system shows the entire memory as 6 GB If you set buffer size to 6 GB the system programs the first board for 2 GB and the second board for 4 GB You can consider this ratio when you set buffer size to any value For example if you set buffer size to 2 GB the system programs the first board for 2 2 6 GB and the second board for 2 4 6 GB Any unit that has more memory will have larger buffer size Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion You can use cascading of analyzer units for higher port count by connecting the units through the optional CATC SYNC Expansion Card on the analyzer back Using the CATC SYNC Expansion Cards will not sequentially trigger the State Machine in Advanced mode Connecting a Sierra M122 and a Summit T3 16 via the CATC Sync Expansion Card A Sierra M122 and a PCle Summit T3 16 are connected using their CATC Sync ports which require an optional expansion card ACC EXP 002 X Note Refer to the relevant protocol analyzer user manual for instructions on how to install the expansion board 22 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy To do so perform the following steps 1 Make sure to stop any recordings in progress Note You may plug unplug the sync cable while the analyzer
485. ual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Fiter Options Bus Condition Incomplete Frames FIS J amp T Command Misc Items v State Range FromState To State o v External Signal In Ext Signal In ps aes DATARI SCSI Command TS VUES LLL eee Filter Type ie Hide C Show Filter Idle IV H1 Iv H VW H3 lv H4 Iv DI lv p2 Y p3 Iv Di _ Reset All Check All Save Load Figure 3 128 Filter State and or Device Sleep Filter TTIU Events When you choose Training Sequence an additional dialog displays allowing you to filter Training Sequence TTIU fields in a Training Sequence trace see Figure 3 129 on page 216 Select Training Sequence gt Control Status and click Advanced to display the Control Status dialog see Figure 3 130 on page 216 Select the Fields and the Values for them from the drop down list Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 215 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 216 Search For P Bus Condition EJ Primitive P Incomplete Frames FP amp ddress Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands FA Task Management Func ATA Commands FP SCS Command Status A Source 545 Address FJ Destination SAS Addres FJ Protocol Error P Tag P SCSI Task Attribute P Device Sleep Training Sequence Search By Hashed 545 Address a SAS Address Search Direction
486. ude NOTIFY primitives from the data capture Exclude Idle Check this to exclude Idles from the data capture Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Replaces the Capture tab with a Pre Trigger Capture tab and a Post Trigger Capture tab 48 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 2 2 SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars The SAS SATA software has the following menus and toolbars Note The sections SAS Main Toolbar and SATA Main Toolbar are shown separately to indicate the different context sensitive toolbar options depending on whether SAS or SATA trace or project is open 2 2 1 SAS Main Toolbar The following figure displays the SAS main toolbar Open Project File Launch Trainer Start Target Emulator Find DUT Stop Recording Launch Jammer Manual Trigger Start Recording E 4p Trainer Y Jammer d Record Save Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Upload Manager Stop Target Emulator Figure 2 3 SAS Software Menus and Toolbar 2 2 2 SATA Main Toolbar The following figure displays the SATA main toolbar Open Project File Launch Trainer Start Device Emulator Find DUT Stop Recording Launch Jammer Manual Trigger Start Recording Y Jammer 4 Record Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Save Upload Manager Stop Device Emulator Figure 2 4 SATA Software Menus
487. ulator Starts the device emulator SATA Stop Device Emulator Stops the device emulator SATA DOOCOCOO O 1 18 4 Analysis The Analysis menu allows you to view captured data see Figure 1 22 on page 39 Menu items and toolbar options are enabled or disabled and displayed or hidden based on the type of window open The following types of windows can be displayed Q No active window a Project file open a Trace file open 38 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Navigation View SB CE E ce pep a HE nc SF Ts Decoding Assignments Packet View Spread Sheet View Column View Text View Frame Inspector View Wave Form View Statistical Report Histogram Bus Utilization Data Report SAS Verification VSE Figure 1 22 SAS SATA Analysis Menu 1 18 5 Viewing Captured Data Captured data can be displayed in several views Select Analysis from the drop down menu to access the different views see Analysis on page 124 You can display the same data in O OOO O O O DOOCD Packet View Displays packets Spreadsheet View Displays Packet View fields by time Column View Displays packets in columns Text View Shows transaction frames grouped in columns by port Frame Inspector View Has lots of information that is available in Packet View but not Spreadsheet View so it is most useful in conjunction with the Spread
488. uld be matched to a SAS EOF A SAS SOAF should be matched to a SAS EOAF If generating SATA traffic a SATA SOF should be matched to a SATA EOF At the present time if you mix different types of prologues and epilogues for any given Frame the Frame is ignored 2 Data Length Fields can be fixed length or variable By default data frames are of a fixed length If you want to generate variable length frames place an asterisk in the Data definition field in the SSPFramesDecl inc file Data 39 40 HHHHHHHHHHHH DATA HHHHHHHHHHHHHH 413 Data Variable length field can be assigned to an array of DWORDs 42i 43 I If you replace the asterisk with a value then the field becomes fixed length 3 CRC Calculations are calculated unless told otherwise If the CRC is not explicitly set in the traffic generation file the application assumes that you want it and calculates and displays it in front of the generated frames If you provide a CRC value the application uses that value even if it is incorrect This gives you the option of configuring the generator to create errors If the generation file was created through the Export command File Export To Generator File Format the CRC is calculated but commented out If the source trace has a bad CRC the CRC is exported into the generation file and is not commented out Primitives Decl inc File The PrimitivesDecl inc file defines Primitives The file consists of decla
489. umber of occurrences 96 Percentage of total count OOO O D File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help m lt gt Trainer W Jammer ey O Fecod B H EG BE x 2 T ER El ES al S eo T J gt 1 of 25 Request SMP Transport General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport Fis Count 4 293 333 53 us 25 50 00 6 266 666 89 us 50 100 00 Figure 3 59 SMP Transport Report Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 161 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis FIS Command Report To display the FIS Command Report click the FIS Command tab see Figure 3 60 The FIS Command Report displays information in the following columns a FIS Types All Custom Register Host to Device Register Device to Host DMA Active PIO Setup and Data Q Port See Figure 3 55 on page 157 All Custom I1 T1 I2 T2 I3 T3 I4 T4 a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences Q 96 Percentage of total count File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help E El O Tene Y Jammer 99 e m u Ble 25 8 1a PRR e j BUARI E S General Primitive SSP Transport SMP FIS ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command pii Task Command FIS Type d Count All 335 506 652 83 us Custom 0 2 439 999 82 us 0 10 Register Host to Device 0 189 240 005 49 us 15 88 Register Device to Host 0 160 893 341 06 us a 14 17 DMA Activate 0 T2 40 599 998 47 us 40 4 02 PIO Setup 0
490. us ATAPI Spec Assignment MMC amp SPC4 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 8 SCSI Spec Assignment MMC6 SPC4 SBC3 SPC4 Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm SMC3 SPC4 Y Ask user to close the previous captured trace before running the new project SSC2 SPC4 OSD2 SPC4 Found device list mode Browse default path Port config ADC3 SPC4 0 Reset clear the list of found devices C Software default Disconnect unused ports Refresh append to the list of found devices 9 Windows default 9 Pass through unused ports Gema LX taste Figure 3 8 Preferences Window If a specific SCSI Spec does not appear in the SCSI Specs window it may not be supported by the current release of the SAS SATA Protocol Suite Contact Teledyne LeCroy Technical Support to request additional decode development Packet View After you select a view it appears in a separate window To increase the new window T display size select Analysis Packet View or click the Show Hide Packet View button When scrolling through either display using the scroll bar the corresponding display in the other view scrolls with it You can rearrange the tiling by clicking Window and choosing Vertical or Horizontal tiling You can customize the color of any operation code field using either of the following two methods Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy ME Source A
491. us HOLDA ShiF F Figure 3 151 Goto Within Packet Command Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Byte Order You can change the byte order in fields marked by an arrow and other fields Right click in the field select Byte Order and choose the ordering Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format b e Right Align MSB lt gt LSB Copy Data m Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto k Figure 3 152 Byte Order Note A blue arrow in the byte order field indicates that it has been changed Choose Data Format You can display data values either in hexadecimal default or binary To choose data format right click the mouse over a data field and choose Format and the format Bookmark Show Field k Hide Field Byte Chder t Hexadecimal Binary Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Figure 3 153 Format Show All Data To display all captured data click the data expand toggle arrow in a data field to examine the data in detail Data expand toggle ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes PM Port H a OSO VOGO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt 8 0 Figure 3 154 Show All Data Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 233 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 234 You can expand or collapse all data fields globally To expand all data fields right click
492. use a maximum of 255 states per sequence If you try to use more than 255 states a red error message appears in the status area of the application Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 329 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence The following table summarizes the examples that follow TABLE 4 6 Sequence Examples Example Description Creating two sequences and Global Rules This scenario has two objectives that you implement with Global Rules and two sequences 1 7 You use Global Rules to replace any of three types of primitives 2 You use two sequences to detect the order in which a type of frame is received from initiator and target Creating a sequence with many states 1 The objective of this scenario is to detect an incorrect order of primitives and to cause the device to beep when it happens You implement this scenario with a single five state sequence Creating a sequence with many states 2 This scenario is an enhancement of example 8 In this scenario the objective is to detect an 9 incorrect order of primitives fix it and cause the device to beep when this happens As with example 8 you implement this scenario with a single five state sequence 4 10 1 Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules In this example Global Rules substitute an Align 0 primitive for each of the following received from the initiator Align 1 Align 2 and Align 3 As a separate test operation two sequences determin
493. v r1 iv T2 Iv T3 IV 14 OR Reset All Check All IV Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Reset All Check All IV Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Save Load Cancel Figure 3 131 SAS SAS Address Filtering before and after Using Pair SAS Addresses Note If you enable pair SAS addresses the source destination SAS addresses options are disabled and filtering on them is ignored at filtering time If you disable pair SAS addresses the pair SAS address option is disabled and filtering on it is ignored at filtering time Training Sequence When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Training Sequences in the Trace Viewer 3 8 5 Selectable Filter Options for SATA The SATA filter options are Bus Condition Incomplete Frames FIS ATA Command Protocol Error Port ATAPI SCSI Command Device Sleep Miscellaneous O DOOUKOUOUUDUDLE Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 217 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 218 Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Trace Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Trace Viewer FIS When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show select
494. vanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port IT T1 Make Same as Current AddState jc Delete State For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Device Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop ogg Num p Figure 2 81 SATA State Programming Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog removes Exclude ALIGN Exclude RRDY and Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has patterns Bus Condition Primitive FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern and Protocol Errors and does not have STP Frame SMP Frame STP Frame or Address Frame Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 S0 Start State 3 9 Capture Everything Pattem Geto E Primitive ACK o Adwe gt NoJump Address Frame Open then Go To State 1 Else lf j J zr No change No Jump Else If ds No change 5 No Jump State 1 S1 Else lf a i No change e No Jump Capture Everything m Exclude Items Idle Notify Primitive OPEN ACCEPT then Go To Stat Capture Everything V Exclude Idle Exclude Xxx Nothing Exclude OOB Signal Exclude RADY State 2 S2 Paltem Exclude ALIGN M Exclude NOTIFY Capture Everything Exclude Items Idle Notify SSP Frame Command then Go To State 3 Exclude SATA CONT Exclude SATA SYNC Exclude Payload except o Dwordls State 3 S3 E clude Items idle Notify e
495. ve that you want to monitor Click the add combined event prompt to add a second event d Replace REDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 gt x Mo action specified For the event RRD Y NORMAL From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the p Scenario Name Replace BRDY Normal or ER Reserved 0 Description Wait for BRDY Normal or BRDY Reserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Click here to add a Sequence gt Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator f Click here to add an action NOS For Help press F1 Figure 4 38 Example 3 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears 3 6 7 Choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second primitive that you want to monitor Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box In the Type list on the left choose Substitute SAS Primitive as the action that you want when either RRDY Reserved 0 or RRDY Normal occurs Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 323 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 10 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario 3 Replace RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 b x Scenario Name Replace BBDT Normal or BEDY Reserved 0 Description Wait for PR Normal or
496. w Toolbar on page 226 Q Tool bar allows you to customize the toolbar with the options given below m Main m Record Capture m Analysis m Navigation View m Packet View m Column View m Cursor position m Target Emulator Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 41 Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars a Status Bar refer to Cursor Position Status Bar on page 237 1 18 8 Window The Window menu has the following options OOOO O 1 18 9 Help Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side by side arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Close All Closes all windows For more information see Help Menu on page 266 1 18 10 Toolbars The toolbars enable you to perform several actions some of which are listed below n n n Show or hide fields and ports change port names and change data format Show the layers and channels using their toolbars Decode using the Decode toolbar Search and Filter There are five sets of toolbars see Figure 1 25 on page 43 a 42 Main Toolbar For details on the Main Toolbar refer to SAS Main Toolbar on page 49 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 49 Record Capture Toolbar For additional information see SAS Main Toolbar on page 49 and
497. w menu InFusion 286 View Options button 375 menu 375 View Type toolbar 144 Viewer 121 Viewer Setting toolbar 226 views 39 Visible box 240 VPN Connection 28 W WaitForStop statement 353 Waveform Display 39 waveform display 150 Web site 455 Website CATC 455 Window Menu 362 Windows default 251 Wrap 361 Wrap button 363 Wrap Packet box 241 wrap packets in results display 226 Z Zone Broadcast Method field 447 Zone Device field 447 Zoom In 361 results display 197 203 Zoom In button 362 Zoom Out 361 results display 197 198 203 Zoom Out button 362 465
498. witch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device 3 Analyzer connected directly to the host machine using a crossover cable 1 12 Connecting to a Network When connected to a network the analyzer can communicate with the DHCP server to obtain IP address configuration information in order to establish a connection Refer to Select Device on page 24 1 13 Connecting over Different Subnets If the host machine with the Sierra software and Sierra M122 are on the same subnet they will see each other s broadcasts and the Sierra M122 application will automatically appear in the Select Device dialog from which you can select a device as described in the previous section If the host machine and Sierra M122 do not reside on the same subnet they will not see each other automatically You must add the Sierra M122 IP address manually To add the IP address use the Add Device button see Figure 1 10 on page 26 TCP and UDP Ports Must be Open to Connect over Ethernet WARNING Check your firewall settings before making Ethernet connections Incorrect firewall settings can prevent Teledyne LeCroy applications from detecting analyzers on the network though Ping works correctly Consult your Firewall documentation to allow Teledyne LeCroy applications access to the network The following TCP and UDP ports must be open to connect over the Ethernet a TCP Port 4000 to 4003 O UDP Ports 4015 to 4017 1 14 Launching Your Analy
499. wn menu enter 500 ms as the duration of the beep 3 Click the add another action prompt to add a second action d ACK Test box Scenario is valid Scenario Name ACK Test Description If ACK besp inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms qe Click here to add a sequence 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 43 Example 5 Entering the Second Action The Action Properties dialog box displays 4 Choose Inject RD Error as the second action 5 Click the add another action prompt to add a third action 6 The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Choose Monitor Count as the third action 326 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box d ACK Test bx Scenario is valid gt Scenario Name ACK Test Description If ACK beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Lll Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms and Inject Bunning Disparity Error and Monit or Count 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 44 Example 5 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario This example sets the counter to increment at each occurrence of an ACK every 1 ACK 4 9 6 Example 6 Using Timers In this example the Global Rule
500. ws to revert any unintended window docking or sizing or maximize screen utilization This function only tiles views inside a trace window Note that there is no command to tile views vertically 3 8 1 Go To Menu Locate Cursors To quickly locate any cursor within the data viewer display click the Go To button and choose the cursor to locate You can also locate a cursor by selecting Go To from the Edit menu and choosing the cursor to locate so BP M Trigger Position amp Position Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 113 Locate Cursor Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 203 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Go to Time Stamp To locate a timestamp click the Go To button and choose Timestamp apa BP M Trigger Position amp Position Position Packet Ma Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 114 Time Stamp Enter a time stamp value in the Go To Timestamp dialog and click OK Go To Time Stamp Goto 000 FTT m 00 s 000 mis 000 pos 000 ne Camel Figure 3 115 Go to Time Stamp Bookmarks Bookmarks are a convenient way to mark a point in the data viewer display by name so that you can rapidly return to that point To create a bookmark right click the mouse in the data viewer area on a packet in which to place the bookmark Trigger Position amp Position Position Packet Ma Time Stamp Bookmark
501. y Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000E0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 F87BA6ES NE NE 3 1 34 800 382 468 min Expander Cha Count D Vendor Id 4 5000 0C42FB5D004 471865000 0x01 Report manufacturer information Relative Time Duration 72 506 us 133 ns Figure 3 1 SAS Packet View of scs Sample File 3 1 1 Scrolling On Packet View Spreadsheet View Column View Text View with frame A selected a If you scroll with the mouse wheel or go up down with keyboard arrow button the software will scroll the view but the frame A remains selected Q If you scroll with mouse wheel or go up down with keyboard arrow button while pressing the Shift button software will scroll to the next frame like B C or D Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 121 Teledyne LeCroy Viewer Display ATA Command Input H 22 Normal Output H PM Port H Protocol Duration 511 578 666 s 0x90 Execute Device Diagnos 0x05 Device Diagnos 2 160 us FIS Type PM Port H C H Command H Features H Sector Number H Cyl Low H Cyl High H 8 666 0x27 Register Host to Device 3 680 us LEUR ELENA Idle Data H l i a 11 579 693 5 13 680 us ED HN Idle Data H Duration NEN NEN 511 593 5 586 us Po br Idle Idle Data H i 11 511 593 3 586 us de Idle Data H Duration AO O O A G
502. yne LeCroy Contents Sec Dit liinda 220 i r Igea LUI 102 8 Lo y eet 220 A o D TI 220 A A 221 le A e 221 SAA DOMAIN eR P 222 Searen SUD EMS oia 222 CER NANO POS ec 226 SNOW MIGE Smole POM RE rS 226 ShowHid Multiple PONS iia aida 226 3 9 Packet VIEW FOO Daiana 226 2 9 T GATO Navigation VIEW usina a aiv so dau Lax vostucc kac Ideas kadar didas 228 9 9 2 SPEE VIO W 25 528 QE IUE RES NNEE SA UE xv oid HES so rU FEX Ds Es T Up cU RE RE Spr EN ua HB EHE Va RUE Ver VE DI PMEEUE eS EL ERE EE GE EU ge ERE eU RER 228 9 9 95 DeCode ICONS c oio ih peti dri m E MI E I M Ln M TL 229 39 4 Customize DIS Dl AAA A AA aaa 230 Itename Po uta deca ia a a 230 ShowHide Single Podria a daa 230 Snow Hide Multiple POFIS oe 230 SNOWIHIGE NSN ee tao 231 Related Frame S NORTE TI S ada 231 Byte Ord risarnciiaia rail dai 233 Choose Dat ci ee Lube 233 SNOW VAI 233 310 egli isa 235 METODO Sca 236 ER PX NADING TOO BANS Pe ERU UTR 236 9 11 2 Cursor Position Status DA 237 3 12 Status Bal xiii mE DEIN ic t M MM NULLI ME 237 9 12 1 Sea CMSA US in O E 237 3 13 Using the Cursors and BookmarkS coocccocccccncocccconcooconocnconanonaronanconnrnnnrrnanrnnnrnanrnannenanenas 237 STIS CUPS ONS PO caste E A E eR MCN 237 POSITIONING the X CUESOE secs as 237 Positioning the Y CUSI oir co rera S Eri a QU auc EE SOIN E CER ds EV DE 237 hte tm TEE 238 3 14 Display Contigua lO ii m Lo 238 3 14 1 Trace Viewer
503. ype Value 4 Bits From Initiator Click here to add combined event then Beep 2 sj Click here to add another action event gt lt Click here to add another here to add another state gt Click Click here to add another sequence gt Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask OQx00 IDENTIFY Mask Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask J Poza Status Mot saved aie cs vd gt OxF OxuF OxuF OxF Figure 4 53 Example 7 Sequence Area of Scenario 4 10 2 Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 In this example a five state sequence detects if a group of primitives is received out of order from the initiator The expected order is Align 0 Align 1 Align 2 Align 3 If this scenario detects any other order of these primitives it causes the device to beep and the scenario to restart This example is designed to give you an idea of the powerful logic that you can implement with sequences Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 335 336 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence Note that the states in this sequence have been renamed do not have their default names The following table summarizes the sequence logic TABLE 4 10 Example 8 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description Wait for Align 0 When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise go
504. yzer must be updated over USB before it can be used remotely over Ethernet This is applicable for any update from version 4 00 or earlier to any version from 4 10 or later The following Select Device dialog displays see Figure 1 8 on page 25 The colors in the Location column mean the following Q Red Firmware and or BusEngine components need to be updated to the latest version QO Light Blue The device is ready to be connected Yellow The device is locked Q Green The software is connected and ready to run O Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy xj Device Dev Name Location Status Order 1 SetAlias Name Sierra M12 4 SN 772 SierraSAS_M1 2 Ba ee ae Device is not respond Not Chained ig Connect Sierra M6 2 SN 6491 Sierra M6 2 172 16 133 213 Locked Not Chained sierra M12 2 SN 649 Sierra_M12 2 2 Ready to connect Not Chained e AddDevice Renove Device P Settings Selected Device ld 0x00104CO0FD9A Ey Networks ba Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 8 Select Device Dialog Note Click Refresh Device List to display all the devices on the network The Select Device dialog displays the following buttons Set Alias Name Click Set Alias Name to display the Set device alias name dialog as shown below Set Device Allas Name Alias SierraM12 2 test Cancel Figure 1 9
505. zer To launch the software double click the SAS con in the Program Manager Window 34 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Operating in Simulation Mode Teledyne LeCroy 1 15 Operating in Simulation Mode The SAS applications operate in the Simulation Mode by default if the hardware is not detected The Protocol Suite software launches and displays the appropriate tool bar but with the limitation that the Analyzer operates only on static previously captured bus data Limitations The Simulation mode lets you try all of the available functions but keep in mind that the system is not capturing any real data and is displaying only pre captured results 1 16 Using the Software The Sierra M122 application uses the Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite The Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite can be a Q Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode allows you to pro gram custom triggering in and out capturing state jumps and timers see Pro tocol Analysis on page 45 The SAS SATA application now provides functionality for both protocols Either protocol can now be accessed via the File menu and choosing the protocol to work with Click File gt New and select the desired protocol and application Setup Session Analysis View Help EAS 545 Protocol Analyzer D Open SAS Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator SAS
506. zer User Manual 453 Teledyne LeCroy WAN Operation 7 1 WAN Operation WAN connected operation is supported Contact factory for details of operation Refer How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy on page 455 for contact information 454 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy Type of Service Contact Call for technical support US and Canada 1 800 909 7112 Worldwide 1 408 653 1260 Fax your questions Worldwide 1 408 727 6622 Write a letter Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 3115 USA Send e mail psgsupport teledynelecroy com Visit Teledyne LeCroy s web site teledynelecroy com Tell Teledyne LeCroy Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e mail by selecting Help gt Tell Teledyne LeCroy from the application toolbar This requires that an e mail client be installed and configured on the host machine Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 455 Teledyne LeCroy 456 Sierra M122 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Symbols cfg file 242 Anfdb file 294 sac files 45 Stg files 43 357 Numerics 10 bit payload data display 227 8 bit payload data display 227 A Abort Analyzer button 363 About 269 362 Action 293 button 434 pop up menu 434 action counter 311 scenario 307 Action Properties dialog 310 actions assigning 433 events 433 435 Actions submenu 434 Add

Sierra M122 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents